17 мар. 2025 г. — The front panel key is denoted by the menu key icon. For example, indicates the "Default" key. 2. Menu. The menu item is denoted by the format of "Menu Name ...
Rigol DHO814 100MHz, 4 Channel Digital Oscilloscope
RIGOL Digital Oscilloscope DHO924S | 250 MHz, 4 Analog Channels, 16 Digital Channels
Guaranty and Declaration
Copyright © 2024 RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All Rights Reserved. Trademark Information RIGOL®is the trademark of RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. Notices
· RIGOL products are covered by P.R.C. and foreign patents, issued and pending. · RIGOL reserves the right to modify or change parts of or all the specifications and pricing
policies at the company's sole decision. · Information in this publication replaces all previously released materials. · Information in this publication is subject to change without notice. · RIGOL shall not be liable for either incidental or consequential losses in connection with the
furnishing, use, or performance of this manual, as well as any information contained. · Any part of this document is forbidden to be copied, photocopied, or rearranged without prior
written approval of RIGOL.
Product Certification RIGOL guarantees that this product conforms to the national and industrial standards in China as well as the ISO9001:2015 standard and the ISO14001:2015 standard. Other international standard conformance certifications are in progress. Contact Us If you have any problem or requirement when using our products or this manual, please contact RIGOL. E-mail: service@rigol.com Website: http://www.rigol.com
Section
Description
Page
List of Figures.............................................................................................................................XIX List of Tables................................................................................................................................ XX 1 Document Overview ....................................................................................................... 1 2 Programming Overview .................................................................................................3
2.1 SCPI Command Overview .................................................................................................................3 2.2 Remote Control .................................................................................................................................... 5
2.2.1 Remote Control via USB .......................................................................................................6 2.2.2 Remote Control via LAN ...................................................................................................... 6 2.3 Sequential Commands and Overlapped Commands ..............................................................8
3 Command System ......................................................................................................... 11
3.1 Root Commands ................................................................................................................................11 3.1.1 :CLEar ........................................................................................................................................11 3.1.2 :RUN ..........................................................................................................................................11 3.1.3 :STOP ........................................................................................................................................ 12 3.1.4 :SINGle ..................................................................................................................................... 13 3.1.5 :TFORce ....................................................................................................................................13
3.2 :AUToset Commands ........................................................................................................................14 3.2.1 :AUToset ...................................................................................................................................14 3.2.2 :AUToset:PEAK ....................................................................................................................... 15 3.2.3 :AUToset:OPENch ................................................................................................................. 15 3.2.4 :AUToset:OVERlap ................................................................................................................ 16 3.2.5 :AUToset:KEEPcoup .............................................................................................................. 17 3.2.6 :AUToset:LOCK .......................................................................................................................17 3.2.7 :AUToset:ENAble ...................................................................................................................18
3.3 :ACQuire Commands ........................................................................................................................19 3.3.1 :ACQuire:AVERages ..............................................................................................................19 3.3.2 :ACQuire:MDEPth ................................................................................................................. 20 3.3.3 :ACQuire:TYPE ........................................................................................................................21 3.3.4 :ACQuire:SRATe? ....................................................................................................................22 3.3.5 :ACQuire:ULTRa:MODE ....................................................................................................... 23 3.3.6 :ACQuire:ULTRa:TIMeout ................................................................................................... 24 3.3.7 :ACQuire:ULTRa:MAXFrame .............................................................................................. 24
3.4 :BUS<n> Commands ....................................................................................................................... 25
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
I
3.4.1 :BUS<n>:MODE .................................................................................................................... 25 3.4.2 :BUS<n>:DISPlay .................................................................................................................. 26 3.4.3 :BUS<n>:FORMat .................................................................................................................26 3.4.4 :BUS<n>:EVENt .....................................................................................................................27 3.4.5 :BUS<n>:LABel ......................................................................................................................28 3.4.6 :BUS<n>:DATA? .....................................................................................................................28 3.4.7 :BUS<n>:EEXPort ..................................................................................................................29 3.4.8 :BUS<n>:POSition ................................................................................................................30 3.4.9 :BUS<n>:THReshold ............................................................................................................31 3.4.10 :BUS<n>:PARallel ................................................................................................................. 32
3.4.10.1 :BUS<n>:PARallel:BUS ........................................................................................ 33 3.4.10.2 :BUS<n>:PARallel:CLK .........................................................................................34 3.4.10.3 :BUS<n>:PARallel:SLOPe ....................................................................................34 3.4.10.4 :BUS<n>:PARallel:WIDTh ...................................................................................35 3.4.10.5 :BUS<n>:PARallel:BITX ....................................................................................... 36 3.4.10.6 :BUS<n>:PARallel:SOURce ................................................................................ 37 3.4.10.7 :BUS<n>:PARallel:ENDian ................................................................................. 37 3.4.10.8 :BUS<n>:PARallel:POLarity ............................................................................... 38 3.4.11 :BUS<n>:RS232 .....................................................................................................................39 3.4.11.1 :BUS<n>:RS232:TX ...............................................................................................40 3.4.11.2 :BUS<n>:RS232:RX .............................................................................................. 40 3.4.11.3 :BUS<n>:RS232:POLarity ...................................................................................41 3.4.11.4 :BUS<n>:RS232:PARity .......................................................................................42 3.4.11.5 :BUS<n>:RS232:ENDian .....................................................................................43 3.4.11.6 :BUS<n>:RS232:BAUD ........................................................................................43 3.4.11.7 :BUS<n>:RS232:DBITs .........................................................................................44 3.4.11.8 :BUS<n>:RS232:SBITs ......................................................................................... 45 3.4.12 :BUS<n>:IIC ............................................................................................................................45 3.4.12.1 :BUS<n>:IIC:SCLK:SOURce ................................................................................46 3.4.12.2 :BUS<n>:IIC:SDA:SOURce ................................................................................. 46 3.4.12.3 :BUS<n>:IIC:EXCHange ...................................................................................... 47 3.4.12.4 :BUS<n>:IIC:ADDRess .........................................................................................48 3.4.13 :BUS<n>:SPI ...........................................................................................................................48 3.4.13.1 :BUS<n>:SPI:SCLK:SOURce ............................................................................... 49 3.4.13.2 :BUS<n>:SPI:SCLK:SLOPe .................................................................................. 50 3.4.13.3 :BUS<n>:SPI:MISO:SOURce ..............................................................................50 3.4.13.4 :BUS<n>:SPI:MOSI:SOURce ..............................................................................51
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
II
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
3.4.13.5 :BUS<n>:SPI:POLarity ......................................................................................... 52 3.4.13.6 :BUS<n>:SPI:MISO:POLarity ............................................................................. 52 3.4.13.7 :BUS<n>:SPI:MOSI:POLarity ............................................................................. 53 3.4.13.8 :BUS<n>:SPI:DBITs ...............................................................................................54 3.4.13.9 :BUS<n>:SPI:ENDian ........................................................................................... 54 3.4.13.10 :BUS<n>:SPI:MODE .............................................................................................55 3.4.13.11 :BUS<n>:SPI:TIMeout:TIME .............................................................................. 56 3.4.13.12 :BUS<n>:SPI:SS:SOURce .................................................................................... 57 3.4.13.13 :BUS<n>:SPI:SS:POLarity ................................................................................... 57 3.4.14 :BUS<n>:CAN ........................................................................................................................ 58 3.4.14.1 :BUS<n>:CAN:SOURce ....................................................................................... 59 3.4.14.2 :BUS<n>:CAN:STYPe ...........................................................................................60 3.4.14.3 :BUS<n>:CAN:BAUD ........................................................................................... 60 3.4.14.4 :BUS<n>:CAN:SPOint ......................................................................................... 61 3.4.15 :BUS<n>:LIN .......................................................................................................................... 62 3.4.15.1 :BUS<n>:LIN:PARity .............................................................................................62 3.4.15.2 :BUS<n>:LIN:SOURce ......................................................................................... 63 3.4.15.3 :BUS<n>:LIN:STANdard ..................................................................................... 63 3.5 :BODeplot Commands .....................................................................................................................64 3.5.1 :BODeplot:ENABle ................................................................................................................64 3.5.2 :BODeplot:RUNStop ............................................................................................................ 65 3.5.3 :BODeplot:SWEeptype ........................................................................................................65 3.5.4 :BODeplot:REF:IN ..................................................................................................................66 3.5.5 :BODeplot:REF:OUT ............................................................................................................. 67 3.5.6 :BODeplot:STARt ...................................................................................................................67 3.5.7 :BODeplot:STOP ....................................................................................................................68 3.5.8 :BODeplot:POINts .................................................................................................................68 3.5.9 :BODeplot:VOLTage ............................................................................................................. 69 3.6 :CHANnel<n> Commands ............................................................................................................. 70 3.6.1 :CHANnel<n>:BWLimit ...................................................................................................... 71 3.6.2 :CHANnel<n>:COUPling ....................................................................................................71 3.6.3 :CHANnel<n>:DISPlay ........................................................................................................ 72 3.6.4 :CHANnel<n>:INVert .......................................................................................................... 73 3.6.5 :CHANnel<n>:OFFSet .........................................................................................................73 3.6.6 :CHANnel<n>:TCALibrate ................................................................................................. 74 3.6.7 :CHANnel<n>:SCALe .......................................................................................................... 75 3.6.8 :CHANnel<n>:PROBe ......................................................................................................... 76
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
III
3.6.9 :CHANnel<n>:LABel:SHOW ............................................................................................. 77 3.6.10 :CHANnel<n>:LABel:CONTent .........................................................................................77 3.6.11 :CHANnel<n>:UNITs ........................................................................................................... 78 3.6.12 :CHANnel<n>:VERNier .......................................................................................................78 3.6.13 :CHANnel<n>:POSition ......................................................................................................79 3.7 :COUNter Commands ...................................................................................................................... 80
3.7.1 :COUNter:CURRent? ............................................................................................................ 80 3.7.2 :COUNter:ENABle ................................................................................................................. 81 3.7.3 :COUNter:SOURce ................................................................................................................81 3.7.4 :COUNter:MODE ...................................................................................................................82 3.7.5 :COUNter:NDIGits ................................................................................................................ 82 3.7.6 :COUNter:TOTalize:ENABle ................................................................................................83 3.7.7 :COUNter:TOTalize:CLEar ....................................................................................................84 3.8 :CURSor Commands .........................................................................................................................84 3.8.1 :CURSor:MODE ......................................................................................................................86 3.8.2 :CURSor:MEASure:INDicator ............................................................................................ 87 3.8.3 :CURSor:MANual .................................................................................................................. 88
3.8.3.1 :CURSor:MANual:TYPE ....................................................................................... 88 3.8.3.2 :CURSor:MANual:SOURce ................................................................................. 88 3.8.3.3 :CURSor:MANual:CAX .........................................................................................89 3.8.3.4 :CURSor:MANual:CAY ......................................................................................... 90 3.8.3.5 :CURSor:MANual:CBX ......................................................................................... 90 3.8.3.6 :CURSor:MANual:CBY ......................................................................................... 91 3.8.3.7 :CURSor:MANual:AXValue? ...............................................................................92 3.8.3.8 :CURSor:MANual:AYValue? ............................................................................... 92 3.8.3.9 :CURSor:MANual:BXValue? ............................................................................... 93 3.8.3.10 :CURSor:MANual:BYValue? ............................................................................... 93 3.8.3.11 :CURSor:MANual:XDELta? ................................................................................. 94 3.8.3.12 :CURSor:MANual:IXDelta? .................................................................................94 3.8.3.13 :CURSor:MANual:YDELta? ................................................................................. 95 3.8.4 :CURSor:TRACk ......................................................................................................................95 3.8.4.1 :CURSor:TRACk:SOURce1 ..................................................................................95 3.8.4.2 :CURSor:TRACk:SOURce2 ..................................................................................96 3.8.4.3 :CURSor:TRACk:CAX ............................................................................................97 3.8.4.4 :CURSor:TRACk:CBX ............................................................................................ 97 3.8.4.5 :CURSor:TRACk:CAY ............................................................................................ 98 3.8.4.6 :CURSor:TRACk:CBY .............................................................................................99
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
IV
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
3.8.4.7 :CURSor:TRACk:AXValue? ..................................................................................99 3.8.4.8 :CURSor:TRACk:AYValue? ................................................................................100 3.8.4.9 :CURSor:TRACk:BXValue? ................................................................................100 3.8.4.10 :CURSor:TRACk:BYValue? ................................................................................ 101 3.8.4.11 :CURSor:TRACk:XDELta? ..................................................................................101 3.8.4.12 :CURSor:TRACk:YDELta? ..................................................................................102 3.8.4.13 :CURSor:TRACk:IXDelta? ................................................................................. 102 3.8.4.14 :CURSor:TRACk:MODE .....................................................................................103 3.8.5 :CURSor:XY ...........................................................................................................................103 3.8.5.1 :CURSor:XY:AX .................................................................................................... 103 3.8.5.2 :CURSor:XY:BX .....................................................................................................104 3.8.5.3 :CURSor:XY:AY .....................................................................................................105 3.8.5.4 :CURSor:XY:BY .....................................................................................................105 3.8.5.5 :CURSor:XY:AXValue? ....................................................................................... 106 3.8.5.6 :CURSor:XY:AYValue? ........................................................................................106 3.8.5.7 :CURSor:XY:BXValue? ........................................................................................107 3.8.5.8 :CURSor:XY:BYValue? ........................................................................................ 107 3.8.5.9 :CURSor:XY:XDELta? ..........................................................................................107 3.8.5.10 :CURSor:XY:YDELta? ..........................................................................................108 3.9 :DISPlay Commands .......................................................................................................................108 3.9.1 :DISPlay:CLEar ......................................................................................................................109 3.9.2 :DISPlay:TYPE .......................................................................................................................109 3.9.3 :DISPlay:GRADing:TIME ................................................................................................... 110 3.9.4 :DISPlay:WBRightness ...................................................................................................... 111 3.9.5 :DISPlay:GRID ...................................................................................................................... 111 3.9.6 :DISPlay:GBRightness ........................................................................................................112 3.9.7 :DISPlay:DATA? ....................................................................................................................112 3.9.8 :DISPlay:RULers ...................................................................................................................113 3.9.9 :DISPlay:COLor .................................................................................................................... 114 3.9.10 :DISPlay:WHOLd .................................................................................................................114 3.10 :DVM Commands ............................................................................................................................115 3.10.1 :DVM:CURRent? ..................................................................................................................115 3.10.2 :DVM:ENABle .......................................................................................................................115 3.10.3 :DVM:SOURce ......................................................................................................................116 3.10.4 :DVM:MODE .........................................................................................................................117 3.11 :HISTogram Commands ................................................................................................................117 3.11.1 :HISTogram:ENABle ........................................................................................................... 118
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
V
3.11.2 :HISTogram:TYPE ................................................................................................................119 3.11.3 :HISTogram:SOURce ..........................................................................................................119 3.11.4 :HISTogram:HEIGht ............................................................................................................120 3.11.5 :HISTogram:RANGe:LEFT ................................................................................................. 120 3.11.6 :HISTogram:RANGe:RIGHt .............................................................................................. 121 3.11.7 :HISTogram:RANGe:TOP .................................................................................................. 122 3.11.8 :HISTogram:RANGe:BOTTom ..........................................................................................123 3.11.9 :HISTogram:STATistics:RESult? ....................................................................................... 124 3.12 IEEE488.2 Common Commands ................................................................................................ 124 3.12.1 *IDN? ......................................................................................................................................126 3.12.2 *RST ........................................................................................................................................ 127 3.12.3 *CLS ........................................................................................................................................ 127 3.12.4 *ESE .........................................................................................................................................127 3.12.5 *ESR? ...................................................................................................................................... 128 3.12.6 *OPC .......................................................................................................................................129 3.12.7 *RCL ........................................................................................................................................ 129 3.12.8 *SAV ........................................................................................................................................130 3.12.9 *SRE ........................................................................................................................................ 130 3.12.10 *STB? ...................................................................................................................................... 131 3.12.11 *WAI ....................................................................................................................................... 131 3.12.12 *TST? .......................................................................................................................................132 3.13 :LA Commands .................................................................................................................................133 3.13.1 :LA:ENABle ............................................................................................................................133 3.13.2 :LA:ACTive .............................................................................................................................133 3.13.3 :LA:AUTosort ........................................................................................................................134 3.13.4 :LA:DELete .............................................................................................................................135 3.13.5 :LA:DIGital:ENABle ............................................................................................................. 135 3.13.6 :LA:DIGital:LABel .................................................................................................................136 3.13.7 :LA:POD<n>:DISPlay .........................................................................................................137 3.13.8 :LA:POD<n>:THReshold .................................................................................................. 137 3.13.9 :LA:SIZE ..................................................................................................................................138 3.14 :LAN Commands ............................................................................................................................. 139 3.14.1 :LAN:DHCP ........................................................................................................................... 139 3.14.2 :LAN:AUToip .........................................................................................................................140 3.14.3 :LAN:GATeway ..................................................................................................................... 140 3.14.4 :LAN:DNS ..............................................................................................................................141 3.14.5 :LAN:MAC? ........................................................................................................................... 142
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
VI
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
3.14.6 :LAN:DSERver? .................................................................................................................... 142 3.14.7 :LAN:MANual .......................................................................................................................143 3.14.8 :LAN:IPADdress ................................................................................................................... 143 3.14.9 :LAN:SMASk .........................................................................................................................144 3.14.10 :LAN:STATus? ....................................................................................................................... 145 3.14.11 :LAN:VISA? ............................................................................................................................145 3.14.12 :LAN:MDNS ..........................................................................................................................146 3.14.13 :LAN:HOST:NAME ..............................................................................................................147 3.14.14 :LAN:DESCription ............................................................................................................... 147 3.14.15 :LAN:APPLy ...........................................................................................................................148 3.15 :MASK Commands ..........................................................................................................................148 3.15.1 :MASK:ENABle .....................................................................................................................148 3.15.2 :MASK:SOURce ....................................................................................................................149 3.15.3 :MASK:OPERate .................................................................................................................. 150 3.15.4 :MASK:X .................................................................................................................................150 3.15.5 :MASK:Y .................................................................................................................................151 3.15.6 :MASK:CREate ......................................................................................................................152 3.15.7 :MASK:RESet ........................................................................................................................ 152 3.15.8 :MASK:FAILed? .................................................................................................................... 153 3.15.9 :MASK:PASSed? ...................................................................................................................153 3.15.10 :MASK:TOTal? .......................................................................................................................154 3.15.11 :MASK:OUTPut:ENABle .................................................................................................... 154 3.15.12 :MASK:OUTPut:EVENt .......................................................................................................155 3.15.13 :MASK:OUTPut:TIME ......................................................................................................... 155 3.16 :MATH<n> Commands .................................................................................................................156 3.16.1 :MATH<n>:DISPlay ............................................................................................................159 3.16.2 :MATH<n>:OPERator ........................................................................................................160 3.16.3 :MATH<n>:SOURce1 ........................................................................................................ 160 3.16.4 :MATH<n>:SOURce2 ........................................................................................................ 162 3.16.5 :MATH<n>:LSOurce1 ........................................................................................................163 3.16.6 :MATH<n>:LSOurce2 ........................................................................................................163 3.16.7 :MATH<n>:SCALe ..............................................................................................................164 3.16.8 :MATH<n>:OFFSet .............................................................................................................165 3.16.9 :MATH<n>:INVert ..............................................................................................................166 3.16.10 :MATH<n>:RESet ............................................................................................................... 166 3.16.11 :MATH<n>:GRID ................................................................................................................ 167 3.16.12 :MATH<n>:EXPand ............................................................................................................167
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
VII
3.16.13 :MATH<n>:WAVetype ...................................................................................................... 168 3.16.14 :MATH<n>:FFT:SOURce ...................................................................................................169 3.16.15 :MATH<n>:FFT:WINDow .................................................................................................169 3.16.16 :MATH<n>:FFT:UNIT .........................................................................................................170 3.16.17 :MATH<n>:FFT:SCALe ...................................................................................................... 171 3.16.18 :MATH<n>:FFT:OFFSet .....................................................................................................172 3.16.19 :MATH<n>:FFT:HSCale .....................................................................................................173 3.16.20 :MATH<n>:FFT:HCENter ..................................................................................................173 3.16.21 :MATH<n>:FFT:FREQuency:STARt ................................................................................174 3.16.22 :MATH<n>:FFT:FREQuency:END ...................................................................................175 3.16.23 :MATH<n>:FFT:SEARch:ENABle .................................................................................... 175 3.16.24 :MATH<n>:FFT:SEARch:NUM ........................................................................................ 176 3.16.25 :MATH<n>:FFT:SEARch:THReshold ..............................................................................177 3.16.26 :MATH<n>:FFT:SEARch:EXCursion ...............................................................................177 3.16.27 :MATH<n>:FFT:SEARch:ORDer ......................................................................................178 3.16.28 :MATH<n>:FFT:SEARch:RES? ..........................................................................................178 3.16.29 :MATH<n>:FILTer:TYPE .................................................................................................... 179 3.16.30 :MATH<n>:FILTer:W1 ........................................................................................................180 3.16.31 :MATH<n>:FILTer:W2 ........................................................................................................181 3.16.32 :MATH<n>:SENSitivity ..................................................................................................... 182 3.16.33 :MATH<n>:DISTance .........................................................................................................183 3.16.34 :MATH<n>:THReshold1 ...................................................................................................183 3.16.35 :MATH<n>:THReshold2 ...................................................................................................184 3.16.36 :MATH<n>:THReshold3 ...................................................................................................185 3.16.37 :MATH<n>:THReshold4 ...................................................................................................186 3.16.38 :MATH<n>:WINDow:TITLe? ........................................................................................... 187 3.16.39 :MATH<n>:LABel:SHOW ................................................................................................. 187 3.17 :MEASure Commands ....................................................................................................................188
3.17.1 :MEASure:SOURce ..............................................................................................................194 3.17.2 :MEASure:ITEM ................................................................................................................... 195 3.17.3 :MEASure:CLEar .................................................................................................................. 196 3.17.4 :MEASure:AMSource .........................................................................................................197 3.17.5 :MEASure:STATistic:COUNt ............................................................................................. 197 3.17.6 :MEASure:STATistic:DISPlay ............................................................................................ 198 3.17.7 :MEASure:STATistic:RESet ................................................................................................199 3.17.8 :MEASure:STATistic:ITEM ................................................................................................. 199 3.17.9 :MEASure:SETup:MAX .......................................................................................................201
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
VIII
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
3.17.10 :MEASure:SETup:MID ........................................................................................................ 202 3.17.11 :MEASure:SETup:MIN ........................................................................................................203 3.17.12 :MEASure:SETup:PSA .........................................................................................................203 3.17.13 :MEASure:SETup:PSB .........................................................................................................204 3.17.14 :MEASure:SETup:DSA ........................................................................................................ 205 3.17.15 :MEASure:SETup:DSB ........................................................................................................ 206 3.17.16 :MEASure:THReshold:SOURce ....................................................................................... 206 3.17.17 :MEASure:THReshold:TYPE ............................................................................................. 207 3.17.18 :MEASure:THReshold:DEFault ........................................................................................208 3.17.19 :MEASure:AREA ...................................................................................................................208 3.17.20 :MEASure:INDicator .......................................................................................................... 209 3.17.21 :MEASure:COUNter:ENABle ............................................................................................209 3.17.22 :MEASure:COUNter:SOURce .......................................................................................... 210 3.17.23 :MEASure:COUNter:VALue? ............................................................................................211 3.17.24 :MEASure:AMP:TYPE ......................................................................................................... 211 3.17.25 :MEASure:AMP:MANual:TOP ......................................................................................... 212 3.17.26 :MEASure:AMP:MANual:BASE ....................................................................................... 212 3.17.27 :MEASure:CATegory ...........................................................................................................213 3.18 :QUICK Command ...........................................................................................................................214
3.18.1 :QUICk:OPERation ..............................................................................................................214 3.19 :RECord Commands ....................................................................................................................... 215
3.19.1 :RECord:WRECord:ENABle .............................................................................................. 215 3.19.2 :RECord:ENABle .................................................................................................................. 215 3.19.3 :RECord:WRECord:OPERate ............................................................................................ 216 3.19.4 :RECord:STARt ..................................................................................................................... 217 3.19.5 :RECord:WRECord:FRAMes .............................................................................................217 3.19.6 :RECord:FRAMes .................................................................................................................218 3.19.7 :RECord:WRECord:FRAMes:MAX .................................................................................. 218 3.19.8 :RECord:WRECord: FMAX? .............................................................................................. 219 3.19.9 :RECord:WRECord:FINTerval ...........................................................................................219 3.19.10 :RECord:WRECord:PROMpt ............................................................................................ 220 3.19.11 :RECord:WREPlay:FCURrent ............................................................................................220 3.19.12 :RECord:CURRent ............................................................................................................... 221 3.19.13 :RECord:WREPlay:FCURrent:TIME? ...............................................................................222 3.19.14 :RECord:WREPlay:FSTart ...................................................................................................222 3.19.15 :RECord:WREPlay:FEND ....................................................................................................223 3.19.16 :RECord:WREPlay:FMAX? .................................................................................................223
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
IX
3.19.17 :RECord:WREPlay:FINTerval ............................................................................................ 224 3.19.18 :RECord:WREPlay:MODE ..................................................................................................224 3.19.19 :RECord:WREPlay:DIRection ........................................................................................... 225 3.19.20 :RECord:WREPlay:OPERate ..............................................................................................226 3.19.21 :RECord:PLAY ....................................................................................................................... 226 3.19.22 :RECord:WREPlay:BACK ....................................................................................................227 3.19.23 :RECord:WREPlay:NEXT ....................................................................................................227 3.19.24 :RECord:WREPlay:PLAY .....................................................................................................228 3.20 :REFerence Commands ................................................................................................................. 228
3.20.1 :REFerence:SOURce ........................................................................................................... 228 3.20.2 :REFerence:VSCale ............................................................................................................. 229 3.20.3 :REFerence:VOFFset ...........................................................................................................230 3.20.4 :REFerence:RESet ................................................................................................................230 3.20.5 :REFerence:CURRent ......................................................................................................... 231 3.20.6 :REFerence:SAVE .................................................................................................................231 3.20.7 :REFerence:COLor ...............................................................................................................232 3.20.8 :REFerence:LABel:ENABle ................................................................................................ 233 3.20.9 :REFerence:LABel:CONTent .............................................................................................233 3.21 :SAVE Commands ............................................................................................................................234 3.21.1 :SAVE:IMAGe:INVert .......................................................................................................... 234 3.21.2 :SAVE:IMAGe:COLor .......................................................................................................... 235 3.21.3 :SAVE:IMAGe:FORMat .......................................................................................................235 3.21.4 :SAVE:IMAGe:HEADer ....................................................................................................... 236 3.21.5 :SAVE:IMAGe:DATA? .......................................................................................................... 236 3.21.6 :SAVE:IMAGe ........................................................................................................................237 3.21.7 :SAVE:SETup ..........................................................................................................................238 3.21.8 :SAVE:WAVeform ................................................................................................................ 239 3.21.9 :SAVE:MEMory:WAVeform .............................................................................................. 240 3.21.10 :SAVE:STATus? ......................................................................................................................240 3.21.11 :SAVE:OVERlap .................................................................................................................... 241 3.21.12 :SAVE:PREFix ........................................................................................................................ 241 3.21.13 :SAVe:SMB:SERVerpath .....................................................................................................242 3.21.14 :SAVe:SMB:USERname ......................................................................................................243 3.21.15 :SAVe:SMB:PASSword ........................................................................................................243 3.21.16 :SAVe:SMB:AUToconnect ................................................................................................. 244 3.21.17 :SAVe:SMB:CONNect .........................................................................................................245 3.21.18 :SAVe:SMB:DISConnect .................................................................................................... 245
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
X
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
3.21.19 :SAVe:SMB:CONState? ...................................................................................................... 245 3.21.20 :LOAD:SETup ........................................................................................................................ 246 3.22 :SEARch Commands .......................................................................................................................247
3.22.1 :SEARch:COUNt? .................................................................................................................247 3.22.2 :SEARch:STATe ..................................................................................................................... 247 3.22.3 :SEARch:MODE ....................................................................................................................248 3.22.4 :SEARch:EVENt .................................................................................................................... 248 3.22.5 :SEARch:VALue? .................................................................................................................. 249 3.22.6 :SEARch:EDGE:SLOPe ........................................................................................................ 249 3.22.7 :SEARch:EDGE:SOURce .....................................................................................................250 3.22.8 :SEARch:EDGE:THReshold ............................................................................................... 250 3.22.9 :SEARch:PULSe:POLarity .................................................................................................. 251 3.22.10 :SEARch:PULSe:QUALifier ................................................................................................ 252 3.22.11 :SEARch:PULSe:SOURce ................................................................................................... 252 3.22.12 :SEARch:PULSe:UWIDth ................................................................................................... 253 3.22.13 :SEARch:PULSe:LWIDth .................................................................................................... 254 3.22.14 :SEARch:PULSe:THReshold ..............................................................................................254 3.23 :NAVigate Commands ...................................................................................................................255 3.23.1 :NAVigate:ENABle .............................................................................................................. 255 3.23.2 :NAVigate:MODE ................................................................................................................255 3.23.3 :NAVigate:TIME:SPEed ......................................................................................................256 3.23.4 :NAVigate:TIME:PLAY ........................................................................................................257 3.23.5 :NAVigate:TIME:END .........................................................................................................258 3.23.6 :NAVigate:TIME:STARt ...................................................................................................... 258 3.23.7 :NAVigate:TIME:NEXT .......................................................................................................259 3.23.8 :NAVigate:TIME:BACK .......................................................................................................259 3.23.9 :NAVigate:SEARch:END .................................................................................................... 259 3.23.10 :NAVigate:SEARch:STARt ................................................................................................. 260 3.23.11 :NAVigate:SEARch:NEXT .................................................................................................. 260 3.23.12 :NAVigate:SEARch:BACK ..................................................................................................261 3.23.13 :NAVigate:FRAMe:DISPlay:MODE .................................................................................261 3.23.14 :NAVigate:FRAMe:END:FRAMe ..................................................................................... 263 3.23.15 :NAVigate:FRAMe:STARt:FRAMe ...................................................................................263 3.23.16 :NAVigate:FRAMe:END .....................................................................................................264 3.23.17 :NAVigate:FRAMe:STARt ..................................................................................................264 3.23.18 :NAVigate:FRAMe:NEXT ...................................................................................................265 3.23.19 :NAVigate:FRAMe:BACK ...................................................................................................265
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
XI
3.23.20 :NAVigate:FRAMe:PLAY ....................................................................................................266 3.24 :SYSTem Commands ...................................................................................................................... 266
3.24.1 :SYSTem:AOUTput .............................................................................................................. 267 3.24.2 :SYSTem:BEEPer ...................................................................................................................267 3.24.3 :SYSTem:ERRor[:NEXT]? ....................................................................................................268 3.24.4 :SYSTem:PON .......................................................................................................................268 3.24.5 :SYSTem:PSTatus .................................................................................................................269 3.24.6 :SYSTem:RAMount? ........................................................................................................... 270 3.24.7 :SYSTem:RESet .....................................................................................................................270 3.24.8 :SYSTem:SETup .................................................................................................................... 270 3.24.9 :SYSTem:LOCKed ................................................................................................................ 271 3.24.10 :SYSTem:MODules? ............................................................................................................272 3.24.11 :SYSTem:AUToscale ............................................................................................................272 3.24.12 :SYSTem:GAMount? ...........................................................................................................273 3.24.13 :SYSTem:VERSion? ..............................................................................................................274 3.24.14 :SYSTem:DGSTatus? ........................................................................................................... 274 3.24.15 :SYSTem:KEYBOARDCheck? ............................................................................................275 3.25 :SOURce Commands ......................................................................................................................275 3.25.1 :SOURce:OUTPut:STATe ....................................................................................................275 3.25.2 :SOURce:FUNCtion ............................................................................................................ 276 3.25.3 :SOURce:FREQuency ......................................................................................................... 276 3.25.4 :SOURce:PHASe .................................................................................................................. 277 3.25.5 :SOURce:FUNCtion:RAMP:SYMMetry ......................................................................... 278 3.25.6 :SOURce:FUNCtion:SQUare:DUTY ................................................................................ 279 3.25.7 :SOURce:VOLTage:AMPLitude ....................................................................................... 279 3.25.8 :SOURce:VOLTage:OFFSet ............................................................................................... 280 3.25.9 :SOURce:MOD:STATe .........................................................................................................281 3.25.10 :SOURce:MOD:TYPe .......................................................................................................... 281 3.25.11 :SOURce:MOD:AM:DEPTh ............................................................................................... 282 3.25.12 :SOURce:MOD:AM:INTernal:FREQuency .................................................................... 283 3.25.13 :SOURce:MOD:AM:INTernal:FUNCtion ....................................................................... 283 3.25.14 :SOURce:MOD:FM:DEViation ......................................................................................... 284 3.25.15 :SOURce:MOD:FM:INTernal:FREQuency ..................................................................... 285 3.25.16 :SOURce:MOD:FM:INTernal:FUNCtion ........................................................................ 286 3.25.17 :SOURce:MOD:PM:DEViation .........................................................................................286 3.25.18 :SOURce:MOD:PM:INTernal:FREQuency .....................................................................287 3.25.19 :SOURce:MOD:PM:INTernal:FUNCtion ........................................................................288
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
XII
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
3.26 :TIMebase Commands ...................................................................................................................288 3.26.1 :TIMebase:DELay:ENABle .................................................................................................289 3.26.2 :TIMebase:DELay:OFFSet ................................................................................................. 290 3.26.3 :TIMebase:DELay:SCALe ...................................................................................................291 3.26.4 :TIMebase[:MAIN][:OFFSet] ............................................................................................ 291 3.26.5 :TIMebase[:MAIN]:SCALe ................................................................................................ 292 3.26.6 :TIMebase:MODE ............................................................................................................... 293 3.26.7 :TIMebase:HREFerence:MODE .......................................................................................294 3.26.8 :TIMebase:HREFerence:POSition .................................................................................. 295 3.26.9 :TIMebase:VERNier ............................................................................................................ 295
3.26.10 :TIMebase:HOTKeys ...........................................................................................................296 3.26.11 :TIMebase:ROLL .................................................................................................................. 296 3.26.12 :TIMebase:XY:ENABle ........................................................................................................297 3.26.13 :TIMebase:XY:X ....................................................................................................................298 3.26.14 :TIMebase:XY:Y ....................................................................................................................298 3.26.15 :TIMebase:XY:Z ....................................................................................................................299 3.26.16 :TIMebase:XY:GRID ............................................................................................................299 3.27 :TRIGger Commands ......................................................................................................................300
3.27.1 :TRIGger:MODE .................................................................................................................. 300 3.27.2 :TRIGger:COUPling ............................................................................................................ 301 3.27.3 :TRIGger:STATus? ................................................................................................................302 3.27.4 :TRIGger:SWEep ................................................................................................................. 302 3.27.5 :TRIGger:HOLDoff ..............................................................................................................303 3.27.6 :TRIGger:NREJect ............................................................................................................... 304 3.27.7 :TRIGger:POSition? ............................................................................................................ 304 3.27.8 :TRIGger:EDGE .....................................................................................................................305
3.27.8.1 :TRIGger:EDGE:SOURce ................................................................................... 305 3.27.8.2 :TRIGger:EDGE:SLOPe .......................................................................................306 3.27.8.3 :TRIGger:EDGE:LEVel .........................................................................................306 3.27.9 :TRIGger:PULSe ...................................................................................................................307 3.27.9.1 :TRIGger:PULSe:SOURce ..................................................................................307 3.27.9.2 :TRIGger:PULSe:POLarity .................................................................................308 3.27.9.3 :TRIGger:PULSe:WHEN .....................................................................................309 3.27.9.4 :TRIGger:PULSe:UWIDth ..................................................................................309 3.27.9.5 :TRIGger:PULSe:LWIDth ...................................................................................310 3.27.9.6 :TRIGger:PULSe:LEVel ....................................................................................... 311 3.27.10 :TRIGger:SLOPe ...................................................................................................................311
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
XIII
3.27.10.1 :TRIGger:SLOPe:SOURce ..................................................................................312 3.27.10.2 :TRIGger:SLOPe:POLarity .................................................................................312 3.27.10.3 :TRIGger:SLOPe:WHEN .....................................................................................313 3.27.10.4 :TRIGger:SLOPe:TUPPer ................................................................................... 314 3.27.10.5 :TRIGger:SLOPe:TLOWer ..................................................................................314 3.27.10.6 :TRIGger:SLOPe:WINDow ................................................................................315 3.27.10.7 :TRIGger:SLOPe:ALEVel .................................................................................... 316 3.27.10.8 :TRIGger:SLOPe:BLEVel .....................................................................................316 3.27.11 :TRIGger:VIDeo ................................................................................................................... 317 3.27.11.1 :TRIGger:VIDeo:SOURce .................................................................................. 317 3.27.11.2 :TRIGger:VIDeo:POLarity ................................................................................. 318 3.27.11.3 :TRIGger:VIDeo:MODE ..................................................................................... 318 3.27.11.4 :TRIGger:VIDeo:LINE ......................................................................................... 319 3.27.11.5 :TRIGger:VIDeo:STANdard .............................................................................. 320 3.27.11.6 :TRIGger:VIDeo:LEVel ........................................................................................321 3.27.12 :TRIGger:PATTern ................................................................................................................322 3.27.12.1 :TRIGger:PATTern:PATTern ...............................................................................322 3.27.12.2 :TRIGger:PATTern:SOURce ...............................................................................324 3.27.12.3 :TRIGger:PATTern:LEVel .................................................................................... 324 3.27.13 :TRIGger:DURation ............................................................................................................ 325 3.27.13.1 :TRIGger:DURation:SOURce ........................................................................... 326 3.27.13.2 :TRIGger:DURation:TYPE ................................................................................. 327 3.27.13.3 :TRIGger:DURation:WHEN .............................................................................. 328 3.27.13.4 :TRIGger:DURation:TUPPer .............................................................................328 3.27.13.5 :TRIGger:DURation:TLOWer ........................................................................... 329 3.27.13.6 :TRIGger:DURation:LEVel .................................................................................330 3.27.14 :TRIGger:TIMeout ...............................................................................................................331 3.27.14.1 :TRIGger:TIMeout:SOURce ..............................................................................331 3.27.14.2 :TRIGger:TIMeout:SLOPe .................................................................................332 3.27.14.3 :TRIGger:TIMeout:TIME ....................................................................................333 3.27.14.4 :TRIGger:TIMeout:LEVel ................................................................................... 333 3.27.15 :TRIGger:RUNT ....................................................................................................................334 3.27.15.1 :TRIGger:RUNT:SOURce ...................................................................................334 3.27.15.2 :TRIGger:RUNT:POLarity ..................................................................................335 3.27.15.3 :TRIGger:RUNT:WHEN ......................................................................................335 3.27.15.4 :TRIGger:RUNT:WUPPer ...................................................................................336 3.27.15.5 :TRIGger:RUNT:WLOWer ................................................................................. 337
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
XIV
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
3.27.15.6 :TRIGger:RUNT:ALEVel ..................................................................................... 338 3.27.15.7 :TRIGger:RUNT:BLEVel ......................................................................................338 3.27.16 :TRIGger:WINDows ............................................................................................................339 3.27.16.1 :TRIGger:WINDows:SOURce .......................................................................... 339 3.27.16.2 :TRIGger:WINDows:SLOPe ..............................................................................340 3.27.16.3 :TRIGger:WINDows:POSition ......................................................................... 340 3.27.16.4 :TRIGger:WINDows:TIME ................................................................................ 341 3.27.16.5 :TRIGger:WINDows:ALEVel ............................................................................. 342 3.27.16.6 :TRIGger:WINDows:BLEVel ............................................................................. 342 3.27.17 :TRIGger:DELay ................................................................................................................... 343 3.27.17.1 :TRIGger:DELay:SA .............................................................................................343 3.27.17.2 :TRIGger:DELay:ASLop ..................................................................................... 344 3.27.17.3 :TRIGger:DELay:SB ............................................................................................. 345 3.27.17.4 :TRIGger:DELay:BSLop ......................................................................................345 3.27.17.5 :TRIGger:DELay:TYPE ........................................................................................ 346 3.27.17.6 :TRIGger:DELay:TUPPer ....................................................................................347 3.27.17.7 :TRIGger:DELay:TLOWer .................................................................................. 347 3.27.17.8 :TRIGger:DELay:ALEVel .....................................................................................348 3.27.17.9 :TRIGger:DELay:BLEVel ..................................................................................... 349 3.27.18 :TRIGger:SHOLd ..................................................................................................................349 3.27.18.1 :TRIGger:SHOLd:DSRC ..................................................................................... 350 3.27.18.2 :TRIGger:SHOLd:CSRC ......................................................................................350 3.27.18.3 :TRIGger:SHOLd:SLOPe ....................................................................................351 3.27.18.4 :TRIGger:SHOLd:PATTern .................................................................................352 3.27.18.5 :TRIGger:SHOLd:TYPE .......................................................................................352 3.27.18.6 :TRIGger:SHOLd:STIMe .................................................................................... 353 3.27.18.7 :TRIGger:SHOLd:HTIMe ................................................................................... 354 3.27.18.8 :TRIGger:SHOLd:DLEVel ...................................................................................354 3.27.18.9 :TRIGger:SHOLd:CLEVel ................................................................................... 355 3.27.19 :TRIGger:NEDGe ................................................................................................................. 356 3.27.19.1 :TRIGger:NEDGe:SOURce ................................................................................ 356 3.27.19.2 :TRIGger:NEDGe:SLOPe ................................................................................... 357 3.27.19.3 :TRIGger:NEDGe:IDLE ....................................................................................... 358 3.27.19.4 :TRIGger:NEDGe:EDGE ..................................................................................... 358 3.27.19.5 :TRIGger:NEDGe:LEVel ......................................................................................359 3.27.20 :TRIGger:RS232 ...................................................................................................................359 3.27.20.1 :TRIGger:RS232:SOURce ..................................................................................360
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
XV
3.27.20.2 :TRIGger:RS232:LEVel ....................................................................................... 360 3.27.20.3 :TRIGger:RS232:POLarity ................................................................................. 361 3.27.20.4 :TRIGger:RS232:WHEN .....................................................................................362 3.27.20.5 :TRIGger:RS232:DATA ....................................................................................... 362 3.27.20.6 :TRIGger:RS232:BAUD ...................................................................................... 363 3.27.20.7 :TRIGger:RS232:WIDTh .................................................................................... 364 3.27.20.8 :TRIGger:RS232:STOP ....................................................................................... 364 3.27.20.9 :TRIGger:RS232:PARity ..................................................................................... 365 3.27.21 :TRIGger:IIC .......................................................................................................................... 365 3.27.21.1 :TRIGger:IIC:SCL ..................................................................................................366 3.27.21.2 :TRIGger:IIC:CLEVel ............................................................................................366 3.27.21.3 :TRIGger:IIC:SDA .................................................................................................367 3.27.21.4 :TRIGger:IIC:DLEVel ........................................................................................... 368 3.27.21.5 :TRIGger:IIC:WHEN ............................................................................................368 3.27.21.6 :TRIGger:IIC:AWIDth ..........................................................................................370 3.27.21.7 :TRIGger:IIC:ADDRess .......................................................................................370 3.27.21.8 :TRIGger:IIC:DIRection ......................................................................................371 3.27.21.9 :TRIGger:IIC:DBYTes ...........................................................................................371 3.27.21.10 :TRIGger:IIC:DATA .............................................................................................. 372 3.27.21.11 :TRIGger:IIC:CURRbit ........................................................................................ 373 3.27.21.12 :TRIGger:IIC:CODE ............................................................................................. 373 3.27.22 :TRIGger:SPI ......................................................................................................................... 374 3.27.22.1 :TRIGger:SPI:CLK .................................................................................................374 3.27.22.2 :TRIGger:SPI:SCL .................................................................................................375 3.27.22.3 :TRIGger:SPI:CLEVel ...........................................................................................376 3.27.22.4 :TRIGger:SPI:SLOPe ............................................................................................376 3.27.22.5 :TRIGger:SPI:MISO .............................................................................................377 3.27.22.6 :TRIGger:SPI:SDA ................................................................................................377 3.27.22.7 :TRIGger:SPI:DLEVel ...........................................................................................378 3.27.22.8 :TRIGger:SPI:WHEN ...........................................................................................379 3.27.22.9 :TRIGger:SPI:CS ...................................................................................................380 3.27.22.10 :TRIGger:SPI:SLEVel ........................................................................................... 380 3.27.22.11 :TRIGger:SPI:MODE ........................................................................................... 381 3.27.22.12 :TRIGger:SPI:TIMeout ....................................................................................... 382 3.27.22.13 :TRIGger:SPI:WIDTh ...........................................................................................382 3.27.22.14 :TRIGger:SPI:DATA ............................................................................................. 383 3.27.22.15 :TRIGger:SPI:CURRbit ....................................................................................... 384
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
XVI
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
3.27.22.16 :TRIGger:SPI:CODE .............................................................................................384 3.27.23 :TRIGger:CAN ...................................................................................................................... 385
3.27.23.1 :TRIGger:CAN:BAUD ......................................................................................... 385 3.27.23.2 :TRIGger:CAN:SOURce ..................................................................................... 386 3.27.23.3 :TRIGger:CAN:STYPe ......................................................................................... 386 3.27.23.4 :TRIGger:CAN:WHEN ........................................................................................ 387 3.27.23.5 :TRIGger:CAN:SPOint ........................................................................................389 3.27.23.6 :TRIGger:CAN:EXTended ..................................................................................389 3.27.23.7 :TRIGger:CAN:DEFine ....................................................................................... 390 3.27.23.8 :TRIGger:CAN:DWIDth ..................................................................................... 391 3.27.23.9 :TRIGger:CAN:DATA .......................................................................................... 391 3.27.23.10 :TRIGger:CAN:CURRbit .....................................................................................392 3.27.23.11 :TRIGger:CAN:CODE ..........................................................................................393 3.27.23.12 :TRIGger:CAN:LEVel ...........................................................................................394 3.27.24 :TRIGger:LIN .........................................................................................................................394 3.27.24.1 :TRIGger:LIN:SOURce ........................................................................................395 3.27.24.2 :TRIGger:LIN:LEVel ............................................................................................. 395 3.27.24.3 :TRIGger:LIN:STANdard ....................................................................................396 3.27.24.4 :TRIGger:LIN:BAUD ............................................................................................397 3.27.24.5 :TRIGger:LIN:SAMPlepoint ..............................................................................397 3.27.24.6 :TRIGger:LIN:WHEN .......................................................................................... 398 3.27.24.7 :TRIGger:LIN:ERRor ............................................................................................399 3.27.24.8 :TRIGger:LIN:ID ................................................................................................... 399 3.27.24.9 :TRIGger:LIN:DATA .............................................................................................400 3.27.24.10 :TRIGger:LIN:CURRbit .......................................................................................400 3.27.24.11 :TRIGger:LIN:CODE ............................................................................................401 3.28 :WAVeform Commands .................................................................................................................402 3.28.1 :WAVeform:SOURce .......................................................................................................... 404 3.28.2 :WAVeform:MODE ............................................................................................................. 405 3.28.3 :WAVeform:FORMat .......................................................................................................... 406 3.28.4 :WAVeform:POINts ............................................................................................................ 407 3.28.5 :WAVeform:DATA? ..............................................................................................................407 3.28.6 :WAVeform:XINCrement? ................................................................................................ 408 3.28.7 :WAVeform:XORigin? ........................................................................................................ 409 3.28.8 :WAVeform:XREFerence? ................................................................................................. 409 3.28.9 :WAVeform:YINCrement? ................................................................................................ 410 3.28.10 :WAVeform:YORigin? ........................................................................................................ 411
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
XVII
3.28.11 :WAVeform:YREFerence? ................................................................................................. 411 3.28.12 :WAVeform:STARt ...............................................................................................................412 3.28.13 :WAVeform:STOP ................................................................................................................413 3.28.14 :WAVeform:PREamble? .....................................................................................................413
4 Application Examples .................................................................................................415
4.1 To Configure Basic Parameters .................................................................................................. 415 4.2 To Set Measurements ....................................................................................................................416 4.3 To Read the Waveform ..................................................................................................................417
5 Programming Examples ............................................................................................419
5.1 Programming Preparations .........................................................................................................419 5.2 LabVIEW Programming Example .............................................................................................. 419 5.3 Visual Basic Programming Example ......................................................................................... 423 5.4 Visual C++ Programming Example .......................................................................................... 425
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
XVIII
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
List of Figures
Figure 3.1 Schematic Diagram of Parallel Decoding ................................................... 33 Figure 3.2 Schematic Diagram of RS232 Serial Bus ..................................................... 39 Figure 3.3 I2C Serial Bus ........................................................................................................45 Figure 3.4 SPI Serial Bus ........................................................................................................ 49 Figure 3.5 Sample Position ...................................................................................................59 Figure 3.6 Cursors ....................................................................................................................85 Figure 3.7 Schematic Diagram of RS232 Frame Format .......................................... 360 Figure 3.8 Schematic Diagram of I2C Frame Format ................................................ 366 Figure 3.9 Sequential Chart of SPI Bus .......................................................................... 374 Figure 3.10 Data Frame Format of the CAN Bus ........................................................ 385 Figure 3.11 Data Frame Format of the LIN Bus .......................................................... 395 Figure 3.12 Parameter Definitions in NORMAL Mode ............................................. 402 Figure 3.13 Parameter Definitions in RAW Mode ...................................................... 403
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
XIX
List of Tables
Table 3.128 Table of the Bit Definition of Standard Event Status Register ........ 124 Table 3.129 Table of the Bit Definition of Status Byte Register ............................. 125 Table 3.161 Window Function ...........................................................................................157 Table 3.162 Logic Operation Results .............................................................................. 158
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
XX
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Document Overview
1
Document Overview
This manual introduces how to program and control DHO800 and DHO900 series via the remote interface by using the SCPI (Standard Commands for Programmable Instruments) commands. DHO800 and DHO900 series can communicate with PC via USB and LAN interfaces.
TIP For the latest version of this manual, download it from RIGOL official website (http:// www.rigol.com).
Publication Number PGA39104-1110 Software Version 00.01.03 Software upgrade might change or add product features. Please acquire the latest version of the manual from RIGOL website or contact RIGOL to upgrade the software. Format Conventions in this Manual
1. Key
The front panel key is denoted by the menu key icon. For example, indicates the "Default" key.
2. Menu
The menu item is denoted by the format of "Menu Name (Bold) + Character Shading" in the manual. For example, Setup indicates the "Setup" sub-menu under the "Utility" function menu. You can click or tap Setup to access the "Setup" menu.
3. Operation Procedures
The next step of the operation is denoted by ">" in the manual. For example,
> Storage indicates first clicking or tapping Storage.
and then clicking or tapping
4. Connector
The front/rear panel connector is denoted by "Brackets + Connector Name (Bold)", for example, [AUX OUT].
Content Conventions in this Manual
DHO800 series digital oscilloscope includes the following models. Four-channel models and two-channel models share the same operation method. Unless otherwise
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
1
Document Overview
specified, this manual takes the four-channel model DHO814 as an example to illustrate the operation methods of DHO800 series oscilloscope.
Model
Max. Analog Bandwidth No. of Analog Channels
DHO802
70 MHz
2+EXT
DHO804
70 MHz
4
DHO812
100 MHz
2+EXT
DHO814
100 MHz
4
DHO900 series digital oscilloscope includes the following models. Unless otherwise specified, this manual takes DHO924S as an example to illustrate the operation methods of DHO900 series.
Model
Max. Analog Bandwidth No. of Analog Channels
DHO914
125 MHz
4
DHO914S
125 MHz
4
DHO924
250 MHz
4
DHO924S
250 MHz
4
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
2
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Programming Overview
2
Programming Overview
2.1
SCPI Command Overview
SCPI (Standard Commands for Programmable Instruments) is a standardized instrument programming language that is built upon the existing standard IEEE 488.1 and IEEE 488.2 and conforms to various standards, such as the floating point operation rule in IEEE 754 standard, ISO 646 7-bit coded character set for information interchange (equivalent to ASCII programming). The SCPI commands provide a hierarchical tree structure, and consist of multiple subsystems. Each command subsystem consists of one root keyword and one or more sub-keywords.
Syntax
The command line usually starts with a colon; the keywords are separated by colons, and following the keywords are the parameter settings available. The command ending with a quotation mark indicates querying a certain function and returns the query results. The keywords of the command and the first parameter are separated by a space.
For example,
:ACQuire:TYPE <type> :ACQuire:TYPE?
ACQuire is the root keyword of the command, TYPE is the second-level keyword. The command line starts with a colon ":", and different levels of keywords are also separated by colons. <type> indicates a settable parameter. The command ending with a quotation mark "?" indicates querying a certain function. The command keywords :ACQuire:TYPE and the parameter <type> are separated by a space.
In some commands with parameters, "," is often used to separate multiple parameters. For example,
:SYSTem:DATE <year>,<month>,<day>
Symbol Description
The following symbols are not sent with the commands.
1. Braces { }
The contents in the braces can contain one or multiple parameters. These parameters can be omitted or used for several times. Parameters are usually separated by the vertical bar "|". When using the command, you must select one of the parameters.
2. Vertical Bar |
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
3
Programming Overview
The vertical bar is used to separate multiple parameters. When using the command, you must select one of the parameters. 3. Square Brackets [ ] The contents in the square brackets can be omitted. 4. Angle Brackets < > The parameter enclosed in the angle brackets must be replaced by an effective value. Parameter Type
1. Bool The parameter can be set to ON, OFF, 1, or 0. For example, :SYSTem:BEEPer <bool> :SYSTem:BEEPer? Wherein, <bool> can be set to {{1|ON}|{0|OFF}}. The query returns 1 or 0.
2. Discrete The parameter can be any of the values listed. For example, :SYSTem:PSTatus <sat> :SYSTem:PSTatus? Wherein, - <sat> can be set to DEFault|OPEN. - The query returns an abbreviated form: DEF or OPEN.
3. Integer Unless otherwise specified, the parameter can be any integer (NR1 format) within the effective value range.
CAUTION Do not set the parameter to a decimal, otherwise, errors will occur.
For example, :DISPlay:GBRightness <brightness> :DISPlay:GBRightness? Wherein, <brightness> can be set to an integer ranging from 1 to 100. The query returns an integer ranging from 1 to 100. 4. Real
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
4
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Programming Overview
2.2
The parameter can be any real number within the effective value range, and this command accepts parameter input in decimal (NR2 format) and scientific notation (NR3 format). For example, :TRIGger:TIMeout:TIME <time> :TRIGger:TIMeout:TIME? Wherein, <time> can be set to any real number ranging from 1.6E-8 (16 ns) to 1E +1 (10 s). The query returns a real number in scientific notation. 5. ASCII String The parameter can be the combinations of ASCII characters. For example, :LAN:GATeway <string> Wherein, <string> can be set to
192.168.1.1 Command Abbreviation
The keywords of all the commands are case-insensitive. They can all be in upper case or in lower case. If an abbreviation is used, you must input all the capital letters in the command. For example, :DISPlay:GBRightness? can be abbreviated as :DISP:GBR?
Remote Control
This instrument can be connected to the PC via the USB, or LAN interface to set up communication and realize remote control through the PC. The remote control can be realized by using SCPI (Standard Commands for Programmable Instruments) commands.
PC Software
Users usually need to use the PC software to send commands to control the instrument remotely. RIGOL Ultra Sigma is recommended. When the instrument is connected to the PC via the USB, or LAN interface, the Ultra Sigma software can search for instrument resources and enable command interaction. Log in to the RIGOL official website. Click Support and select Soft/Firmware to obtain the Ultra Sigma software package and help documentation.
Web Control
When the instrument is connected to the PC via the LAN interface, you can use Web Control to send SCPI commands from the PC to the instrument.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
5
Programming Overview
2.2.1 2.2.2
The operation procedures are as follows:
1. Obtain the instrument's IP address and input it in the browser address bar to log in to the Web Control page.
2. After you enter the Web Control interface, click the "SCPI Panel Control" button to enter the SCPI Command interface.
3. Input the specified SCPI command and then click Send & Read to send the command. The operation process and the returned value will be displayed in the current interface.
Remote Control via USB
1. Connect the device Use the USB cable to connect the rear-panel USB DEVICE interface of the instrument to the USB HOST interface of the PC.
2. Search for the device resource Start up Ultra Sigma and the software will automatically search for the resource currently connected to the PC via the USB interface. You can also click USB-TMC to search for the resource.
3. View the device resource The resources found will appear under the "RIGOL Online Resource" directory, and the model number and USB interface information of the instrument will also be displayed.
4. Control the instrument remotely Right-click the device resource name and select "SCPI Panel Control" to open the remotely command control panel. Then you can send commands and read data through the panel. For details about the SCPI commands and programming, refer to the Programming Guide of this instrument.
Remote Control via LAN
1. Connect the device Use the network cable to connect the instrument to your local area network (LAN).
2. Configure network parameters Configure the network parameters of the instrument in Utility>IO menu.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
6
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Programming Overview
Click or tap the Notification Area at the lower-right corner of the screen, then the Utility menu is displayed. Click or tap IO, and then click or tap the input field of GPIB to input the GPIB address with the pop-up numeric keypad. 3. Search for Search device resource Start up Ultra Sigma and click LAN to open the panel as shown in the figure below. Click Search and the software searches for the instrument resources currently connected to the LAN and the resources found are displayed at the right section of the window as shown in the figure below. Click OK to add it.
Besides, you can input the IP address of the instrument manually into the text field under "Manual Input LAN Instrument IP", then click TEST. If the instrument passes the test, click Add to add the instrument to the LAN instrument resource list in the right section; if the instrument fails the test, please check whether the IP address that you input is correct, or use the auto search method to add the instrument resource.
4. View the device resource
The resources found will appear under the "RIGOL Online Resource" directory.
5. Control the instrument remotely
Right-click the device resource name and select "SCPI Panel Control" to open the remotely command control panel. Then you can send commands and read data through the panel.
6. Load LXI webpage
As this instrument conforms to LXI CORE 2011 DEVICE standards, you can load LXI web page through Ultra Sigma (right-click the instrument resource name and select "LXI-Web"). Various important information about the instrument (including the model, manufacturer, serial number, description, MAC address, and IP address) will be displayed on the web page. You can also directly input the IP address of the instrument in the address bar of the PC browser to load the LXI web page.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
7
Programming Overview
2.3
Sequential Commands and Overlapped Commands
IEEE488.2 defines the differentiation between the Sequential commands and the Overlapped commands.
· Sequential Commands
Commands that shall be executed in sequence. Before completing the execution of one sequential command, another command shall not be executed. A command is a Sequential Command when Execution Control waits for the resulting device action to complete before it initiates the next device action. The following figure shows the example of the sequence order for the sequential command.
time
Sequential Command 1
Sequential Command 2
Sequential Command 3
· Overlapped Commands
Commands that can be executed with several other commands being executed in parallel. During the execution process, several commands may be overlapped with each other. An overlapped command is a command that allows execution of subsequent commands while the device operations initiated by that overlapped command are still in progress. The following figure shows the example of the sequence order for the overlapped command.
time
Overlapped Command 1
Overlapped Command 2
Sequential Command 3
To ensure that the instrument functions can be synchronized through the commands executed in the specified order and query the command execution status, IEEE488.2
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
8
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Programming Overview
defines three general commands (*WAI, *OPC, and *OPC?) to check the operation complete (OPC) function of the instrument. · *WAI: The *WAI command shall prevent the instrument from executing further
commands or queries until all the received commands have been completely executed. The *WAI command will not operate on the register. If you want the overlapped commands to be executed in sequence just like the sequential commands, you can send the *WAI command before or after the specified overlapped command. For example,
time
Overlapped Command 1 *WAI Overlapped Command 2 *WAI Overlapped Command 3 *WAI
· *OPC: Upon receiving the *OPC command, the instrument will wait until all the previously received commands have been completely executed. Meanwhile, it will set Bit 0 in the Standard Event Register to 1, and then execute the following commands.
· *OPC?: Upon receiving the *OPC? Command, the instrument will query whether all the previous received commands have been completely executed. If completed, the query returns 1; if not, it will wait until all the pending operations have been completed and then returns 1. The *OPC? command shall not operate on the register. If you want to query the execution status of a series of commands and control the execution sequence of the command, send the *OPC? Command. For example,
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
9
Programming Overview
Overlapped Command
Sequential Command 1
Sequential Command 2
*OPC?
time
Sequential Command 3
The following table lists the overlapped commands that support the Operation Complete (OPC) function. While using the overlapped commands, pay attention to the execution order of the command to avoid causing any abnormalities to the results.
Command
Constraint Condition
*RST
-
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
10
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
3
Command System
This chapter introduces the syntax, functions, parameters, and usage of each command. By default, only CH1 is enabled.
NOTE
For the parameter setting command (time, frequency, amplitude, etc.), the digital oscilloscope can only recognize the numbers, unable to recognize the unit sent together with them. The unit of the parameter is a default one. For the default units of various parameters, refer to the descriptions for the specified command.
3.1
3.1.1
3.1.2
Root Commands
Root level commands only have the root keywords, without the next level keywords. They control many of the basic operations of the instrument.
:CLEar
Syntax :CLEar Description Clears all the waveforms on the screen.
This command functions the same as the front-panel key
.
Parameter
N/A
Remarks
N/A
Return Format
N/A
Example N/A
:RUN
Syntax :RUN
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
11
Command System
3.1.3
Description The :RUN command starts running the oscilloscope
This command functions the same as clicking or tapping the icon
in the quick
operation bar at the upper-right part of the screen; or the panel. Parameter N/A Remarks N/A Return Format N/A Example N/A
tap the on the front
:STOP
Syntax :STOP Description The :STOP command stops running the oscilloscope.
This command functions the same as clicking or tapping the icon
in the quick
operation bar at the upper-right part of the screen; or the panel. Parameter N/A Remarks N/A Return Format N/A Example N/A
key on the front
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
12
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
3.1.4 3.1.5
:SINGle
Syntax :SINGle Description Performs a single trigger. Sets the trigger mode of the oscilloscope to "Single". This command functions the same as sending the :TRIGger:SWEep SINGle command.
This command functions the same as the front-panel key
.
Parameter
N/A
Remarks
· In the single trigger mode, the oscilloscope performs a single trigger when the trigger conditions are met and then it stops.
· When the waveform recording function is enabled or the recorded waveforms are played back, this command is invalid.
· For the single trigger, you can use the :TFORce command to generate one trigger by force.
Return Format N/A Example N/A
:TFORce
Syntax :TFORce Description Generates a trigger signal forcefully. This command is only applicable to the normal and single trigger modes. Refer to the :TRIGger:SWEep command).
This command functions the same as the front panel.
key in the trigger control area of the
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
13
Command System
Parameter N/A Remarks N/A Return Format N/A Example N/A
3.2
3.2.1
:AUToset Commands
The :AUToset commands are used to perform waveform auto setting operations.
:AUToset
Syntax :AUToset Description Enables the waveform auto setting function. The oscilloscope will automatically adjust the vertical scale, horizontal time base, and trigger mode according to the input signal to realize optimal waveform display.
This command functions the same as the front-panel key
.
Parameter
N/A
Remarks
· When the AUTO function is disabled, this command is invalid. For details, refer to :SYSTem:AUToscale.
· When the pass/fail test is enabled, the AUTO function runs normally, but the pass/fail test function is forced to be disabled.
· When the waveform recording function is enabled, the AUTO function runs normally, but the recording or playing function is forced to be disabled.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
14
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
3.2.2 3.2.3
Return Format N/A Example N/A
:AUToset:PEAK
Syntax
:AUToset:PEAK <bool> :AUToset:PEAK?
Description
Sets or queries whether the peak-peak priority setting is enabled.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
<bool>
Bool
{{1|ON}|{0|OFF}}
Default 1|ON
Remarks This function is intended for the shifted signal. If there is a large deviation, you can view the signal waveform in priority when you enable the function. Return Format The query returns 0 or 1. Example :AUToset:PEAK OFF /*Disables the peak-peak priority setting.*/ :AUToset:PEAK? /*The query returns 0.*/
:AUToset:OPENch
Syntax :AUToset:OPENch <bool> :AUToset:OPENch? Description Sets or queries whether to only test the enabled channel when performing the AUTO operation.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
15
Command System
3.2.4
Parameter Name <bool>
Type Bool
Range {{1|ON}|{0|OFF}}
Default 0|OFF
Remarks
· If you select "0|OFF", the system will test the four analog channels (CH1-CH4) in sequence when performing the AUTO operation. If no signal is found on the channel, then the channel is disabled. If a signal is found on the channel, adjust the channel to an optimal scale to show the signal.
· If you select "1|ON", the system will only test the enabled channels when performing the AUTO operation.
Return Format The query returns 0 or 1. Example :AUToset:OPENch ON /*Sets to test only the enabled channel(s) for AUTO operation.*/ :AUToset:OPENch? /*The query returns 1.*/
:AUToset:OVERlap
Syntax
:AUToset:OVERlap <bool> :AUToset:OVERlap?
Description
Sets or queries whether to enable the waveform display mode.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
<bool>
Bool
{{1|ON}|{0|OFF}}
Default 1|ON
Remarks
· 1|ON: enables the waveform overlay display. Waveforms of different channels will be displayed in the same position of the screen.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
16
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
3.2.5 3.2.6
· 0|OFF: disables the waveform overlay display. Waveforms of different channels will be displayed on the screen from top to bottom in sequence.
Return Format The query returns 0 or 1. Example :AUToset:OVERlap OFF /*Disables the waveform overlay display.*/ :AUToset:OVERlap? /*The query returns 0.*/
:AUToset:KEEPcoup
Syntax
:AUToset:KEEPcoup <bool> :AUToset:KEEPcoup?
Description
Sets or queries whether to enable keeping coupling.
Parameter
Name <bool>
Type Bool
Range {{1|ON}|{0|OFF}}
Default 0|OFF
Remarks
· 1|ON: Enables keeping coupling. When enabled, the system performs auto setting operation. The settings for the channel coupling remain unchanged.
· 0|OFF: Disables keeping coupling. When disabled, the channel is, by default, DC coupled.
Return Format The query returns 0 or 1. Example :AUToset:KEEPcoup ON /*Sets to enable keeping coupling.*/ :AUToset:KEEPcoup? /*The query returns 1.*/
:AUToset:LOCK
Syntax :AUToset:LOCK <bool>
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
17
Command System
3.2.7
:AUToset:LOCK?
Description
Sets or queries the on/off status of the AUTO function.
Parameter
Name <bool>
Type Bool
Range {{1|ON}|{0|OFF}}
Default 0|OFF
Remarks
· 1|ON: locks the AUTO key; disables the AUTO function. · 0|OFF: unlocks the AUTO key; enables the AUTO function. You can also send the :AUToset:ENAble command to enable or disable the AUTO function. Return Format The query returns 0 or 1. Example :AUToset:LOCK ON /*Locks the AUTO key; disables the AUTO function.*/ :AUToset:LOCK? /*The query returns 1.*/
:AUToset:ENAble
Syntax
:AUToset:ENAble <bool> :AUToset:ENAble?
Description
Sets or queries whether to enable the AUTO function.
Parameter
Name <bool>
Type Bool
Range {{1|ON}|{0|OFF}}
Default 1|ON
Remarks · 1|ON: enables the AUTO function. It functions the same as enabling the front-
panel key
.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
18
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
· 0|OFF: disables the AUTO function. It functions the same as disabling the front-
panel key
.
You can also send the :AUToset:LOCK command to enable or disable the AUTO function.
Return Format
The query returns 0 or 1.
Example :AUToset:ENAble OFF /*Disables the AUTO function.*/ :AUToset:ENAble? /*The query returns 0.*/
3.3
3.3.1
:ACQuire Commands
The :ACQuire commands are used to set the memory depth of the oscilloscope, the acquisition mode, the average times, as well as query the current sample rate.
:ACQuire:AVERages
Syntax
:ACQuire:AVERages <count> :ACQuire:AVERages?
Description
Sets or queries the number of averages in the average acquisition mode.
Parameter
Name <count>
Type Integer
Range
Default
2n(n is an integer, and its range 2
is from 1 to 16).
Remarks · You can send the :ACQuire:TYPE command to set the acquisition mode. · In the average acquisition mode, greater number of averages can lower the
noise and increase the vertical resolution; but will also slow the response of the displayed waveform to the waveform changes. · The number of averages must be in the Nth power of 2. When the value is not in the Nth power of 2, a value that is smaller than the one you input and the closest
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
19
Command System
3.3.2
to the N power-of-2 increments will be input automatically. For example, if you input 9 with the numeric keypad, the average count will be input 8 automatically.
Return Format
The query returns an integer ranging from 2 to 65536.
Example :ACQuire:AVERages 128 :ACQuire:AVERages?
/*Sets the average times to 128.*/ /*The query returns 128.*/
:ACQuire:MDEPth
Syntax
:ACQuire:MDEPth <mdep> :ACQuire:MDEPth?
Description
Sets or queries the memory depth of the oscilloscope (that is, the number of waveform points that can be stored through the sampling in a single trigger). The default unit is pts.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
Default
<mdep>
Discrete
{AUTO|1k|10k|100k|1M|5M|10M|
25M|50M|1000|10000|100000|
1000000|5000000|10000000|
10k
25000000|50000000|1e3|1e4|
1e5|1e6|5e6|1e7|2.5e7|5e7}
Remarks When you select the "Auto" mode, the oscilloscope selects the memory depth automatically according to the current sample rate. · When any one of the channels is enabled, the available memory depths are
AUTO, 1k, 10k, 100k, 1M, 5M, 10M, 25M, and 50M (50M is only available for DHO900). · When any two of the channels are enabled, the available memory depths are AUTO, 1k, 10k, 100k, 1M, 5M, 10M, and 25M (25M is only available for DHO900).
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
20
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
3.3.3
· When three or four channels (only available for 4-channel models) are enabled,
the available memory depths are AUTO, 1k, 10k, 100k, 1M, 5M, and 10M (10M is
only available for DHO900).
Modifying the memory depth will affect the sample rate. To query the current sample rate, run the :ACQuire:SRATe? command.
Return Format
The query returns the memory depth in scientific notation.
Example :ACQuire:MDEPth 1M :ACQuire:MDEPth?
/*Sets the memory depth to 1M.*/ /*The query returns 1.000E+6.*/
:ACQuire:TYPE
Syntax
:ACQuire:TYPE <type> :ACQuire:TYPE?
Description
Sets or queries the acquisition mode of the oscilloscope.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
<type>
Discrete
{NORMal|PEAK|AVERages| ULTRa}
Default NORMal
Remarks
· NORMal: In this mode, the oscilloscope samples the signal at a specified fixed time interval to rebuild the waveform. For most of the waveforms, using this mode can produce the optimal display effects.
· AVERages: In this mode, the oscilloscope averages the waveforms from multiple samples to reduce the random noise of the input signal and improve the vertical resolution. The greater the number of averages, the lower the noise and the higher the vertical resolution. Meanwhile this will slow the response of the displayed waveform to the waveform changes.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
21
Command System
3.3.4
· PEAK: indicates the peak detection. In this mode, the oscilloscope samples the maximum and minimum value of the signal at the fixed sampling interval to acquire the signal envelope or the narrow pulses that might be lost. In this mode, signal aliasing can be prevented, but the noise displayed would be larger.
· ULTRa (UltraAcquire): divides the oscilloscope's memory into segments and fills a memory segment for each individual trigger event. In this mode, it provides a high waveform capture rate and minimizes the dead time between trigger events.
Return Format
The query returns NORM, PEAK, AVER, or ULTR.
Example :ACQuire:TYPE AVERages AVERages.*/ :ACQuire:TYPE?
/*Sets the acquisition mode to /*The query returns AVER.*/
:ACQuire:SRATe?
Syntax
:ACQuire:SRATe?
Description
Queries the current sample rate. The default unit is Sa/s.
Parameter
N/A
Remarks
· Sample rate indicates the frequency of the signal sampling, that is, the number of waveform points sampled per second.
· The sample rate and memory depth will change accordingly in accordance with the horizontal time base.
Return Format
The query returns the sample rate in scientific notation.
Example :ACQuire:SRATe?
/*The query returns 1.00000E+6.*/
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
22
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
3.3.5
:ACQuire:ULTRa:MODE
Syntax
:ACQuire:ULTRa:MODE <mode> :ACQuire:ULTRa:MODE?
Description
Sets or queries the display mode of Ultra Acquire.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
<mode>
Discrete
{ADJacent|OVERlay|WATerfall| PERSpective|MOSaic}
Default -
Remarks
· ADJacent: indicates the adjacent display. Waveform segments are shown in adjacent display, with each segment shown next to the previous segment. In this mode, a maximum of 100 frames of waveforms can be displayed on the screen at a time.
· OVERlay: indicates the overlay display. All the captured waveform segments are overwritten to display as one single segment of the waveform. In this mode, a maximum of 100 frames of waveforms can be displayed on the screen at a time.
· WATerfall: indicates the waterfall display. It displays the captured waveform segments in a cascaded display order. In this mode, a maximum of 100 frames of waveforms can be displayed on the screen at a time.
· PERSpective: indicates the perspective display. The waveform segments are displayed in the ladder-like form, with each segment being arranged above another with a certain perspective (angle), moving up like a rising slope. In this mode, a maximum of 100 frames of waveforms can be displayed on the screen at a time.
· MOSaic: indicates the mosaic display. The whole waveform view is divided into several blocks, and each waveform segment is displayed in each block in
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
23
Command System
3.3.6 3.3.7
sequence. In this mode, a maximum of 80 frames of waveforms can be displayed on the screen at a time.
Return Format
The query returns ADJ, OVER, WAT, PERS, or MOS.
Example :ACQuire:ULTRa:MODE ADJacent mode to ADJacent.*/ :ACQuire:ULTRa:MODE?
/*Sets the Ultra Acquire display /*The query returns ADJ.*/
:ACQuire:ULTRa:TIMeout
Syntax
:ACQuire:ULTRa:TIMeout <tmo> :ACQuire:ULTRa:TIMeout?
Description
Sets or queries the timeout value of Ultra Acquire.
Parameter
Name <tmo>
Type Real
Range 1 us to 1 s
Default 1.00 ms
Remarks
N/A
Return Format
The query returns a real number in scientific notation.
Example :ACQuire:ULTRa:TIMeout 0.1 value to 0.1 s.*/ :ACQuire:ULTRa:TIMeout?
/*Sets the Ultra Acquire timeout /*The query returns 1E-1.*/
:ACQuire:ULTRa:MAXFrame
Syntax :ACQuire:ULTRa:MAXFrame <frame> :ACQuire:ULTRa:MAXFrame?
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
24
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Description
Sets or queries the maximum number of frames that can be set for Ultra Acquire sampling mode.
Parameter
Name <frame>
Type Integer
Range
1 to the maximum number of frames
Default -
Remarks
N/A
Return Format
The query returns the maximum number of frames in integer.
Example :ACQuire:ULTRa:MAXFrame 100 to 100.*/ :ACQuire:ULTRa:MAXFrame?
/*Sets the maximum number of frames /*The query returns 100.*/
3.4
3.4.1
:BUS<n> Commands
The :BUS<n> commands are used to execute the decoding-related settings and operations.
:BUS<n>:MODE
Syntax
:BUS<n>:MODE <mode> :BUS<n>:MODE?
Description
Sets or queries the decoding type of the specified decoding bus.
Parameter
Name <n>
Type Discrete
Range {1|2|3|4}
Default -
<mode>
Discrete
{PARallel|RS232|SPI|IIC|LIN|CAN} PARallel
Remarks Only the DHO900 series supports LIN decodings.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
25
Command System
3.4.2 3.4.3
Return Format
The query returns PAR, RS232, SPI, IIC, LIN, or CAN.
Example :BUS1:MODE SPI :BUS1:MODE?
/*Sets the decoding type to SPI.*/ /*The query returns SPI.*/
:BUS<n>:DISPlay
Syntax
:BUS<n>:DISPlay <bool> :BUS<n>:DISPlay?
Description
Enables or disables the specified decoding bus; or queries the on/off display status of the specified decoding bus.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
Default
<n>
Discrete
{1|2|3|4}
-
<bool>
Bool
{{1|ON}|{0|OFF}}
0|OFF
Remarks
N/A
Return Format
The query returns 1 or 0.
Example :BUS1:DISPlay ON :BUS1:DISPlay?
/*Enables the decoding bus.*/ /*The query returns 1.*/
:BUS<n>:FORMat
Syntax :BUS<n>:FORMat <format> :BUS<n>:FORMat? Description Sets or queries the format of decoding data on the specified decoding bus.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
26
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
3.4.4
Parameter Name <n>
Type Discrete
Range {1|2|3|4}
Default -
<format>
Discrete
{HEX|ASCii|DEC|BIN}
HEX
Remarks
· Hex: indicates Hexadecimal; · ASCii: indicates ASCII; · DEC: indicates Decimal; · BIN: indicates Binary.
Return Format
The query returns HEX, ASC, DEC, or BIN.
Example
:BUS1:FORMat HEX :BUS1:FORMat?
/*Sets the display format of the bus to HEX.*/ /*The query returns HEX.*/
:BUS<n>:EVENt
Syntax
:BUS<n>:EVENt <bool> :BUS<n>:EVENt?
Description
Enables or disables the event table of the specified decoding bus; or queries the on/off status of the specified decoding bus event table.
Parameter
Name <n>
Type Discrete
Range {1|2|3|4}
Default -
<bool>
Bool
{{1|ON}|{0|OFF}}
0|OFF
Remarks Before using the command, enable the specified decoding bus. Return Format The query returns 1 or 0.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
27
Command System
3.4.5 3.4.6
Example :BUS1:EVENt ON decoding bus.*/ :BUS1:EVENt?
/*Enables the event table of the specified /*The query returns 1.*/
:BUS<n>:LABel
Syntax
:BUS<n>:LABel <bool> :BUS<n>:LABel?
Description
Enables or disables the label of the specified decoding bus; or queries the on/off display status of the label of the specified decoding bus.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
Default
<n>
Discrete
{1|2|3|4}
-
<bool>
Bool
{{1|ON}|{0|OFF}}
1|ON
Remarks
Before using the command, enable the specified decoding bus.
Return Format
The query returns 1 or 0.
Example
:BUS1:LABel ON /*Enables the label of the specified decoding bus.*/
:BUS1:LABel?
/*The query returns 1.*/
:BUS<n>:DATA?
Syntax
:BUS<n>:DATA?
Description
Reads the data from the decoding event table.
Parameter
Name <n>
Type Discrete
Range {1|2|3|4}
Default -
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
28
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
3.4.7
Remarks
N/A
Return Format
The query returns the data in the decoding event table with the following formats.
#9000000086PARALLEL Time,Data, -2.47us,0, -2.444us,1, -1.448us,0, -446ns,1, 551.6ns,0, 1.554us,1, Wherein, "#9000000086" is the TMC data block header, which is followed by the data in the event table. The 9-digit data following #9 in the data block header indicates the number of bytes of the effective data. "PARALLEL" indicates the decoding type. The available decoding type can also be RS232, I2C, SPI, LIN, and etc. The data are separated by a comma, and will automatically switch to the next line according to the data information in the decoding list. The data value is related to the numeral system that you have set.
CAUTION You can save all the data (except TMC data block header and decoding type, e.g. #9000000086PARALLEL) as the "*.csv" file and view the data in the form of a list.
Example N/A
:BUS<n>:EEXPort
Syntax :BUS<n>:EEXPort <path>
Description
Exports the decoding information from the specified decoding bus event table in CSV form.
Parameter
Name <n>
Type Discrete
Range {1|2|3|4}
Default -
<path>
ASCII String Refer to Remarks
-
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
29
Command System
3.4.8
Remarks · <path> includes the file storage location and the filename with a suffix. If the
specified storage location already contains a file with the same filename, the original file will be overwritten. · When the operating status of the instrument is STOP (set it by sending the :STOP command), you can export the time and corresponding decoding data from the current event table. · This command is valid when the display of the event table is enabled. You can enable the display of the event table by sending the :BUS<n>:EVENt command. · The stored "*.csv" file can be opened and edited in Excel. Return Format N/A Example :BUS1:EEXPort C:/123.csv /*Exports the decoding information from the bus event table and saves it to the local Disk C, with the filename 123.csv.*/
:BUS<n>:POSition
Syntax
:BUS<n>:POSition <pos> :BUS<n>:POSition?
Description
Sets or queries the vertical position of the bus on the screen.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
<n>
Discrete
{1|2|3|4}
Default -
<pos>
Integer
-250 to 250
0
Remarks N/A
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
30
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
3.4.9
Return Format
The query returns an integer ranging from -250 to 250.
Example :BUS1:POSition 200 200.*/ :BUS1:POSition?
/*Sets the vertical position of the bus to /*The query returns 200.*/
:BUS<n>:THReshold
Syntax
:BUS<n>:THReshold <value>,<type> :BUS<n>:THReshold? <type>
Description
Sets or queries the threshold of the specified decoding source on the specified decoding bus.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
Default
<n>
Discrete
{1|2|3|4}
-
<value>
Real
(-5 x VerticalScale - OFFSet) to 0
(5 x VerticalScale - OFFSet)
<type>
Discrete
{PAL|TX|RX|SCL|SDA|CS|CLK| MISO|MOSI|LIN|CAN|PALCLK| CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4}
Remarks For VerticalScale, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:SCALe command. For OFFSet, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:OFFSet command. · PAL: indicates the bus source of Parallel decoding. · PALCLK: indicates the clock source of Parallel decoding. Only when the source is
enabled, can you set the threshold. · TX: indicates the TX channel source of RS232 decoding. · RX: indicates the RX channel source of RS232 decoding. Only when the RX
source is enabled, can you set the threshold. · SCL: indicates the clock source of I2C decoding.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
31
Command System
3.4.10
· SDA: indicates the data source of I2C decoding.
· CS: indicates the source of the CS line of SPI decoding.
· CLK: indicates the clock source of SPI decoding.
· MISO: indicates the MISO data source of SPI decoding.
· MOSI: indicates the MOSI data source of SPI decoding.
· LIN: indicates the bus source of LIN decoding.
· CAN: indicates the source of CAN decoding.
· CH1|CH2|CH3|CH4: CH1-CH4, available for all the decoding types.
Only the DHO900 series supports LIN decodings. For the DHO800 series, only the 4-channel model supports CS in SPI decoding.
Return Format
The query returns the threshold of the specified decoding source in scientific notation.
Example
:BUS1:THReshold 2.4,PAL
/*Sets the threshold of the Parallel
decoding source to 2.4 V.*/
:BUS1:THReshold? PAL
/*The query returns 2.400000E0.*/
:BUS<n>:PARallel
:BUS<n>:PARallel commands are used to set relevant parameters for parallel decoding.
Parallel bus consists of clock line and data line. As shown in the figure below, CLK is the clock line, whereas Bit0 and Bit1 are the 0 bit and 1st bit on the data line respectively. The oscilloscope will sample the channel data on the rising edge, falling edge, or the rising/falling edge of the clock and judge each data point (logic "1" or logic "0") according to the preset threshold level.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
32
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
CLK
Bit0
Bit1
Parallel[BIN]
11
10
10
10
00
Figure 3.1 Schematic Diagram of Parallel Decoding
3.4.10.1
:BUS<n>:PARallel:BUS
Syntax :BUS<n>:PARallel:BUS <source> :BUS<n>:PARallel:BUS?
Description
Sets or queries the source of Parallel decoding on the specific bus.
Parameter
Name <n>
Type Discrete
Range {1|2|3|4}
Default -
<source>
Discrete
{D7D0|D15D8|D15D0|D0D7| D8D15|D0D15|CHANnel1|
CHANnel1 CHANnel2|CHANnel3|CHANnel4| USER}
Remarks
Digital channels (D0 to D15) are only supported by the DHO900 series.
Return Format
The query returns D7D0, D15D8, D15D0, D0D7, D8D15, D0D15, CHAN1, CHAN2, CHAN3, CHAN4, or USER.
Example
:BUS1:PARallel:BUS CHANnel1 /*Sets the source of Parallel
decoding to CHANnel1.*/
:BUS1:PARallel:BUS?
/*The query returns CHAN1.*/
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
33
Command System
3.4.10.2 3.4.10.3
:BUS<n>:PARallel:CLK
Syntax :BUS<n>:PARallel:CLK <source> :BUS<n>:PARallel:CLK?
Description
Sets or queries the clock source of Parallel decoding on the specified bus.
Parameter
Name <n>
Type Discrete
Range {1|2|3|4}
Default -
<source>
Discrete
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8| D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15|
OFF CHANnel1|CHANnel2|CHANnel3| CHANnel4|OFF}
Remarks
N/A Digital channels (D0 to D15) are only supported by the DHO900 series.
Return Format
The query returns D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D10, D11, D12, D13, D14, D15, CHAN1, CHAN2, CHAN3, CHAN4, or OFF.
Example
:BUS1:PARallel:CLK CHANnel2 /*Sets the clock source of Parallel
decoding to CHANnel2.*/
:BUS1:PARallel:CLK?
/*The query returns CHAN2.*/
:BUS<n>:PARallel:SLOPe
Syntax :BUS<n>:PARallel:SLOPe <slope> :BUS<n>:PARallel:SLOPe? Description Sets or queries the edge type of the clock channel when being sampled by Parallel decoding on the data channel.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
34
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
3.4.10.4
Parameter Name <n>
Type Discrete
Range {1|2|3|4}
Default -
<slope>
Discrete
{POSitive|NEGative|BOTH}
POSitive
Remarks
If no clock channel is selected, the instrument will sample when the channel data hopping occurs during the decoding.
Return Format
The query returns POS, NEG, or BOTH.
Example
:BUS1:PARallel:SLOPe BOTH /*Sets the Parallel decoding to
sample on any edge of the clock channel.*/
:BUS1:PARallel:SLOPe?
/*The query returns BOTH.*/
:BUS<n>:PARallel:WIDTh
Syntax :BUS<n>:PARallel:WIDTh <wid> :BUS<n>:PARallel:WIDTh?
Description
Sets or queries the data width (number of bits per frame) of Parallel decoding on the specified bus.
Parameter
Name <n>
Type Discrete
Range {1|2|3|4}
Default -
<wid>
Integer
1 to 4
1
Remarks · Only when the data source is set to User (BUS<n>:PARallel:BUS USER), can this
command be available to use. · After you send this command to set the data width of the bus, send
the :BUS<n>:PARallel:BITX and :BUS<n>:PARallel:SOURce commands to select the bit respectively and set the channel source for the bit.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
35
Command System
3.4.10.5
Return Format
The query returns an integer ranging from 1 to 4.
Example :BUS1:PARallel:WIDTh 4 decoding to 4.*/ :BUS1:PARallel:WIDTh?
/*Sets the data width of Parallel /*The query returns 4.*/
:BUS<n>:PARallel:BITX
Syntax :BUS<n>:PARallel:BITX <bit> :BUS<n>:PARallel:BITX?
Description
Sets or queries the data bit that the parallel bus requires to set for the channel source.
Parameter
Name <n>
Type Discrete
Range {1|2|3|4}
Default -
<bit>
Integer
0 to (data width - 1)
0
Remarks · Only when the bus source is set to User (BUS<n>:PARallel:BUS USER), can this
command be valid. · The data width is set by the :BUS<n>:PARallel:WIDTh command. · After selecting the desired bit, send the :BUS<n>:PARallel:SOURce command to
set the channel source for the bit.
Return Format
The query returns the current data bits in integer. Its unit is Hz.
Example :BUS1:PARallel:BITX 2 :BUS1:PARallel:BITX?
/*Sets the current bit to 2.*/ /*The query returns 2.*/
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
36
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
3.4.10.6 3.4.10.7
:BUS<n>:PARallel:SOURce
Syntax :BUS<n>:PARallel:SOURce <src> :BUS<n>:PARallel:SOURce?
Description
Sets or queries the channel source of the currently selected data bit.
Parameter
Name <n>
Type Discrete
Range {1|2|3|4}
Default -
<src>
Discrete
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8| D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15| Related to the CHANnel1|CHANnel2|CHANnel3| selected bit CHANnel4}
Remarks · Only when the bus source is set to User (BUS<n>:PARallel:BUS USER), can this
command be valid. · Before sending this command, send the :BUS<n>:PARallel:BITX command to
select the desired data bit. · D0-D15 are only available for the DHO900 series.
Return Format
The query returns D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D10, D11, D12, D13, D14, D15, CHAN1, CHAN2, CHAN3, or CHAN4.
Example
:BUS1:PARallel:SOURce CHANnel2 current bit to CHANnel2.*/ :BUS1:PARallel:SOURce?
/*Sets the channel source of the /*The query returns CHAN2.*/
:BUS<n>:PARallel:ENDian Syntax :BUS <n>:PARallel:ENDian <endian> :BUS <n>:PARallel:ENDian?
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
37
Command System
3.4.10.8
Description
Sets or queries the endian of Parallel decoding on the specified decoding bus.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
Default
<n>
Discrete
{1|2|3|4}
-
<endian>
Discrete
{MSB|LSB}
MSB
Remarks
· MSB: indicates Most Significant Bit transmission sequence, i.g. the highest bit of the data is transmitted first.
· LSB: indicates Least Significant Bit transmission sequence, i.g. the lowest bit of the data is transmitted first.
Return Format
The query returns MSB or LSB.
Example
:BUS1:PARallel:ENDian LSB /*Sets the endian of Parallel decoding
to LSB.*/
:BUS1:PARallel:ENDian?
/*The query returns LSB.*/
:BUS<n>:PARallel:POLarity
Syntax :BUS<n>:PARallel:POLarity <pol> :BUS<n>:PARallel:POLarity?
Description
Sets or queries the data polarity of Parallel decoding.
Parameter
Name <n>
Type Discrete
Range {1|2|3|4}
Default -
<pol>
Discrete
{NEGative|POSitive}
POSitive
Remarks
· NEGative: indicates negative polarity.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
38
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
3.4.11
· POSitive: indicates positive polarity.
Return Format The query returns NEG or POS. Example :BUS1:PARallel:POLarity NEGative Parallel decoding to Negative.*/ :BUS1:PARallel:POLarity?
/*Sets the data polarity of /*The query returns NEG.*/
:BUS<n>:RS232
The :BUS<n>:RS232 commands are used to set relevant parameters for RS232 decoding.
RS232 serial bus consists of the transmitting data line (TX) and the receiving data line (RX).
Figure 3.2 Schematic Diagram of RS232 Serial Bus
In RS232, baud rate is used to represent the transmission rate (namely bits per second) of the data. In RS232, you need to set the start bit, data bits, check bit (optional), and stop bit for each frame of data.
· Start Bit: indicates when to output data.
· Data Bits: indicates the number of data bits actually contained in each frame of data.
· Check Bit: used to check whether the data are properly transmitted.
· Stop Bit: indicates when to stop outputting data.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
39
Command System
3.4.11.1 3.4.11.2
:BUS<n>:RS232:TX
Syntax :BUS<n>:RS232:TX <source> :BUS<n>:RS232:TX?
Description
Sets or queries the Tx source of RS232 decoding on the specific bus.
Parameter
Name <n>
Type Discrete
Range {1|2|3|4}
Default -
<source>
Discrete
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8| D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15|
CHANnel1 CHANnel1|CHANnel2|CHANnel3| CHANnel4|OFF}
Remarks
The Tx and Rx sources cannot be set to OFF at the same time. The Rx source can be set by using the :BUS<n>:RS232:RX command.
Digital channels (D0 to D15) are only supported by the DHO900 series.
Return Format
The query returns D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D10, D11, D12, D13, D14, D15, CHAN1, CHAN2, CHAN3, CHAN4, or OFF.
Example
:BUS1:RS232:TX CHANnel2 /*Sets the Tx source of RS232 decoding
to CHANnel2.*/
:BUS1:RS232:TX?
/*The query returns CHAN2.*/
:BUS<n>:RS232:RX Syntax :BUS<n>:RS232:RX <source> :BUS<n>:RS232:RX? Description Sets or queries the Rx source of RS232 decoding on the specific bus.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
40
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
3.4.11.3
Parameter Name <n>
Type Discrete
Range {1|2|3|4}
Default -
<source>
Discrete
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8| D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15|
OFF CHANnel1|CHANnel2|CHANnel3| CHANnel4|OFF}
Remarks
The Tx and Rx sources cannot be set to OFF at the same time. The Tx source can be set by using the :BUS<n>:RS232:TX command.
Digital channels (D0 to D15) are only supported by the DHO900 series.
Return Format
The query returns D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D10, D11, D12, D13, D14, D15, CHAN1, CHAN2, CHAN3, CHAN4, or OFF.
Example
:BUS1:RS232:RX CHANnel2 /*Sets the Rx source of RS232 decoding
to CHANnel2.*/
:BUS1:RS232:RX?
/*The query returns CHAN2.*/
:BUS<n>:RS232:POLarity
Syntax :BUS<n>:RS232:POLarity <pol> :BUS<n>:RS232:POLarity?
Description
Sets or queries the polarity of RS232 decoding on the specified bus.
Parameter
Name <n>
Type Discrete
Range {1|2|3|4}
Default -
<pol>
Discrete
{POSitive|NEGative}
NEGative
Remarks
· POSitive: indicates positive polarity. High level is logic "1" and low level is logic "0".
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
41
Command System
3.4.11.4
· NEGative: indicates negative polarity. High level is logic "0" and low level is logic "1".
Return Format The query returns POS or NEG. Example :BUS1:RS232:POLarity POSitive decoding to POSitive.*/ :BUS1:RS232:POLarity?
/*Sets the polarity of RS232 /*The query returns POS.*/
:BUS<n>:RS232:PARity
Syntax :BUS<n>:RS232:PARity <parity> :BUS<n>:RS232:PARity?
Description
Sets or queries the odd-even check mode of data transmission in RS232 decoding.
Parameter
Name <n>
Type Discrete
Range {1|2|3|4}
Default -
<parity>
Discrete
{NONE|ODD|EVEN}
NONE
Remarks
· None: indicates that there is no parity bit in data transmission. · ODD: indicates the odd parity bit. The total count of occurrences of 1 in the
data bit and check bit is an odd number. For example, if 0x55 (01010101) is transmitted, 1 shall be added to the check bit. · Even: indicates the even parity bit. The total count of occurrences of 1 in the data bit and check bit is an even number. For example, if 0x55 (01010101) is transmitted, 0 shall be added to the check bit.
Return Format The query returns NONE, ODD, or EVEN.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
42
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
3.4.11.5 3.4.11.6
Example
:BUS1:RS232:PARity ODD
/*Sets the odd-even check mode of
data transmission in RS232 decoding to ODD.*/
:BUS1:RS232:PARity?
/*The query returns ODD.*/
:BUS<n>:RS232:ENDian
Syntax :BUS<n>:RS232:ENDian <endian> :BUS<n>:RS232:ENDian?
Description
Sets or queries the endian of data transmission in RS232 decoding.
Parameter
Name <n>
Type Discrete
Range {1|2|3|4}
Default -
<endian>
Discrete
{MSB|LSB}
LSB
Remarks
· LSB: indicates Least Significant Bit transmission sequence, that is, the lowest bit of the data is transmitted first.
· MSB: indicates Most Significant Bit transmission sequence, that is, the highest bit of the data is transmitted first.
Return Format The query returns LSB or MSB. Example :BUS1:RS232:ENDian MSB RS232 decoding to MSB.*/ :BUS1:RS232:ENDian?
/*Sets the transmission order of /*The query returns MSB.*/
:BUS<n>:RS232:BAUD Syntax :BUS<n>:RS232:BAUD <baud> :BUS<n>:RS232:BAUD?
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
43
Command System
3.4.11.7
Description
Sets or queries the baud rate of data transmission in RS232 decoding. The default unit is bps.
Parameter
Name <n>
Type Discrete
Range {1|2|3|4}
Default -
<baud>
Integer
1bps to 20Mbps
9600 bps
Remarks
If the baud rate is set to a value with "M", then "A" should be added at the end of the value. For example, if you send 5M, you need to send 5MA.
Return Format
The query returns an integer ranging from 1 to 20M.
Example
:BUS1:RS232:BAUD 4800
/*Sets the baud rate of data
transmission in RS232 decoding to 4800 bps.*/
:BUS1:RS232:BAUD?
/*The query returns 4800.*/
:BUS<n>:RS232:DBITs
Syntax :BUS<n>:RS232:DBITs <bits> :BUS<n>:RS232:DBITs?
Description
Sets or queries the data width of RS232 decoding.
Parameter
Name <n>
Type Discrete
Range {1|2|3|4}
Default -
<bits>
Discrete
{5|6|7|8|9}
8
Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns 5, 6, 7, 8, or 9.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
44
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Example :BUS1:RS232:DBITs 7 7.*/ :BUS1:RS232:DBITs?
/*Sets the data width of RS232 decoding to /*The query returns 7.*/
3.4.11.8
:BUS<n>:RS232:SBITs
Syntax :BUS<n>:RS232:SBITs <stop bits> :BUS<n>:RS232:SBITs?
Description
Sets or queries the stop bits of each frame of data in RS232 decoding.
Parameter
Name <n>
Type Discrete
Range {1|2|3|4}
Default -
<stop bits>
Discrete
{1|1.5|2}
1
Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns 1, 1.5, or 2. Example :BUS1:RS232:SBITs 2 /*Sets the stop bits of RS232 decoding to 2.*/ :BUS1:RS232:SBITs? /*The query returns 2.*/
3.4.12
:BUS<n>:IIC
The :BUS<n>:IIC commands are used to set relevant parameters for I2C decoding. I2C serial bus consists of the clock line (SCL) and the data line (SDA). · SCL: samples SDA on the of rising or falling edge of the clock. · SDA: indicates the data channel.
SCL SDA
Figure 3.3 I2C Serial Bus
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
45
Command System
3.4.12.1 3.4.12.2
:BUS<n>:IIC:SCLK:SOURce
Syntax :BUS<n>:IIC:SCLK:SOURce <source> :BUS<n>:IIC:SCLK:SOURce?
Description
Sets or queries the clock source of I2C decoding.
Parameter
Name <n>
Type Discrete
Range {1|2|3|4}
Default -
<source>
Discrete
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8| D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15|
CHANnel1 CHANnel1|CHANnel2|CHANnel3| CHANnel4}
Remarks
Digital channels (D0 to D15) are only supported by the DHO900 series.
Return Format
The query returns D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D10, D11, D12, D13, D14, D15, CHAN1, CHAN2, CHAN3, or CHAN4.
Example
:BUS1:IIC:SCLK:SOURce CHANnel2 /*Sets the clock source of I2C
decoding to CHANnel2.*/
:BUS1:IIC:SCLK:SOURce?
/*The query returns CHAN2.*/
:BUS<n>:IIC:SDA:SOURce
Syntax :BUS<n>:IIC:SDA:SOURce <source> :BUS<n>:IIC:SDA:SOURce?
Description
Sets or queries the data source of the I2C decoding on the specified bus.
Parameter
Name <n>
Type Discrete
Range {1|2|3|4}
Default -
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
46
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
3.4.12.3
Name
Type
<source>
Discrete
Range
Default
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8| D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15|
CHANnel1 CHANnel1|CHANnel2|CHANnel3| CHANnel4}
Remarks
Digital channels (D0 to D15) are only supported by the DHO900 series.
Return Format
The query returns D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D10, D11, D12, D13, D14, D15, CHAN1, CHAN2, CHAN3, or CHAN4.
Example
:BUS1:IIC:SDA:SOURce CHANnel2 /*Sets the data source of I2C
decoding to CHANnel2.*/
:BUS1:IIC:SDA:SOURce?
/*The query returns CHAN2.*/
:BUS<n>:IIC:EXCHange
Syntax :BUS<n>:IIC:EXCHange <bool> :BUS<n>:IIC:EXCHange?
Description
Sets to exchange the clock channel source and the data channel source of I2C decoding on the specified bus; queries whether the clock channel source and the data channel source of I2C decoding on the specified bus have been exchanged.
Parameter
Name <n>
Type Discrete
Range {1|2|3|4}
Default -
<bool>
Bool
{{1|ON}|{0|OFF}}
0|OFF
Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns 0 or 1.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
47
Command System
Example :BUS1:IIC:EXCHange ON /*Sets to exchange the clock channel source and the data channel source.*/ :BUS1:IIC:EXCHange? /*The query returns 1.*/
3.4.12.4
:BUS<n>:IIC:ADDRess
Syntax :BUS<n>:IIC:ADDRess <addr> :BUS<n>:IIC:ADDRess?
Description
Sets or queries the address mode of I2C decoding.
Parameter
Name <n>
Type Discrete
Range {1|2|3|4}
Default -
<addr>
Discrete
{NORMal|RW}
NORMal
Remarks
· NORMal: indicates that the address width does not include the R/W bit. · RW: indicates that the address width includes the R/W bit.
Return Format
The query returns NORM or RW.
Example
:BUS1:IIC:ADDRess RW /*Sets the address of I2C decoding to
include the R/W bit.*/
:BUS1:IIC:ADDRess?
/*The query returns RW.*/
3.4.13
:BUS<n>:SPI
The :BUS<n>:SPI commands are used to set relevant parameters for SPI decoding.
SPI bus is based on the master-slave configuration and usually consists of chip select line (CS), clock line (CLK), and data line (SDA). Wherein, the data lines include the master input/slave output (MISO) data line and master output/slave input (MOSI) data line. The oscilloscope will sample the channel data on the rising edge, falling edge, or the rising/falling edge of the clock and judge each data point (logic "1" or logic "0") according to the preset threshold level).
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
48
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Master
CLK MOSI MISO CS
Slave
CLK SDA (MISO/MOSI)
Figure 3.4 SPI Serial Bus
3.4.13.1
:BUS<n>:SPI:SCLK:SOURce
Syntax :BUS<n>:SPI:SCLK:SOURce <source> :BUS<n>:SPI:SCLK:SOURce?
Description
Sets or queries the clock source of SPI decoding on the specified bus.
Parameter
Name <n>
Type Discrete
Range {1|2|3|4}
Default -
<source>
Discrete
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8| D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15|
CHANnel1 CHANnel1|CHANnel2|CHANnel3| CHANnel4}
Remarks
Digital channels (D0 to D15) are only supported by the DHO900 series.
Return Format
The query returns D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D10, D11, D12, D13, D14, D15, CHAN1, CHAN2, CHAN3, or CHAN4.
Example
:BUS1:SPI:SCLK:SOURce CHANnel2 /*Sets the clock source of SPI
decoding to CHANnel2.*/
:BUS1:SPI:SCLK:SOURce?
/*The query returns CHAN2.*/
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
49
Command System
3.4.13.2 3.4.13.3
:BUS<n>:SPI:SCLK:SLOPe
Syntax :BUS<n>:SPI:SCLK:SLOPe <slope> :BUS<n>:SPI:SCLK:SLOPe?
Description
Sets or queries the clock edge type of the SPI decoding.
Parameter
Name <n>
Type Discrete
Range {1|2|3|4}
Default -
<slope>
Discrete
{POSitive|NEGative}
POSitive
Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns POS or NEG. Example :BUS1:SPI:SCLK:SLOPe NEGative decoding to Negative.*/ :BUS1:SPI:SCLK:SLOPe?
/*Sets the clock edge type of SPI /*The query returns NEG.*/
:BUS<n>:SPI:MISO:SOURce
Syntax :BUS<n>:SPI:MISO:SOURce <source> :BUS<n>:SPI:MISO:SOURce?
Description
Sets or queries the MISO data source of SPI decoding on the specified bus.
Parameter
Name <n>
Type Discrete
Range {1|2|3|4}
Default -
<source>
Discrete
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8| D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15|
CHANnel2 CHANnel1|CHANnel2|CHANnel3| CHANnel4|OFF}
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
50
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
3.4.13.4
Remarks
The source specified in this command and the :BUS<n>:SPI:MOSI:SOURce command cannot be set to OFF at the same time.
Digital channels (D0 to D15) are only supported by the DHO900 series.
Return Format
The query returns D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D10, D11, D12, D13, D14, D15, CHAN1, CHAN2, CHAN3, CHAN4, or OFF.
Example
:BUS1:SPI:MISO:SOURce CHANnel2 /*Sets the MISO data source of
SPI decoding to CHANnel2.*/
:BUS1:SPI:MISO:SOURce?
/*The query returns CHAN2.*/
:BUS<n>:SPI:MOSI:SOURce
Syntax :BUS<n>:SPI:MOSI:SOURce <source> :BUS<n>:SPI:MOSI:SOURce?
Description
Sets or queries the MOSI data source of SPI decoding on the specified bus.
Parameter
Name <n>
Type Discrete
Range {1|2|3|4}
Default -
<source>
Discrete
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8| D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15|
OFF CHANnel1|CHANnel2|CHANnel3| CHANnel4|OFF}
Remarks
The source specified in this command and the :BUS<n>:SPI:MISO:SOURce command cannot be set to OFF at the same time. Digital channels (D0 to D15) are only supported by the DHO900 series.
Return Format
The query returns D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D10, D11, D12, D13, D14, D15, CHAN1, CHAN2, CHAN3, CHAN4, or OFF.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
51
Command System
3.4.13.5 3.4.13.6
Example
:BUS1:SPI:MOSI:SOURce CHANnel2 /*Sets the MOSI data source of
SPI decoding to CHANnel2.*/
:BUS1:SPI:MOSI:SOURce?
/*The query returns CHAN2.*/
:BUS<n>:SPI:POLarity
Syntax :BUS<n>:SPI:POLarity <polarity> :BUS<n>:SPI:POLarity?
Description
Sets or queries the polarity of the SPI decoding on the specified decoding bus.
Parameter
Name <n>
Type Discrete
Range {1|2|3|4}
Default -
<polarity>
Discrete
{HIGH|LOW}
HIGH
Remarks
· HIGH: indicates positive polarity. The high level is 1, and low level is 0. · LOW: indicates negative polarity. The high level is 0, and low level is 1.
Return Format The query returns HIGH or LOW. Example :BUS1:SPI:POLarity HIGH decoding to Positive.*/ :BUS1:SPI:POLarity?
/*Sets the polarity of the SPI /*The query returns HIGH.*/
:BUS<n>:SPI:MISO:POLarity Syntax :BUS<n>:SPI:MISO:POLarity <polarity> :BUS<n>:SPI:MISO:POLarity? Description Sets or queries the polarity of MISO data line of SPI decoding.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
52
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
3.4.13.7
Parameter Name <n>
Type Discrete
Range {1|2|3|4}
Default -
<polarity>
Discrete
{HIGH|LOW}
HIGH
Remarks
· HIGH: positive polarity. It indicates that high level is 1, and low level is 0.
· LOW: negative polarity. It indicates that low level is 1, and high level is 0.
This command exists for backwards compatibility. Use the command :BUS<n>:SPI:POLarity.
Return Format
The query returns HIGH or LOW.
Example :BUS1:SPI:MISO:POLarity HIGH line to Positive.*/ :BUS1:SPI:MISO:POLarity?
/*Sets the polarity of MISO data /*The query returns HIGH.*/
:BUS<n>:SPI:MOSI:POLarity
Syntax :BUS<n>:SPI:MOSI:POLarity <polarity> :BUS<n>:SPI:MOSI:POLarity?
Description
Sets or queries the polarity of MOSI data line of SPI decoding.
Parameter
Name <n>
Type Discrete
Range {1|2|3|4}
Default -
<polarity>
Discrete
{HIGH|LOW}
HIGH
Remarks
· HIGH: positive polarity. It indicates that high level is 1, and low level is 0. · LOW: negative polarity. It indicates that low level is 1, and high level is 0.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
53
Command System
3.4.13.8 3.4.13.9
Return Format The query returns HIGH or LOW. Example :BUS1:SPI:MOSI:POLarity HIGH line to HIGH.*/ :BUS1:SPI:MOSI:POLarity?
/*Sets the polarity of MOSI data /*The query returns HIGH.*/
:BUS<n>:SPI:DBITs
Syntax :BUS<n>:SPI:DBITs <width> :BUS<n>:SPI:DBITs?
Description
Sets or queries the data width of SPI decoding.
Parameter
Name <n>
Type Discrete
Range {1|2|3|4}
Default -
<width>
Integer
4 to 32
8
Remarks
N/A
Return Format
The query returns an integer ranging from 4 to 32.
Example :BUS1:SPI:DBITs 10 10.*/ :BUS1:SPI:DBITs?
/*Sets the data width of SPI decoding to /*The query returns 10.*/
:BUS<n>:SPI:ENDian Syntax :BUS<n>:SPI:ENDian <endian> :BUS<n>:SPI:ENDian? Description Sets or queries the endian of data transmission in SPI decoding.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
54
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Parameter Name <n>
Type Discrete
Range {1|2|3|4}
Default -
<endian>
Discrete
{MSB|LSB}
MSB
Remarks
· MSB: indicates Most Significant Bit transmission sequence, that is, the highest bit of the data is transmitted first.
· LSB: indicates Least Significant Bit transmission sequence, that is, the lowest bit of the data is transmitted first.
Return Format
The query returns MSB or LSB.
Example
:BUS1:SPI:ENDian LSB
/*Sets the endian of data transmission
in SPI decoding to LSB.*/
:BUS1:SPI:ENDian?
/*The query returns LSB.*/
3.4.13.10
:BUS<n>:SPI:MODE
Syntax :BUS<n>:SPI:MODE <mode> :BUS<n>:SPI:MODE?
Description
Sets or queries the decode mode of SPI decoding.
Parameter
Name <n>
Type Discrete
Range {1|2|3|4}
Default -
<mode>
Discrete
{CS|TIMeout}
TIMeout
Remarks · CS: indicates chip select. It contains a chip select line (CS). You can perform
frame synchronization according to CS.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
55
Command System
· TIMeout: indicates timed out. You can perform frame synchronization according to the timeout.
For DHO800 series, only 4-channel models support CS setting for SPI decoding. Return Format The query returns CS or TIM. Example :BUS1:SPI:MODE CS /*Sets the decode mode of SPI decoding to CS.*/ :BUS1:SPI:MODE? /*The query returns CS.*/
3.4.13.11
:BUS<n>:SPI:TIMeout:TIME
Syntax :BUS<n>:SPI:TIMeout:TIME <time> :BUS<n>:SPI:TIMeout:TIME?
Description
Sets or queries the timeout value of SPI decoding on the specified bus. The unit is s.
Parameter
Name <n>
Type Discrete
Range {1|2|3|4}
Default -
<time>
Real
8 ns to 10 s
1s
Remarks
· This setting command is only valid in timeout mode. You can send :BUS<n>:SPI:MODE to set or query the decode mode of SPI decoding.
· The timeout must be greater than the maximum clock pulse width and less than the idle time between frames.
Return Format
The query returns the timeout value in scientific notation.
Example :BUS1:SPI:TIMeout:TIME 0.000005 s.*/ :BUS1:SPI:TIMeout:TIME? 5.000000E-6.*/
/*Sets the timeout value to 5 /*The query returns
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
56
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
3.4.13.12
:BUS<n>:SPI:SS:SOURce
Syntax :BUS<n>:SPI:SS:SOURce <source> :BUS<n>:SPI:SS:SOURce?
Description
Sets or queries the source of the CS line of SPI decoding on the specified bus.
Parameter
Name <n>
Type Discrete
Range {1|2|3|4}
Default -
<source>
Discrete
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8| D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15|
CHANnel3 CHANnel1|CHANnel2|CHANnel3| CHANnel4}
Remarks
This setting command is only valid in CS mode. You can send :BUS<n>:SPI:MODE to set or query the decode mode of the SPI decoding. Digital channels (D0 to D15) are only supported by the DHO900 series. For DHO800 series, only 4-channel models support this command.
Return Format
The query returns D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D10, D11, D12, D13, D14, D15, CHAN1, CHAN2, CHAN3, or CHAN4.
Example
:BUS1:SPI:SS:SOURce CHANnel2 /*Sets the source of CS line of
SPI decoding to CHANnel2.*/
:BUS1:SPI:SS:SOURce?
/*The query returns CHAN2.*/
3.4.13.13
:BUS<n>:SPI:SS:POLarity Syntax :BUS<n>:SPI:SS:POLarity <polarity> :BUS<n>:SPI:SS:POLarity? Description Sets or queries the polarity of CS line of SPI decoding on the specified bus.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
57
Command System
Parameter Name <n>
Type Discrete
Range {1|2|3|4}
Default -
<polarity>
Discrete
{HIGH|LOW}
LOW
Remarks
· HIGH: indicates that the oscilloscope samples data of the source channel of data line on the specified edge of the clock signal when the CS signal is high level.
· LOW: indicates that the oscilloscope samples data of the source channel of data line on the specified edge of the clock signal when the CS signal is low level.
This setting command is only valid in CS mode. You can send :BUS<n>:SPI:MODE to set or query the decode mode of the SPI decoding. For DHO800 series, only 4-channel models support this command. Return Format The query returns HIGH or LOW. Example :BUS1:SPI:SS:POLarity HIGH /*Sets the polarity of CS line of SPI decoding to HIGH.*/ :BUS1:SPI:SS:POLarity? /*The query returns HIGH.*/
3.4.14
:BUS<n>:CAN
The :BUS<n>:CAN commands are used to set relevant parameters for CAN decoding. The oscilloscope samples the CAN or signal at the specified sample position, and judges each data point to be logic "1" or logic "0" according to the preset threshold level. You need to specify the CAN signal type and sample position for CAN decoding.
Sample Position
Sample position is a point within a bit's time. The oscilloscope samples the bit level at this point. The sample point position is expressed as the ratio of "time from the bit start to the sample point" to "bit time", in %.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
58
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
One Bit
60% 70% 80%
Figure 3.5 Sample Position
3.4.14.1
:BUS<n>:CAN:SOURce
Syntax :BUS<n>:CAN:SOURce <source> :BUS<n>:CAN:SOURce?
Description
Sets or queries the source of CAN decoding on the specific bus.
Parameter
Name <n>
Type Discrete
Range {1|2|3|4}
Default -
<source>
Discrete
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8| D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15|
CHANnel1 CHANnel1|CHANnel2|CHANnel3| CHANnel4}
Remarks
Digital channels (D0 to D15) are only supported by the DHO900 series.
Return Format
The query returns D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D10, D11, D12, D13, D14, D15, CHAN1, CHAN2, CHAN3, or CHAN4.
Example
:BUS1:CAN:SOURce CHANnel2 /*Sets the source of CAN decoding to
CHANnel2.*/
:BUS1:CAN:SOURce?
/*The query returns CHAN2.*/
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
59
Command System
3.4.14.2 3.4.14.3
:BUS<n>:CAN:STYPe
Syntax :BUS<n>:CAN:STYPe <stype> :BUS<n>:CAN:STYPe?
Description
Sets or queries the signal type of CAN decoding.
Parameter
Name <n>
Type Discrete
Range {1|2|3|4}
Default -
<stype>
Discrete
{TX|RX|CANH|CANL|DIFFerential} CANL
Remarks
· TX: indicates the Transmit signal from the CAN bus transceiver. · RX: indicates the Receive signal from the CAN bus transceiver. · CANH: indicates the actual CAN_H differential bus signal. · CANL: indicates the actual CAN_L differential bus signal. · DIFFerential: indicates the CAN differential bus signal connected to an analog
channel by using a differential probe. Connect the differential probe's positive lead to the CAN_H bus signal and connect the negative lead to the CAN_L bus signal.
Return Format
The query returns TX, RX, CANH, CANL, or DIFF.
Example :BUS1:CAN:STYPe TX to TX.*/ :BUS1:CAN:STYPe?
/*Sets the signal type of CAN decoding /*The query returns TX.*/
:BUS<n>:CAN:BAUD Syntax :BUS<n>:CAN:BAUD <baud> :BUS<n>:CAN:BAUD?
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
60
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
3.4.14.4
Description
Sets or queries the signal rate of CAN decoding on the specified decoding bus. The unit is bps.
Parameter
Name <n>
Type Discrete
Range {1|2|3|4}
Default -
<baud>
Integer
10 kbps to 5 Mbps
1 Mbps
Remarks
If the baud rate is set to a value with "M", then "A" should be added at the end of the value. For example, if you send 5M, you need to send 5MA.
Return Format
The query returns an integer ranging from 10k to 5M.
Example :BUS1:CAN:BAUD 120000 120000 bps*/ :BUS1:CAN:BAUD?
/*Sets the signal rate of CAN decoding to /*The query returns 120000.*/
:BUS<n>:CAN:SPOint
Syntax :BUS<n>:CAN:SPOint <spoint> :BUS<n>:CAN:SPOint?
Description
Sets or queries the sample point position of the CAN decoding on the specified bus (expressed in %).
Parameter
Name <n>
Type Discrete
Range {1|2|3|4}
Default -
<spoint>
Integer
10 to 90
50
Remarks For detailed sample position, refer to Sample Position. Return Format The query returns an integer ranging from 10 to 90.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
61
Command System
3.4.15
Example :BUS1:CAN:SPOint 70 decoding to 70%.*/ :BUS1:CAN:SPOint?
/*Sets the sample point position of CAN /*The query returns 70.*/
:BUS<n>:LIN
The :BUS<n>:LIN commands are used to set relevant parameters for LIN decoding.
The oscilloscope samples the LIN signal at the specified sample position (if the source is an analog channel, the oscilloscope will also judge each data point (logic "1" or logic "0") according to the preset threshold level). You need to specify the LIN signal protocol version.
NOTE Only the DHO900 series oscilloscope supports :BUS<n>:LIN commands.
3.4.15.1
:BUS<n>:LIN:PARity
Syntax :BUS<n>:LIN:PARity <bool> :BUS<n>:LIN:PARity?
Description
Sets or queries whether the LIN decoding on the specified decoding bus includes the parity bit.
Parameter
Name <n>
Type Discrete
Range {1|2|3|4}
Default -
<bool>
Bool
{{1|ON}|{0|OFF}}
0|OFF
Remarks · 1|ON: includes the parity bit. · 0|OFF: does not include the parity bit. Return Format The query returns 0 or 1.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
62
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
3.4.15.2 3.4.15.3
Example :BUS1:LIN:PARity ON included in LIN decoding.*/ :BUS1:LIN:PARity?
/*Sets the parity bit to be /*The query returns 1.*/
:BUS<n>:LIN:SOURce
Syntax :BUS<n>:LIN:SOURce <source> :BUS<n>:LIN:SOURce?
Description
Sets or queries the source of LIN decoding on the specific bus.
Parameter
Name <n>
Type Discrete
Range {1|2|3|4}
Default -
<source>
Discrete
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8| D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15|
CHANnel1 CHANnel1|CHANnel2|CHANnel3| CHANnel4}
Remarks
Digital channels (D0 to D15) are only supported by the DHO900 series.
Return Format
The query returns D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D10, D11, D12, D13, D14, D15, CHAN1, CHAN2, CHAN3, or CHAN4.
Example
:BUS1:LIN:SOURce CHANnel2 /*Sets the source of LIN decoding to
CHANnel2.*/
:BUS1:LIN:SOURce?
/*The query returns CHAN2.*/
:BUS<n>:LIN:STANdard Syntax :BUS<n>:LIN:STANdard <value> :BUS<n>:LIN:STANdard? Description Sets or queries the version of LIN bus.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
63
Command System
3.5
Parameter Name <n> <value>
Type Discrete Discrete
Range {1|2|3|4} {V1X|V2X|MIXed}
Default MIXed
Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns V1X, V2X, or MIX. Example :BUS1:LIN:STANdard V2X V2X.*/ :BUS1:LIN:STANdard?
/*Sets the LIN bus version to /*The query returns V2X.*/
:BODeplot Commands
The :BODeplot commands are used to execute the bode-related settings and operations.
Bode plot is a way of graphically displaying the frequency response of a system. Through the analysis on the system's gain and phase margins, you can determine the stability of the system.
With the built-in signal generator module, the oscilloscope generates the sweep signal of a specified frequency range and outputs to the switch power supply circuit under test. Then, the oscilloscope draws a Bode plot displaying the variation of phase and gain with different frequencies.
NOTE
The commands are only available for DHO914S and DHO924S.
3.5.1
:BODeplot:ENABle
Syntax :BODeplot:ENABle <bool> :BODeplot:ENABle? Description Sets or queries the on/off status of the bode plot.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
64
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
3.5.2 3.5.3
Parameter Name <bool>
Type Bool
Range {{1|ON}|{0|OFF}}
Default 0|OFF
Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns 1 or 0. Examples :BODeplot:ENABle ON /*Enables the bode plot.*/ :BODeplot:ENABle? /*The query returns 1.*/
:BODeplot:RUNStop
Syntax
:BODeplot:RUNStop <bool> :BODeplot:RUNStop?
Description
Sets or queries the run/stops status of the bode plot.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
<bool>
Bool
{{1|ON}|{0|OFF}}
Default 0|OFF
Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns 1 or 0. Example :BODeplot:RUNStop ON /*Starts the bode plot drawing.*/ :BODeplot:RUNStop? /*The query returns 1.*/
:BODeplot:SWEeptype
Syntax :BODeplot:SWEeptype <type> :BODeplot:SWEeptype?
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
65
Command System
3.5.4
Description
Sets or queries the sweep type of the bode plot.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
<type>
Discrete
{LOG|LINE}
Default LOG
Remarks
· LOG: logarithmic sweep, indicating that the frequency of the swept sine wave varies logarithmically with the time.
· LINE: linear sweep, indicating that the frequency of the swept sine wave varies linearly with the time.
Return Format
The query returns LOG or LINE.
Example
:BODeplot:SWEeptype LINE /*Sets the sweep type of the bode plot
to Linear.*/
:BODeplot:SWEeptype?
/*The query returns LINE.*/
:BODeplot:REF:IN
Syntax
:BODeplot:REF:IN <source> :BODeplot:REF:IN?
Description
Sets or queries the input source of the bode plot.
Parameter
Name <source>
Type Discrete
Range
{CHANnel1|CHANnel2| CHANnel3|CHANnel4}
Default CHANnel1
Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns CHANnel1, CHANnel2, CHANnel3, or CHANnel4.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
66
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
3.5.5 3.5.6
Example :BODeplot:REF:IN CHANnel1 /*Sets the input source of the bode plot to CH1.*/ :BODeplot:REF:IN? /*The query returns CHANnel1.*/
:BODeplot:REF:OUT
Syntax
:BODeplot:REF:OUT <source> :BODeplot:REF:OUT?
Description
Sets or queries the output source of the bode plot.
Parameter
Name <source>
Type Discrete
Range
{CHANnel1|CHANnel2| CHANnel3|CHANnel4}
Default CHANnel1
Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns CHANnel1, CHANnel2, CHANnel3, or CHANnel4. Example :BODeplot:REF:OUT CHANnel1 /*Sets the output source of the bode plot to CH1.*/ :BODeplot:REF:OUT? /*The query returns CHANnel1.*/
:BODeplot:STARt
Syntax
:BODeplot:STARt <freq> :BODeplot:STARt?
Description
Sets or queries the start frequency of the sweep signal for the Bode plot function. The default unit is Hz.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
Default
<freq>
Real
10 Hz to 24.99 MHz
10 Hz
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
67
Command System
3.5.7 3.5.8
Remarks
The "Start Frequency" must be smaller than the "Stop Frequency". You can use :BODeplot:STOP to set or query the stop frequency of the sweep signal.
Return Format
The query returns the start frequency in scientific notation. The unit is Hz.
Example
:BODeplot:STARt 100 /*Sets the start frequency to 100 Hz.*/
:BODeplot:STARt?
/*The query returns 1.000000E+2.*/
:BODeplot:STOP
Syntax
:BODeplot:STOP <freq> :BODeplot:STOP?
Description
Sets or queries the stop frequency of the sweep signal for the Bode plot function. The default unit is Hz.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
Default
<freq>
Real
100 Hz to 25 MHz
100 Hz
Remarks
The "Stop Frequency" should be greater than the "Start Frequency". You can use :BODeplot:STARt to set or query the start frequency of the sweep signal.
Return Format
The query returns the stop frequency in scientific notation. The unit is Hz.
Example :BODeplot:STOP 500 :BODeplot:STOP?
/*Sets the stop frequency to 500 Hz.*/ /*The query returns 5.000000E+2.*/
:BODeplot:POINts
Syntax :BODeplot:POINts <num> :BODeplot:POINts?
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
68
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
3.5.9
Description
Sets or queries the number of points per decade.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
<num>
Integer
10 to 300
Default 10
Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns an integer. Example :WAVeform:POINts 20 /*Sets the number of points per decade to 20.*/ :WAVeform:POINts? /*The query returns 20.*/
:BODeplot:VOLTage
Syntax
:BODeplot:VOLTage <range>,<amp> :BODeplot:VOLTage? <range>
Description
Sets or queries the voltage amplitude of the sweep signal within the specified frequency range for the Bode plot function. The default unit is V for voltage and Hz for frequency.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
Default
<amp>
Real
20 mV to 5 V
-
<range>
Discrete
{ALL|10|100|1K|10K|100K|1M| 10M|25M|1000|10000|100000| 1000000|10000000|25000000| 1e1|1e2|1e3|1e4|1e5|1e6|1e7| 2.5e7}
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
69
Command System
3.6
Remarks
· When <range> is set to ALL, it sets a uniform voltage amplitude for the sweep signals in all frequency ranges. The voltage amplitude of the sweep signal cannot be changed.
· When <range> is set to other parameter, the voltage amplitude of the sweep signal can be modified. You can set a voltage amplitude for the sweep signal whose frequency is greater than the selected value.
Return Format
The query returns the voltage amplitude of the sweep signal within the specified frequency range in scientific notation. The unit is V.
Example
:BODeplot:VOLTage 100,0.2
/*Sets the voltage amplitude of the
sweep signal whose frequency is greater than 100 Hz to 200 mV.*/
:BODeplot:VOLTage? 100 /*The query returns 2.000000E-1.*/
:CHANnel<n> Commands
The :CHANnel<n> commands are used to set or query the bandwidth limit, coupling, vertical scale, vertical offset, and other vertical system parameters of the analog channel. · Setting the bandwidth limit can reduce the noises in the displayed waveforms.
For example, the signal under test is a pulse with high frequency oscillation. When the bandwidth limit is turned off, the high frequency components of the signal under test can pass the channel. When the bandwidth limit is turned on, the high frequency components found in the signal under test that are greater than the limit are attenuated. · You can remove unwanted signals by setting the coupling mode. For example, the signal under test is a square waveform with DC offset. AC coupling mode can block the DC components. · When you use an oscilloscope to make actual measurements, a small offset that arises from the temperature drift of the component or external environment disturbance may occur on the zero-cross voltage of the channel, which will affect
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
70
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
the measurement results of the vertical parameters. This series oscilloscope allows you to set an offset calibration voltage for calibrating the zero point of the corresponding channel so as to improve the accuracy of the measurement results. · When the fine adjustment is enabled, you can further adjust the vertical scale within a relatively smaller range to improve vertical resolution, making it easier to view waveform details.
3.6.1
:CHANnel<n>:BWLimit
Syntax
:CHANnel<n>:BWLimit <val> :CHANnel<n>:BWLimit?
Description
Sets or queries the bandwidth limit of the specified channel.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
<n>
Discrete
{1|2|3|4}
<val>
Discrete
Refer to Remarks
Default OFF
3.6.2
Remarks
This series oscilloscope supports the 20 MHz bandwidth limit. When set to OFF, the bandwidth limit is disabled.
Return Format
The query returns 20M or OFF.
Example :CHANnel1:BWLimit 20M :CHANnel1:BWLimit?
/*Enables the 20MHz bandwidth limit.*/ /*The query returns 20M.*/
:CHANnel<n>:COUPling
Syntax :CHANnel<n>:COUPling <coupling> :CHANnel<n>:COUPling?
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
71
Command System
3.6.3
Description
Sets or queries the coupling mode of the specified channel.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
<n>
Discrete
{1|2|3|4}
Default -
<coupling> Discrete
{AC|DC|GND}
DC
Remarks
· AC: the DC components of the signal under test are blocked. · DC: both DC and AC components of the signal under test can pass through the
channel. · GND: both DC and AC components of the signal under test are blocked.
Return Format
The query returns AC, DC, or GND.
Example :CHANnel1:COUPling AC :CHANnel1:COUPling?
/*Sets the coupling mode to AC.*/ /*The query returns AC.*/
:CHANnel<n>:DISPlay
Syntax
:CHANnel<n>:DISPlay <bool> :CHANnel<n>:DISPlay?
Description
Enables or disables the specified channel; or queries the on/off status of the specified channel.
Parameter
Name <n>
Type Discrete
Range {1|2|3|4}
Default -
<bool>
Bool
{{1|ON}|{0|OFF}}
1|ON
Remarks N/A
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
72
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
3.6.4 3.6.5
Return Format The query returns 1 or 0. Example :CHANnel1:DISPlay ON :CHANnel1:DISPlay?
/*Enables CHANnel1.*/ /*The query returns 1.*/
:CHANnel<n>:INVert
Syntax
:CHANnel<n>:INVert <bool> :CHANnel<n>:INVert?
Description
Turns on or off the waveform invert for the specified channel; or queries the on/off status of the waveform invert for the specified channel.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
Default
<n>
Discrete
{1|2|3|4}
-
<bool>
Bool
{{1|ON}|{0|OFF}}
0|OFF
Remarks
When the waveform invert is turned off, the waveform is displayed normally; when the waveform invert is turned on, the voltage values of the displayed waveform are inverted.
Return Format
The query returns 1 or 0.
Example :CHANnel1:INVert ON :CHANnel1:INVert?
/*Enables the waveform invert for CH1.*/ /*The query returns 1.*/
:CHANnel<n>:OFFSet
Syntax :CHANnel<n>:OFFSet <offset> :CHANnel<n>:OFFSet? Description Sets or queries the vertical offset of the specified channel. The default unit is V.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
73
Command System
3.6.6
Parameter Name <n> <offset>
Type Discrete Real
Range {1|2|3|4} Refer to Remarks
Default 0 V
Remarks
The range of the vertical offset of the specified channel is related to the the current vertical scale.
· ±0.5 V (<500 V/div)
· ±1 V (500 V/div, 65 mV/div)
· ±8 V (65.01 mV/div, 260 mV/div)
· ±20 V (260.01 mV/div, 2.65 V/div)
· ±100 V (2.6501 V/div, 10 V/div)
You can send the :CHANnel<n>:SCALe command to set or query the vertical scale of the specified channel.
Return Format
The query returns the vertical offset in scientific notation.
Example :CHANnel1:OFFSet 0.01 mV.*/ :CHANnel1:OFFSet?
/*Sets the vertical offset of CH1 to 10 /*The query returns 1.000000E-02.*/
:CHANnel<n>:TCALibrate
Syntax
:CHANnel<n>:TCALibrate <val> :CHANnel<n>:TCALibrate?
Description
Sets or queries the delay calibration time (used to calibrate the zero offset of the corresponding channel) of the specified channel. The unit is s.
Parameter
Name <n>
Type Discrete
Range {1|2|3|4}
Default -
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
74
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
3.6.7
Name <val>
Type Real
Range -100 ns to 100 ns
Default 0 s
Remarks When the horizontal time base is greater than 10 s, the parameter <val> cannot be set. Return Format The query returns the delay calibration time in scientific notation. Example :CHANnel1:TCALibrate 0.00000002 /*Sets the delay calibration time to 20 ns.*/ :CHANnel1:TCALibrate? /*The query returns 2.000000E-8.*/
:CHANnel<n>:SCALe
Syntax
:CHANnel<n>:SCALe <scale> :CHANnel<n>:SCALe?
Description
Sets or queries the vertical scale of the specified channel. The default unit is V/div.
Parameter
Name <n>
Type Discrete
Range {1|2|3|4}
Default -
<scale>
Real
Refer to Remarks
50 mV
Remarks The vertical scale of the specified channel is related to the probe ratio. · For the DHO800 series, when the probe ratio is 1X, the range of <scale> is from
500 V/div to 10 V/div. · For the DHO900 series, when the probe ratio is 1X, the range of <scale> is from
200 V/div to 10 V/div. To set or query the probe ratio of the specified channel, run the :CHANnel<n>:PROBe command.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
75
Command System
3.6.8
Return Format The query returns the vertical scale in scientific notation. The unit is V/div. Example :CHANnel1:SCALe 0.1/*Sets the vertical scale of CH1 to 0.1 V/div.*/ :CHANnel1:SCALe? /*The query returns 1.000000E-01.*/
:CHANnel<n>:PROBe
Syntax
:CHANnel<n>:PROBe <atten> :CHANnel<n>:PROBe?
Description
Sets or queries the probe attenuation ratio of the specified channel.
Parameter
Name <n>
Type Discrete
Range {1|2|3|4}
Default -
<atten>
Discrete
{0.001|0.002|0.005|0.01|0.02| 0.05|0.1|0.2|0.5|1|2|5|10|20|50|
1 100|200|500|1000|2000|5000| 10000|20000|50000}
Remarks
· displayed amplitude of the signal under test = actual amplitude of the signal under test x probe ratio (probe ratio not affecting the actual amplitude of the signal)
· The set probe ratio affects the current vertical scale and its range. Run the :CHANnel<n>:SCALe command to query the vertical scale.
Return Format The query returns 0.001, 0.002, 0.005, 0.01, 0.02, 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50, 100, 200, 500, 1000, 2000, 5000, 10000, 20000, or 50000. Example :CHANnel1:PROBe 10 /*Sets the probe attenuation ratio of CH1 to 10X.*/ :CHANnel1:PROBe? /*The query returns 10.*/
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
76
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
3.6.9
:CHANnel<n>:LABel:SHOW
Syntax
:CHANnel<n>:LABel:SHOW <bool> :CHANnel<n>:LABel:SHOW?
Description
Sets or queries whether to display the label of the specified channel.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
Default
<n>
Discrete
{1|2|3|4}
-
<bool>
Bool
{{1|ON}|{0|OFF}}
-
Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns 1 or 0. Example :CHANnel1:LABel:SHOW ON specified channel.*/ :CHANnel1:LABel:SHOW?
/*Displays the label of the /*The query returns 1.*/
3.6.10
:CHANnel<n>:LABel:CONTent
Syntax
:CHANnel<n>:LABel:CONTent <str> :CHANnel<n>:LABel:CONTent?
Description
Sets or queries the label of the specified channel.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
<n>
Discrete
{1|2|3|4}
Default -
<str>
ASCII String
The label can contain English letters and numbers, as well as some symbols.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
77
Command System
Remarks
N/A
Return Format
The query returns the label of the specified channel in strings.
Example
:CHANnel1:LABel:CONTent ch1
/*Sets the label of Channel 1 to
ch1.*/
:CHANnel1:LABel:CONTent? /*The query returns ch1.*/
3.6.11
:CHANnel<n>:UNITs
Syntax
:CHANnel<n>:UNITs <units> :CHANnel<n>:UNITs?
Description
Sets or queries the amplitude display unit of the specified analog channel.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
Default
<n>
Discrete
{1|2|3|4}
-
<units>
Discrete
{WATT|AMPere|VOLTage| UNKNown}
VOLTage
Remarks
N/A
Return Format
The query returns VOLT, WATT, AMP, or UNKN.
Example :CHANnel1:UNITs VOLTage to VOLTage.*/ :CHANnel1:UNITs?
/*Sets the amplitude display unit of CH1 /*The query returns VOLT.*/
3.6.12
:CHANnel<n>:VERNier
Syntax :CHANnel<n>:VERNier <bool> :CHANnel<n>:VERNier?
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
78
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Description
Enables or disables the fine adjustment of the vertical scale of the specified channel; or queries the on/off status of the fine adjustment of the vertical scale of the specified channel.
Parameter
Name <n>
Type Discrete
Range {1|2|3|4}
Default -
<bool>
Bool
{{1|ON}|{0|OFF}}
0|OFF
Remarks
N/A
Return Format
The query returns 1 or 0.
Example
:CHANnel1:VERNier ON /*Enables the fine adjustment of the
vertical scale of CH1.*/
:CHANnel1:VERNier?
/*The query returns 1.*/
3.6.13
:CHANnel<n>:POSition
Syntax
:CHANnel<n>:POSition <offset> :CHANnel<n>:POSition?
Description
Sets or queries the bias voltage of the specified channel. The default unit is V.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
Default
<n>
Discrete
{1|2|3|4}
-
<offset>
Real
Refer to Remarks
0
Remarks The range of the bias voltage of the specified channel is related to the vertical scale. · ±0.5 V (<500 V/div) · ±1 V (500 V/div to 65 mV/div)
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
79
Command System
· ±8 V (65.01 mV/div to 260 mV/div)
· ±20 V (260.01 mV/div to 2.65 V/div)
· ±100 V (2.6501 V/div to 10 V/div)
You can send the :CHANnel<n>:SCALe command to set or query the vertical scale of the specified channel. Return Format The query returns the bias voltage of the specified channel in scientific notation. The unit is V. Example :CHANnel1:POSition 10 /*Sets the bias voltage of CH1 to 10 V.*/ :CHANnel1:POSition? /*The query returns 1.000000E+01.*/
3.7
3.7.1
:COUNter Commands
:COUNter commands are used to set or query the measurement and statistic parameters for the frequency counter. The frequency counter analysis function provides frequency, period, or edge event counter measurements on any analog channel.
:COUNter:CURRent?
Syntax :COUNter:CURRent? Description Queries the measurement value of the frequency counter. Parameter N/A Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns the current measurement value of the frequency counter in scientific notation. Example N/A
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
80
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
3.7.2
:COUNter:ENABle
Syntax
:COUNter:ENABle <bool> :COUNter:ENABle?
Description
Enables or disables the frequency counter; or queries the on/off status of the frequency counter.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
Default
<bool>
Bool
{{1|ON}|{0|OFF}}
0|OFF
3.7.3
Remarks
N/A
Return Format
The query returns 1 or 0.
Example :COUNter:ENABle ON :COUNter:ENABle?
/*Enables the frequency counter.*/ /*The query returns 1.*/
:COUNter:SOURce
Syntax
:COUNter:SOURce <source> :COUNter:SOURce?
Description
Sets or queries the source of the frequency counter.
Parameter
Name
Type
<source>
Discrete
Range
Default
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8| D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15| CHANnel1|CHANnel2| CHANnel3|CHANnel4|EXT}
CHANnel1
Remarks Digital channels (D0 to D15) are only supported by the DHO900 series.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
81
Command System
3.7.4 3.7.5
EXT is only available for DHO812 and DHO802 models.
Return Format
The query returns D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D10, D11, D12, D13, D14, D15, CHAN1, CHAN2, CHAN3, CHAN4, or EXT.
Example :COUNter:SOURce CHANnel2 counter to CHANnel2.*/ :COUNter:SOURce?
/*Sets the source of the frequency /*The query returns CHAN2.*/
:COUNter:MODE
Syntax
:COUNter:MODE <mode> :COUNter:MODE?
Description
Sets or queries the mode of the frequency counter.
Parameter
Name <mode>
Type Discrete
Range {FREQuency|PERiod|TOTalize}
Default FREQuency
Remarks
· FREQuency: indicates the Frequency measurement. · PERiod: indicates the Period measurement. · TOTalize: indicates the Totalize measurement.
Return Format
The query returns FREQ, PER, or TOT.
Example
:COUNter:MODE PERiod to PERiod.*/ :COUNter:MODE?
/*Sets the mode of the frequency counter /*The query returns PER.*/
:COUNter:NDIGits
Syntax :COUNter:NDIGits <val> :COUNter:NDIGits?
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
82
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
3.7.6
Description
Sets or queries the resolution of the frequency counter.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
<val>
Integer
3 to 6
Default 4
Remarks
When the measurement mode of the frequency counter is Period or Frequency, you need to set resolution. When the mode is Totalize, resolution is available to set. You can run the :COUNter:MODE command to set or query the measurement mode of the frequency counter.
Return Format
The query returns an integer ranging from 3 to 6.
Example :COUNter:NDIGits 4 counter to 4.*/ :COUNter:NDIGits?
/*Sets the resolution of the frequency /*The query returns 4.*/
:COUNter:TOTalize:ENABle
Syntax
:COUNter:TOTalize:ENABle <bool> :COUNter:TOTalize:ENABle?
Description
Enables or disables the statistical function of the frequency counter; or queries the on/off status of the statistical function of the frequency counter.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
Default
<bool>
Bool
{{1|ON}|{0|OFF}}
0|OFF
Remarks
The statistical function is only available for "Period" and "Frequency", but it is unavailable for "Totalize". You can use :COUNter:MODE to query or set the measurement mode.
Return Format
The query returns 1 or 0.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
83
Command System
3.7.7
Examples :COUNter:TOTalize:ENABle ON /*Enables the statistical function of the frequency counter.*/ :COUNter:TOTalize:ENABle? /*The query returns 1.*/
:COUNter:TOTalize:CLEar
Syntax :COUNter:TOTalize:CLEar Description Clears the total count. Parameter N/A Remarks Available when "Totalize", "Frequency", or "Period" is selected under "Measure". Return Format N/A Example N/A
3.8
:CURSor Commands
The Cursor commands are used to measure the X axis values (e.g. Time) and Y axis values (e.g. Voltage) of the waveform on the screen.
Before making cursor measurements, connect the signal to the oscilloscope to acquire stable display. The cursor measurement function provides the following two cursors.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
84
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
X Cursor (Cursor A)
X Cursor (Cursor B)
Y Cursor (Cursor A)
Y Cursor (Cursor B)
Figure 3.6 Cursors
· X Cursor X cursor is a vertical solid/dotted line that is used to make horizontal adjustments. It can be used to measure time (s) and frequency (Hz). - Cursor A is a vertical solid line and Cursor B is a vertical dotted line. - In the XY cursor mode, cursor X is used to measure the waveform amplitude of CH1.
· Y Cursor Y cursor is a horizontal solid/dotted line that is used to make vertical adjustments. It can be used to measure amplitude (the unit is the same as that of the source channel amplitude). - Cursor A is a horizontal solid line and Cursor B is a horizontal dotted line. - In XY cursor mode, cursor Y is used to measure the waveform amplitude of CH2.
Cursor Measurement Results
· AX: indicates the X value at Cursor A. · AY: indicates the Y value at Cursor A. · BX: indicates the X value at Cursor B. · BY: indicates the Y value at Cursor B. · X: indicates the horizontal spacing between Cursor A and Cursor B.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
85
Command System
3.8.1
· Y: indicates the vertical spacing between Cursor A and Cursor B.
· 1/X: indicates the reciprocal of the horizontal spacing between Cursor A and
Cursor B.
Cursor Mode
· Manual Mode
In the manual cursor mode, you can adjust the cursor manually to measure the value of the waveforms of the specified source at the current cursor. If the settings for the parameter such as the cursor type and measurement source are different, the measurement results will be different for cursor measurement. · Track Mode
In the Track mode, you can adjust the two pairs of cursors (Cursor A and Cursor B) to measure the X and Y values on two different sources respectively. When the cursors are moved horizontally/vertically, the markers will position on the waveform automatically. When the waveform is expanded or compressed horizontally/vertically, the markers will track the points being marked at the last adjustment of the cursors. · XY Mode
By default, XY mode is unavailable. It is available only when the horizontal time base mode is "XY".
:CURSor:MODE
Syntax
:CURSor:MODE <mode> :CURSor:MODE?
Description
Sets or queries the mode of the cursor measurement.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
<mode>
Discrete
{OFF|MANual|TRACk|XY}
Default OFF
Remarks
· OFF: disables the cursor measurement function. · MANual: the manual mode of cursor measurement.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
86
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
3.8.2
· TRACk: the track mode of cursor measurement. · XY: the XY mode of cursor measurement. It is only valid when you select "XY"
mode. You can use :TIMebase:MODE to query or set the mode. For functions of different cursor measurement modes, refer to Cursor Mode. Return Format The query returns OFF, MAN, TRAC, or XY. Example :CURSor:MODE MANual /*Selects the manual mode of cursor measurement.*/ :CURSor:MODE? /*The query returns MAN.*/
:CURSor:MEASure:INDicator
Syntax
:CURSor:MEASure:INDicator <bool> :CURSor:MEASure:INDicator?
Description
Sets or queries the on/off status of the indicator for the measurement function.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
Default
<bool>
Bool
{{1|ON}|{0|OFF}}
0|OFF
Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns 0 or 1. Example :CURSor:MEASure:INDicator? ON /*Sets the indicator for the measurement function to ON.*/ :CURSor:MEASure:INDicator? /*The query returns 1.*/
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
87
Command System
3.8.3
3.8.3.1
3.8.3.2
:CURSor:MANual
:CURSor:MANual:TYPE
Syntax :CURSor:MANual:TYPE <type> :CURSor:MANual:TYPE?
Description
Sets or queries the cursor type in the manual mode of cursor measurement.
Parameter
Name <type>
Type Discrete
Range {TIME|AMPLitude}
Default TIME
Remarks
· TIME: indicates X cursor, which is often used to measure the time parameters. · AMPLitude: indicates Y cursor, which is often used to measure the voltage
parameters.
Return Format The query returns TIME or AMPL. Example :CURSor:MANual:TYPE AMPLitude AMPLitude.*/ :CURSor:MANual:TYPE?
/*Sets the cursor type to /*The query returns AMPL.*/
:CURSor:MANual:SOURce Syntax :CURSor:MANual:SOURce <source> :CURSor:MANual:SOURce? Description Sets or queries the channel source of the manual mode of cursor measurement.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
88
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
3.8.3.3
Parameter Name
Type
<source>
Discrete
Range
{CHANnel1|CHANnel2| CHANnel3|CHANnel4|MATH1| MATH2|MATH3|MATH4|NONE}
Default CHANnel1
Remarks
N/A
Return Format
The query returns CHAN1, CHAN2, CHAN3, CHAN4, MATH1, MATH2, MATH3, MATH4, or NONE.
Example :CURSor:MANual:SOURce CHANnel2 CHANnel2.*/ :CURSor:MANual:SOURce?
/*Sets the channel source to /*The query returns CHAN2.*/
:CURSor:MANual:CAX
Syntax :CURSor:MANual:CAX <ax> :CURSor:MANual:CAX?
Description
Sets or queries the horizontal position of Cursor A in the manual mode of cursor measurement.
Parameter
Name <ax>
Type Real
Range Refer to Remarks
Default -
Remarks
The range of the horizontal position of Cursor A is determined by the current horizontal scale and position.
Return Format
The query returns the horizontal position of Cursor A scientific notation. The unit is s.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
89
Command System
3.8.3.4 3.8.3.5
Example
:CURSor:MANual:CAX 0.00000001 /*Sets the horizontal position of
Cursor A to 10 ns.**/
:CURSor:MANual:CAX?
/*The query returns 1.000000E-8.*/
:CURSor:MANual:CAY
Syntax :CURSor:MANual:CAY <ay> :CURSor:MANual:CAY?
Description
Sets or queries the vertical position of Cursor A in the manual mode of cursor measurement.
Parameter
Name <ay>
Type Real
Range Refer toRemarks
Default -
Remarks
The range of the vertical position of Cursor A is determined by the current vertical scale and position.
Return Format
The query returns the vertical position of Cursor A in scientific notation. The unit is V.
Example :CURSor:MANual:CAY 0.1 to 0.1 V.*/ :CURSor:MANual:CAY?
/*Sets the vertical position of Cursor A /*The query returns 1.000000E-1.*/
:CURSor:MANual:CBX
Syntax :CURSor:MANual:CBX <bx> :CURSor:MANual:CBX? Description Sets or queries the horizontal position of Cursor B in the manual mode of cursor measurement.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
90
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
3.8.3.6
Parameter Name <bx>
Type Real
Range Refer to Remarks
Default -
Remarks
The range of the horizontal position of Cursor B is determined by the current horizontal scale and position.
Return Format
The query returns the horizontal position of Cursor B in scientific notation. The unit is s.
Example
:CURSor:MANual:CBX 0.00000001 /*Sets the horizontal position of
Cursor B to 10 ns.*/
:CURSor:MANual:CBX?
/*The query returns 1.000000E-8.*/
:CURSor:MANual:CBY
Syntax :CURSor:MANual:CBY <by> :CURSor:MANual:CBY?
Description
Sets or queries the vertical position of Cursor B in the manual mode of cursor measurement.
Parameter
Name <by>
Type Real
Range Refer to Remarks
Default -
Remarks
The range of the vertical position of Cursor B is determined by the current vertical scale and position.
Return Format
The query returns the vertical position of Cursor B in scientific notation.The unit is V.
Example :CURSor:MANual:CBY 0.1 to 0.1 V.*/ :CURSor:MANual:CBY?
/*Sets the vertical position of Cursor B /*The query returns 1.000000E-1.*/
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
91
Command System
3.8.3.7 3.8.3.8
:CURSor:MANual:AXValue? Syntax :CURSor:MANual:AXValue? Description Queries the X value at Cursor A in the manual mode of cursor measurement. The unit is determined by the horizontal unit selected for the currently corresponding channel. Parameter N/A Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns the X value at Cursor A in scientific notation. Example N/A
:CURSor:MANual:AYValue? Syntax :CURSor:MANual:AYValue? Description Queries the Y value at Cursor A in the manual mode of cursor measurement. The unit is determined by the currently selected vertical unit. Parameter N/A Remarks
· The returned value is the same as the measurement value in the Cursor interface. Therefore, the unit is related to the vertical unit. When the vertical unit of cursor is set to Source, the unit of the returned value is the same as vertical unit of the channel.
· No value is returned when the cursor measurement value is invalid.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
92
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
3.8.3.9 3.8.3.10
Return Format The query returns the Y value at Cursor A in scientific notation. Example N/A
:CURSor:MANual:BXValue? Syntax :CURSor:MANual:BXValue? Description Queries the X value at Cursor B in the manual mode of cursor measurement. The unit is determined by the currently selected horizontal unit. Parameter N/A Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns the X value at Cursor B in scientific notation. Example N/A
:CURSor:MANual:BYValue? Syntax :CURSor:MANual:BYValue? Description Queries the Y value at Cursor B in the manual mode of cursor measurement. The unit is determined by the currently selected vertical unit. Parameter N/A Remarks
· The returned value is the same as the measurement value in the Cursor interface. Therefore, the unit is related to the vertical unit. When the vertical
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
93
Command System
3.8.3.11 3.8.3.12
unit of cursor is set to Source, the unit of the returned value is the same as vertical unit of the channel. · No value is returned when the cursor measurement value is invalid.
Return Format The query returns the Y value at Cursor B in scientific notation. Example N/A
:CURSor:MANual:XDELta? Syntax :CURSor:MANual:XDELta? Description Queries the difference (X) between the X value at Cursor A and the X value at Cursor B in the manual mode of cursor measurement. The unit is determined by the currently selected horizontal unit. Parameter N/A Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns the current difference in scientific notation. Example N/A
:CURSor:MANual:IXDelta? Syntax :CURSor:MANual:IXDelta? Description Queries the reciprocal (1/X) of the absolute difference between the X value at Cursor A and the X value at Cursor B in the manual mode of cursor measurement. The unit is determined by the currently selected horizontal unit.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
94
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
3.8.3.13
3.8.4
3.8.4.1
Parameter N/A Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns 1/X in scientific notation. Example N/A
:CURSor:MANual:YDELta? Syntax :CURSor:MANual:YDELta? Description Queries the difference (Y) between the Y value at Cursor A and the Y value at Cursor B in the manual mode of cursor measurement. The unit is determined by the currently selected vertical unit. Parameter N/A Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns the current difference in scientific notation. Example N/A
:CURSor:TRACk
:CURSor:TRACk:SOURce1 Syntax :CURSor:TRACk:SOURce1 <source> :CURSor:TRACk:SOURce1?
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
95
Command System
3.8.4.2
Description
Sets or queries the channel source of Cursor A in the track mode of cursor measurement.
Parameter
Name <source>
Type Discrete
Range
{CHANnel1|CHANnel2| CHANnel3|CHANnel4|MATH1| MATH2|MATH3|MATH4|NONE}
Default CHANnel1
Remarks
When no channel is enabled, sending this command will enable the corresponding channel.
Return Format
The query returns CHAN1, CHAN2, CHAN3, CHAN4, MATH1, MATH2, MATH3, MATH4, or NONE.
Example :CURSor:TRACk:SOURce1 CHANnel2 CHANnel2.*/ :CURSor:TRACk:SOURce1?
/*Sets the channel source to /*The query returns CHAN2.*/
:CURSor:TRACk:SOURce2
Syntax :CURSor:TRACk:SOURce2 <source> :CURSor:TRACk:SOURce2?
Description
Sets or queries the channel source of Cursor B in the track mode of cursor measurement.
Parameter
Name <source>
Type Discrete
Range
{CHANnel1|CHANnel2| CHANnel3|CHANnel4|MATH1| MATH2|MATH3|MATH4|NONE}
Default CHANnel1
Remarks
When no channel is enabled, sending this command will enable the corresponding channel.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
96
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
3.8.4.3 3.8.4.4
Return Format
The query returns CHAN1, CHAN2, CHAN3, CHAN4, MATH1, MATH2, MATH3, MATH4, or NONE.
Example :CURSor:TRACk:SOURce2 CHANnel2 CHANnel2.*/ :CURSor:TRACk:SOURce2?
/*Sets the channel source to /*The query returns CHAN2.*/
:CURSor:TRACk:CAX
Syntax :CURSor:TRACk:CAX <ax> :CURSor:TRACk:CAX?
Description
Sets or queries the horizontal position of Cursor A in the track mode of cursor measurement.
Parameter
Name <ax>
Type Real
Range Refer to Remarks
Default -
Remarks
The range of the horizontal position of Cursor A is determined by the current horizontal scale and position.
Return Format
The query returns the horizontal position of Cursor A scientific notation. The unit is s.
Example
:CURSor:TRACk:CAX 1.000000E-8 /*Sets the horizontal position of
Cursor A to 10 ns.*/
:CURSor:TRACk:CAX?
/*The query returns 1.000000E-8.*/
:CURSor:TRACk:CBX Syntax :CURSor:TRACk:CBX <bx> :CURSor:TRACk:CBX?
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
97
Command System
3.8.4.5
Description
Sets or queries the horizontal position of Cursor B in the track mode of cursor measurement.
Parameter
Name <bx>
Type Real
Range Refer to Remarks
Default -
Remarks
The range of the horizontal position of Cursor B is determined by the current horizontal scale and position.
Return Format
The query returns the horizontal position of Cursor B in scientific notation. The unit is s.
Example
:CURSor:TRACk:CBX 1.000000E-8 /*Sets the horizontal position of
Cursor B to 10 ns.*/
:CURSor:TRACk:CBX?
/*The query returns 1.000000E-8.*/
:CURSor:TRACk:CAY
Syntax :CURSor:TRACk:CAY <ay> :CURSor:TRACk:CAY?
Description
Sets or queries the vertical position of Cursor A in the track mode of cursor measurement.
Parameter
Name <ay>
Type Real
Range Refer to Remarks
Default -
Remarks The range of the vertical position of Cursor A is determined by the current vertical scale and position. Return Format The query returns the vertical position of Cursor A in scientific notation. The unit is V.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
98
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
3.8.4.6 3.8.4.7
Example :CURSor:TRACk:CAY 0.1 to 0.1 V.*/ :CURSor:TRACk:CAY?
/*Sets the vertical position of Cursor A /*The query returns 1.000000E-1.*/
:CURSor:TRACk:CBY
Syntax :CURSor:TRACk:CBY <by> :CURSor:TRACk:CBY?
Description
Sets or queries the vertical position of Cursor B in the track mode of cursor measurement.
Parameter
Name <by>
Type Real
Range Refer to Remarks
Default -
Remarks
The range of the vertical position of Cursor B is determined by the current vertical scale and position.
Return Format
The query returns the vertical position of Cursor B in scientific notation.The unit is V.
Example :CURSor:TRACk:CBY 0.1 to 0.1 V.*/ :CURSor:TRACk:CBY?
/*Sets the vertical position of Cursor B /*The query returns 1.000000E-1.*/
:CURSor:TRACk:AXValue? Syntax :CURSor:TRACk:AXValue? Description Queries the X value at Cursor A in the track mode of cursor measurement. The unit is determined by the amplitude unit selected for the currently corresponding channel. Parameter N/A
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
99
Command System
3.8.4.8 3.8.4.9
Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns the X value at Cursor A in scientific notation. Example N/A
:CURSor:TRACk:AYValue? Syntax :CURSor:TRACk:AYValue? Description Queries the Y value at Cursor A in the track mode of cursor measurement. The unit is the same as that selected for the current channel. Parameter N/A Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns the Y value at Cursor A in scientific notation. Example N/A
:CURSor:TRACk:BXValue? Syntax :CURSor:TRACk:BXValue? Description Queries the X value at Cursor B in the track mode of cursor measurement. The unit is determined by the amplitude unit selected for the currently corresponding channel. Parameter N/A Remarks N/A
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
100
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
3.8.4.10 3.8.4.11
Return Format The query returns the X value at Cursor B in scientific notation. Example N/A
:CURSor:TRACk:BYValue? Syntax :CURSor:TRACk:BYValue? Description Queries the Y value at Cursor B in the track mode of cursor measurement. The unit is the same as that selected for the current channel. Parameter N/A Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns the Y value at Cursor B in scientific notation. Example N/A
:CURSor:TRACk:XDELta? Syntax :CURSor:TRACk:XDELta? Description Queries the difference (X) between the X value at Cursor A and the X value at Cursor B in the track mode of cursor measurement. Parameter N/A Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns the current difference in scientific notation.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
101
Command System
3.8.4.12 3.8.4.13
Example N/A
:CURSor:TRACk:YDELta? Syntax :CURSor:TRACk:YDELta? Description Queries the difference (Y) between the Y value at Cursor A and the Y value at Cursor B in the track mode of cursor measurement. The unit is the same as that selected for the current channel. Parameter N/A Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns the current difference in scientific notation. Example N/A
:CURSor:TRACk:IXDelta? Syntax :CURSor:TRACk:IXDelta? Description Queries the reciprocal (1/X) of the absolute difference between the X value at Cursor A and the X value at Cursor B in the track mode of cursor measurement. The default unit is Hz. Parameter N/A Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns 1/X in scientific notation.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
102
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
3.8.4.14
3.8.5
3.8.5.1
Example N/A
:CURSor:TRACk:MODE
Syntax :CURSor:TRACk:MODE <mode> :CURSor:TRACk:MODE?
Description
Sets or queries the axis in the track mode of cursor measurement.
Parameter
Name <mode>
Type Discrete
Range {Y|X}
Default -
Remarks
N/A
Return Format
The query returns Y or X.
Example
:CURSor:TRACk:MODE X /*Sets the axis in the track mode of
cursor measurement to X-axis.*/
:CURSor:TRACk:MODE?
/*The query returns X.*/
:CURSor:XY
The :CURSor:XY commands are only available when the horizontal time base mode is set to XY.
:CURSor:XY:AX
Syntax :CURSor:XY:AX <x> :CURSor:XY:AX? Description Sets or queries the horizontal position of Cursor A in the XY cursor measurement mode.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
103
Command System
3.8.5.2
Parameter Name <x>
Type Real
Range Refer to Description
Default -
Description
Related to the current vertical scale and vertical offset.
Return Format
The query returns the horizontal position of Cursor A in scientific notation. The unit is V.
Example :CURSor:XY:AX 0.1 100 mV.*/ :CURSor:XY:AX?
/*Sets the horizontal position of Cursor A to /*The query returns 1.000000E-1.*/
:CURSor:XY:BX
Syntax :CURSor:XY:BX <x> :CURSor:XY:BX?
Description
Sets or queries the horizontal position of Cursor B in the XY cursor measurement mode.
Parameter
Name <x>
Type Real
Range Refer to Remarks
Default -
Remarks
Related to the current vertical scale and vertical offset.
Return Format
The query returns the horizontal position of Cursor B in scientific notation.
Example :CURSor:XY:BX 0.1 100 mV.*/ :CURSor:XY:BX?
/*Sets the horizontal position of Cursor B to /*The query returns 1.000000E-1.*/
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
104
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
3.8.5.3 3.8.5.4
:CURSor:XY:AY
Syntax :CURSor:XY:AY <y> :CURSor:XY:AY?
Description
Sets or queries the vertical position of Cursor A in the XY cursor measurement mode.
Parameter
Name <y>
Type Real
Range Refer to Description
Default -
Description
Related to the current vertical scale and vertical offset.
Return Format
The query returns the vertical position of Cursor A in scientific notation.
Example :CURSor:XY:AY 0.1 100 mV.*/ :CURSor:XY:AY?
/*Sets the vertical position of Cursor A to /*The query returns 1.000000E-1.*/
:CURSor:XY:BY
Syntax :CURSor:XY:BY <y> :CURSor:XY:BY?
Description
Sets or queries the vertical position of Cursor B in the XY cursor measurement mode.
Parameter
Name <y>
Type Real
Range Refer to Remarks
Default -
Remarks Related to the current vertical scale and vertical offset. Return Format The query returns the vertical position of Cursor B in scientific notation.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
105
Command System
3.8.5.5 3.8.5.6
Example :CURSor:XY:BY 0.1 100 mV.*/ :CURSor:XY:BY?
/*Sets the vertical position of Cursor B to /*The query returns 1.000000E-1.*/
:CURSor:XY:AXValue? Syntax :CURSor:XY:AXValue? Description Queries the X value at Cursor A in the XY cursor measurement mode. Parameter N/A Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns the X value at Cursor A in scientific notation. Example N/A
:CURSor:XY:AYValue? Syntax :CURSor:XY:AYValue? Description Queries the X value at Cursor A in the XY cursor measurement mode. Parameter N/A Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns the Y value at Cursor A in scientific notation. Example N/A
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
106
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
3.8.5.7 3.8.5.8 3.8.5.9
:CURSor:XY:BXValue? Syntax :CURSor:XY:BXValue? Description Queries the X value at Cursor B in the XY cursor measurement mode. Parameter N/A Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns the X value at Cursor B in scientific notation. Example N/A
:CURSor:XY:BYValue? Syntax :CURSor:XY:BYValue? Description Queries the Y value at Cursor B in the XY cursor measurement mode. Parameter N/A Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns the Y value at Cursor B in scientific notation. Example N/A
:CURSor:XY:XDELta? Syntax :CURSor:XY:XDELta?
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
107
Command System
3.8.5.10
Description Queries the difference (X) between the X value at Cursor A and the X value at Cursor B in the XY cursor measurement. Parameter N/A Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns the current difference in scientific notation. Example N/A
:CURSor:XY:YDELta? Syntax :CURSor:XY:YDELta? Description Queries the difference (Y) between the Y value at Cursor A and the Y value at Cursor B in the XY cursor measurement. The unit is the same as that selected for the current channel. Parameter N/A Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns the current difference in scientific notation. Example N/A
3.9
:DISPlay Commands
The :DISPlay commands can be used to set the displayed type of the waveform, persistence time, intensity, grid type, grid brightness, etc.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
108
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
3.9.1
:DISPlay:CLEar
Syntax :DISPlay:CLEar Description Clears all the waveforms on the screen. Parameter N/A Remarks
· If the oscilloscope is in the "RUN" state, new waveforms will continue being displayed after being cleared.
· You can also send the :CLEar command to clear all the waveforms on the screen.
· This command functions the same as the front-panel key
.
Return Format N/A Example N/A
3.9.2
:DISPlay:TYPE
Syntax
:DISPlay:TYPE <type> :DISPlay:TYPE?
Description
Sets or queries the display type of the waveforms on the screen.
Parameter
Name <type>
Type Discrete
Range {VECTors}
Default VECTors
Remarks
VECTors: The sample points are connected by lines and displayed. Normally, this mode can provide the most vivid waveform to view the steep edge of the waveform (such as square waveforms).
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
109
Command System
3.9.3
Return Format
The query returns VECT.
Example
:DISPlay:TYPE VECTors /*Sets the display type to VECTors.*/
:DISPlay:TYPE?
/*The query returns VECT.*/
:DISPlay:GRADing:TIME
Syntax
:DISPlay:GRADing:TIME <time> :DISPlay:GRADing:TIME?
Description
Sets or queries the persistence time. The default unit is s.
Parameter
Name <time>
Type Discrete
Range
{MIN|0.1|0.2|0.5|1|2|5|10| INFinite}
Default MIN
Remarks
· MIN: sets the persistence time to its minimum value to view how the waveform changes at a high refresh rate.
· specified value (e.g. 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10): sets the persistence time to any of the above specific value to observe glitches that change relatively slowly or glitches with low occurrence probability.
· INFinite: In this mode, the oscilloscope displays the waveform newly acquired without clearing the waveforms acquired formerly. It can be used to measure noise and jitter and to capture incidental events.
Return Format
The query returns MIN, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, or INF.
Example
:DISPlay:GRADing:TIME 0.1 /*Sets the persistence time to 100 ms.*/
:DISPlay:GRADing:TIME?
/*The query returns 0.1.*/
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
110
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
3.9.4 3.9.5
:DISPlay:WBRightness
Syntax
:DISPlay:WBRightness <brightness> :DISPlay:WBRightness?
Description
Sets or queries the brightness of the waveform on the screen, expressed in percentage.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
Default
<brightness> Integer
1 to 100
50
Remarks
N/A
Return Format
The query returns an integer ranging from 1 to 100.
Example :DISPlay:WBRightness 50 :DISPlay:WBRightness?
/*Sets the waveform brightness to 50%.*/ /*The query returns 50.*/
:DISPlay:GRID
Syntax
:DISPlay:GRID <grid> :DISPlay:GRID?
Description
Sets or queries the display type of the screen grid.
Parameter
Name <grid>
Type Discrete
Range {FULL|HALF|NONE}
Default FULL
Remarks
· FULL: turns the background grid and coordinates on. · HALF: turns the background grid off and turns the coordinate on.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
111
Command System
3.9.6 3.9.7
· NONE: turns the background grid and coordinate off.
Return Format
The query returns FULL, HALF, or NONE.
Example :DISPlay:GRID NONE off.*/ :DISPlay:GRID?
/*Turns the background grid and coordinates /*The query returns NONE.*/
:DISPlay:GBRightness
Syntax
:DISPlay:GBRightness <brightness> :DISPlay:GBRightness?
Description
Sets or queries the brightness of the screen grid, expressed in percentage.
Parameter
Name <brightness>
Type Integer
Range 0 to 100
Default 50
Remarks
N/A
Return Format
The query returns an integer ranging from 0 to 100.
Example :DISPlay:GBRightness 60 60%.*/ :DISPlay:GBRightness?
/*Sets the screen grid brightness to /*The query returns 60.*/
:DISPlay:DATA?
Syntax :DISPlay:DATA?[<type>] Description Queries the bitmap data stream of the currently displayed image.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
112
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
3.9.8
Parameter Name <type>
Type Discrete
Range {BMP|PNG|JPG}
Default BMP
Remarks
The read data format is TMC header + binary data stream of the screenshot + terminator. The TMC header is in #NXXXXXX format; wherein, # is the TMC header identifier; N following # represents the number of digits (in the decimal integer) that follow; the length of the binary data stream of the screenshot is expressed in ASCII strings, and the terminator represents the ending of communication. For example, the data read for one time is #9000387356. 9 indicates the number of digits (in the decimal integer) that follow, and "000387356" indicates the length of the binary data stream, that is, the number of bytes to be transmitted.
Return Format
The query returns the binary data stream of the screenshot in a specified format.
Example
N/A
:DISPlay:RULers
Syntax
:DISPlay:RULers <bool> :DISPlay:RULers?
Description
Enables or disables the display of the scale ruler; or queries the on/off status of the scale ruler.
Parameter
Name <bool>
Type Bool
Range {{1|ON}|{0|OFF}}
Default 1|ON
Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns 1 or 0.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
113
Command System
Example :DISPlay:RULers ON :DISPlay:RULers?
/*Enables the display of the scale ruler.*/ /*The query returns 1.*/
3.9.9
:DISPlay:COLor
Syntax
:DISPlay:COLor <bool> :DISPlay:COLor?
Description
Enables or disables the color grade display; or queries the on/off status of the color grade display.
Parameter
Name <bool>
Type Bool
Range {{1|ON}|{0|OFF}}
Default 0|OFF
Remarks When it is enabled, different colors are displayed on the screen to indicate the times of data acquisition or acquisition probability. Return Format The query returns 1 or 0. Examples :DISPlay:COLor ON /*Enables the color grade display.*/ :DISPlay:COLor? /*The query returns 1.*/
3.9.10
:DISPlay:WHOLd
Syntax
:DISPlay:WHOLd <bool> :DISPlay:WHOLd?
Description
Sets to enable or disable the waveform freezing function; queries whether to enable or disable the waveform freezing function.
Parameter
Name <bool>
Type Bool
Range {{1|ON}|{0|OFF}}
Default 0|OFF
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
114
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Remarks
N/A
Return Format
The query returns 1 or 0.
Example :DISPlay:WHOLd ON :DISPlay:WHOLd?
/*Enables the Waveform Freeze.*/ /*The query returns 1.*/
3.10
:DVM Commands
:DVM commands are used to set or query the DVM parameters.
The built-in DVM of this oscilloscope provides 4-digit voltage measurements on any analog channel. DVM measurements are asynchronous from the oscilloscope's acquisition system and are always acquiring.
3.10.1
:DVM:CURRent?
Syntax :DVM:CURRent? Description Queries the current voltage value under test. Parameter N/A Remarks N/A Return Format N/A Example N/A
3.10.2
:DVM:ENABle
Syntax :DVM:ENABle <bool> :DVM:ENABle?
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
115
Command System
Description
Enables or disables the digital voltmeter; or queries the on/off status of the digital voltmeter.
Parameter
Name <bool>
Type Bool
Range {{1|ON}|{0|OFF}}
Default 0|OFF
Remarks
N/A
Return Format
The query returns 1 or 0.
Example :DVM:ENABle ON :DVM:ENABle?
/*Enables the digital voltmeter.*/ /*The query returns 1.*/
3.10.3
:DVM:SOURce
Syntax
:DVM:SOURce <source> :DVM:SOURce?
Description
Sets or queries the source of the digital voltmeter.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
<source>
Discrete
{CHANnel1|CHANnel2| CHANnel3|CHANnel4}
Default CHANnel1
Remarks
N/A
Return Format
The query returns CHAN1, CHAN2, CHAN3, or CHAN4.
Example :DVM:SOURce CHANnel1 :DVM:SOURce?
/*Sets the source of DVM to CHANnel1.*/ /*The query returns CHAN1.*/
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
116
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
3.10.4
:DVM:MODE
Syntax
:DVM:MODE <mode> :DVM:MODE?
Description
Sets or queries the mode of digital voltmeter.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
<mode>
Discrete
{ACRMs|DC|DCRMs}
Default ACRMs
Remarks
· ACRMs: displays the root-mean-square value of the acquired data, with the DC component removed.
· DC: displays the root- average-square value of the acquired data. · DCRMs: displays the root-mean-square value of the acquired data.
Return Format
The query returns ACRM, DC, or DCRM.
Example :DVM:MODE DC :DVM:MODE?
/*Sets the mode of the digital voltmeter to DC.*/ /*The query returns DC.*/
3.11
:HISTogram Commands
This series oscilloscope supports the histogram analysis function, which provides you a statistical view of the waveforms or measurement results, enabling you to judge the trend of waveforms, and quickly locate the potential problems of the signal.
NOTE Only the DHO900 series supports the histogram analysis.
Histogram Analysis Results The statistical results of the histogram analysis include the following items. · Sum: indicates the sum of all bins (buckets) in the histogram.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
117
Command System
· Peaks: indicates the maximum number of hits in any single bin. · Max: indicates the maximum value. · Min: indicates the minimum value. · Pk_Pk: indicates the Delta (Max-Min) between the max. value and the min. value. · Mean: indicates the average value of the histogram. · Median: indicates the median value of the histogram. · Mode: indicates the mode value of the histogram. · Bin width: indicates the width of each bin (bucket) in the histogram. · Sigma: indicates the standard deviation of the histogram. · XScale: indicates the horizontal scale of the histogram. It is 100 times the value
of Bin width.
3.11.1
:HISTogram:ENABle
Syntax
:HISTogram:ENABle <bool> :HISTogram:ENABle?
Description
Enables or disables the histogram function; or queries the on/off status of the histogram.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
Default
<bool>
Bool
{{1|ON}|{0|OFF}}
0|OFF
Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns 1 or 0. Examples :HISTogram:ENABle ON /*Enables the histogram function.*/ :HISTogram:ENABle? /*The query returns 1.*/
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
118
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
3.11.2
:HISTogram:TYPE
Syntax
:HISTogram:TYPE <type> :HISTogram:TYPE?
Description
Sets or queries the type of the histogram.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
<type>
Discrete
{HORizontal|VERTical}
Default VERTical
Remarks
· HORizontal: horizontal histogram. · VERTical: vertical histogram.
Return Format
The query returns HOR or VERT.
Example
:HISTogram:TYPE VERTical /*Sets the histogram type to Vertical.*/
:HISTogram:TYPE?
/*The query returns VERT.*/
3.11.3
:HISTogram:SOURce
Syntax
:HISTogram:SOURce <source> :HISTogram:SOURce?
Description
Sets or queries the source of the histogram.
Parameter
Name <source>
Type Discrete
Range
{CHANnel1|CHANnel2| CHANnel3|CHANnel4}
Default CHANnel1
Remarks N/A
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
119
Command System
Return Format
The query returns CHAN1, CHAN2, CHAN3, CHAN4.
Example
:HISTogram:SOURce CHANnel2 /*Sets the source of the histogram to
CH2.*/
:HISTogram:SOURce?
/*The query returns CHAN2.*/
3.11.4
:HISTogram:HEIGht
Syntax
:HISTogram:HEIGht <height> :HISTogram:HEIGht?
Description
Sets or queries the height of the histogram.
Parameter
Name <height>
Type Integer
Range 1div to 4div
Default 2div
Remarks
N/A
Return Format
The query returns an integer ranging from 1 to 4.
Example :HISTogram:HEIGht 2 :HISTogram:HEIGht?
/*Sets the histogram height to 2.*/ /*The query returns 2.*/
3.11.5
:HISTogram:RANGe:LEFT
Syntax :HISTogram:RANGe:LEFT <number> :HISTogram:RANGe:LEFT? Description Sets or queries the left limit of the histogram.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
120
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Parameter Name
Type
<number>
Real
Range
(-5 x Horizontal Time Base + Horizontal Offset) to (5 x Horizontal Time Base + Horizontal Offset)
Default -
Remarks
· The left limit should be smaller than the right limit. You can use :HISTogram:RANGe:RIGHt to set or query the right limit of the histogram.
· You can use :TIMebase[:MAIN]:SCALe to set or query the horizontal time base. · You can use :TIMebase[:MAIN][:OFFSet] to set or query the horizontal offset.
Return Format
The query returns the left limit in scientific notation.
Example :HISTogram:RANGe:LEFT -2 to -2 s.*/ :HISTogram:RANGe:LEFT?
/*Sets the left limit of the histogram /*The query returns -2.000000E0.*/
3.11.6
:HISTogram:RANGe:RIGHt
Syntax
:HISTogram:RANGe:RIGHt <number> :HISTogram:RANGe:RIGHt?
Description
Sets or queries the right limit of the histogram.
Parameter
Name
Type
<number>
Real
Range
(-5 x Horizontal Time Base + Horizontal Offset) to (5 x Horizontal Time Base + Horizontal Offset)
Default -
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
121
Command System
Remarks
· The right limit should be greater than the left limit. You can use :HISTogram:RANGe:LEFT to set or query the left limit of the histogram.
· You can use :TIMebase[:MAIN]:SCALe to set or query the horizontal time base. · You can use :TIMebase[:MAIN][:OFFSet] to set or query the horizontal offset.
Return Format
The query returns the right limit in scientific notation.
Example :HISTogram:RANGe:RIGHt 2 to 2 s.*/ :HISTogram:RANGe:RIGHt?
/*Sets the right limit of the histogram /*The query returns 2.000000E0.*/
3.11.7
:HISTogram:RANGe:TOP
Syntax
:HISTogram:RANGe:TOP <number> :HISTogram:RANGe:TOP?
Description
Sets or queries the top limit of the histogram.
Parameter
Name <number>
Type Real
Range
(-4 x VerticalScale - OFFSet) to (4 x VerticalScale - OFFSet)
Default -
Remarks
· The top limit should be greater than the bottom limit. You can use :HISTogram:RANGe:BOTTom to set or query the bottom limit of the histogram.
· You can use :CHANnel<n>:SCALe to set or query the vertical scale for the specified channel.
· You can use :CHANnel<n>:OFFSet to set or query the vertical offset for the specified channel.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
122
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Return Format
The query returns the top limit in scientific notation.
Example :HISTogram:RANGe:TOP -2 -2 V.*/ :HISTogram:RANGe:TOP?
/*Sets the top limit of the histogram to /*The query returns -2.000000E0.*/
3.11.8
:HISTogram:RANGe:BOTTom
Syntax
:HISTogram:RANGe:BOTTom <number> :HISTogram:RANGe:BOTTom?
Description
Sets or queries the bottom limit of the histogram.
Parameter
Name <number>
Type Real
Range
(-4 x VerticalScale - OFFSet) to (4 x VerticalScale - OFFSet)
Default -
Remarks
· The bottom limit should be smaller than the top limit. You can use :HISTogram:RANGe:TOP to set or query the top limit of the histogram.
· You can use :CHANnel<n>:SCALe to set or query the vertical scale for the specified channel.
· You can use :CHANnel<n>:OFFSet to set or query the vertical offset for the specified channel.
Return Format
The query returns the bottom limit in scientific notation.
Example :HISTogram:RANGe:BOTTom -2 histogram to -2 V.*/ :HISTogram:RANGe:BOTTom?
/*Sets the bottom limit of the /*The query returns -2.000000E0.*/
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
123
Command System
3.11.9
:HISTogram:STATistics:RESult?
Syntax :HISTogram:STATistics:RESult? Description Queries the statistical results of the histogram. Parameter N/A Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns the results in the following strings. [Sum:5.6khits,Peaks:14hits,Max:3.9us,Min:-4us,Pk_Pk:7.98us,Mean:-20n s,Median:-20ns,Mode:-4us,Bin width:20ns,Siqma:2.303us] For details, refer to Histogram Analysis Results. Example N/A
3.12
IEEE488.2 Common Commands
The IEEE488.2 common commands are used to query the basic information of the instrument or executing basic operations. These commands usually start with "*", and the command keywords contain 3 characters and are related with status registers.
The standard event status register (SESR) and status byte register (SBR) record the event of a certain type happened during the use of the instrument. IEEE488.2 defines to record one specific type of event for each bit in the status register.
Table 3.128 Table of the Bit Definition of Standard Event Status Register
Bit No. 0 1
Bit Name
Operation Complete (OPC)
Not Used
Decimal Value 1 2
Description
"Operation complete" indicates that all pending operations were completed following the execution of the command.
-
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
124
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Bit No. Bit Name
Decimal Value
Query Error
2
4
(QYE)
Device-
3
Specific Error 8
(DDE)
Execution
4
16
Error (E)
Command
5
32
Error (CME)
6
Not Used
64
Power On
7
128
(PON)
Description
The instrument tries to read the output buffer but it was empty. Or, a new command line was received before a previous query has been read. Or, both the input buffer and output buffer are full.
Indicates that an error has occurred that is neither a Command Error, a Query Error, nor an Execution Error. A Device-Specific Error is any executed device operation that did not properly complete due to some condition, such as self-check error, calibration error, or other device-specific errors.
An execution error occurred.
A command error (command syntax error) has occurred.
-
Indicates that an off-to-on transition has occurred in the device's power supply since last reading or the event register was cleared.
Table 3.129 Table of the Bit Definition of Status Byte Register
Bit No. 0 1 2
3
Bit Name Not Used
Decimal Value 1
Not Used
2
Error Queue 4
Questionable
Data
8
Summary
Description
-
-
1 or multiple errors in the error queue
Sets 1 or multiple bits (must be the enabled bit) in the questionable data register.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
125
Command System
Bit No. 4 5 6 7
Bit Name
Message Available (MAV)
Decimal Value 16
Standard
Event
32
Summary
Master
Summary
64
Status (MSS)
Operation
Status
128
Register
Description
Indicates the available data in the output buffer.
Sets 1 or multiple bits (must be the enabled bit) in the standard event register.
Sets 1 or multiple bits (must be the enabled bit) in the Status Byte Register and generate the service request.
Sets 1 or multiple bits (must be the enabled bit) in the Operation Status Register.
3.12.1
*IDN?
Syntax *IDN? Description Queries the ID string of the instrument. Parameter N/A Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES,<model>,<serial number>,<software version>. · <model>: indicates the model number of the instrument. · <serial number>: indicates the serial number of the instrument. · <software version>: indicates the software version of the instrument.
Example N/A
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
126
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
3.12.2 3.12.3 3.12.4
*RST
Syntax *RST Description Restores the instrument to its factory default settings. Parameter N/A Remarks N/A Return Format N/A Example N/A
*CLS
Syntax *CLS Description Clears all the event registers, and also clears the error queue. Parameter N/A Remarks N/A Return Format N/A Example N/A
*ESE
Syntax *ESE <maskargument>
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
127
Command System
*ESE?
Description
Sets or queries the enable register of the standard event register set.
Parameter
Name <maskargument>
Type Integer
Range 0 to 255
Default 0
3.12.5
Remarks For the definitions of the bits in the standard event register, refer to Table 3.128 Table of the Bit Definition of Standard Event Status Register . The value of <maskargument> is the sum of the decimal values of all bits set in the standard event register. For example, to enable Bit 2 (4 in decimal), Bit 3 (8 in decimal), and Bit 7 (128 in decimal), set the <maskargument> to 140 (4+8+128).
Return Format
The query returns an integer. The integer equals to the decimal-weighted sum of all the bits set in the register.
Example *ESE 16 /*Enables Bit 4 (16 in decimal) in the register.*/ *ESE? /*The query returns the enable value of the register 16.*/
*ESR?
Syntax *ESR?
Description
Queries and clears the event register of the standard event status register.
Parameter
N/A
Remarks Bit 1 and Bit 6 in the standard event status register (Table 3.128 Table of the Bit Definition of Standard Event Status Register ) are not used and are always treated as 0; therefore, the range of the returned value is a decimal number corresponding to a binary number X0XXXX0X (X is 1 or 0).
Return Format
The query returns an integer. The integer equals to the binary-weighted sum of all the bits set in the register.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
128
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
3.12.6 3.12.7
Example N/A
*OPC
Syntax *OPC *OPC? Description The *OPC command sets bit 0 (Operation Complete, OPC) in the standard event register to 1 after the current operation is finished. The *OPC? command queries whether the current operation is finished. Parameter N/A Remarks For the definitions of the bits in the standard event register, refer to Table 3.128 Table of the Bit Definition of Standard Event Status Register . Return Format The query returns 1 after the current operation is finished; otherwise, the query returns 0. Example N/A
*RCL
Syntax *RCL Description Recalls instrument settings from the specified non-volatile memory. The previous saved settings through the *SAV command will be overwritten. Parameter N/A Remarks N/A
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
129
Command System
Return Format N/A Example N/A
3.12.8
*SAV
Syntax
*SAV <value>
Description
Saves the current instrument state to the selected register.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
<value>
Integer
0 to 49
Default 0
Remarks
N/A
Return Format
N/A
Example *SAV 1
/*Saves the current instrument state to Register 1.*/
3.12.9
*SRE
Syntax
*SRE <maskargument> *SRE?
Description
Sets or queries the enable register of the status byte register set.
Parameter
Name <maskargument>
Type Integer
Range 0 to 255
Default 0
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
130
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Remarks For the definitions of the bits in the status byte register, refer to Table 3.129 Table of the Bit Definition of Status Byte Register . The value of <maskargument> is the sum of the decimal values of all bits set in the status byte register. For example, to enable Bit 2 (4 in decimal), Bit 3 (8 in decimal), and Bit 7 (128 in decimal), set the <maskargument> to 140 (4+8+128). Return Format The query returns an integer. The integer equals to the decimal-weighted sum of all the bits set in the register. Example *SRE 16 /*Enables Bit 4 (16 in decimal) in the register.*/ *SRE? /*The query returns the enable value of the register 16.*/
3.12.10 *STB?
Syntax *STB?
Description Queries the event register for the status byte register. After executing the command, the value in the status byte register is cleared. Parameter N/A Remarks Bit 0 and Bit 1 in the status byte register (Table 3.129 Table of the Bit Definition of Status Byte Register ) are not used and are always treated as 0; therefore, the range of the returned value is a decimal number corresponding to a binary number XXXXXX00 (X is 1 or 0). Return Format The query returns an integer. The integer equals to the decimal-weighted sum of all the bits set in the register. Example N/A
3.12.11 *WAI
Syntax *WAI
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
131
Command System
Description Waits for all the pending operations to complete before executing any additional commands. Parameter N/A Remarks This operation command does not have any functions, only to be compatible with other devices. Return Format N/A Example N/A
3.12.12 *TST?
Syntax *TST? Description Performs a self-test and returns the self-test result. Parameter N/A Remarks This command executes a self-test. If the test fails, one or more error messages will be displayed, providing more information. You can use :SYSTem:ERRor[:NEXT]? to read the error queue. Return Format The query returns 0 or 1. · 0: it passes. · 1: one or more tests fail.
Example N/A
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
132
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
3.13
:LA Commands
:LA (logic analyzer) commands are used to perform relevant operations on the digital channels.
The oscilloscope compares the voltages acquired in each sample with the preset logic threshold. If the voltage of the sample point is above the threshold, it will be stored as logic 1; otherwise, it will be store as logic 0. The oscilloscope displays the logic levels (1s and 0s) in a graphic way for you to easily detect and analyze the errors in circuit design (hardware design and software design).
NOTE
The DHO800 series oscilloscope does not support this command.
3.13.1 3.13.2
:LA:ENABle
Syntax
:LA:ENABle <bool> :LA:ENABle?
Description
Enables or disables LA; or queries the LA on/off status.
Parameter
Name <bool>
Type Bool
Range {{1|ON}|{0|OFF}}
Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns 1 or 0. Examples :LA:ENABle ON /*Enables the LA function.*/ :LA:ENABle? /*The query returns 1.*/
:LA:ACTive
Syntax :LA:ACTive <digital> :LA:ACTive?
Default 0|OFF
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
133
Command System
Description
Sets or queries the current active channel.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
Default
<digital>
Discrete
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8| D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15| D0 NONE}
Remarks
· The parameter <digital> can be any of the digital channels (D0-D15). The channel label and waveform of the selected channel are displayed in red.
· When you send the parameter NONE, it means that no channel is selected. · Only the currently enabled digital channel can be selected. Please refer
to :LA:DIGital:ENABle to enable the desired channel.
Return Format The query returns D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D10, D11, D12, D13, D14, D15, or NONE. Example :LA:ACTive D3 /*Sets the current active channel to D3.*/ :LA:ACTive? /*The query returns D3.*/
3.13.3
:LA:AUTosort
Syntax
:LA:AUTosort <val> :LA:AUTosort?
Description
Sets the auto sorting mode for the waveforms of the enabled channels.
Parameter
Name <val>
Type Discrete
Range {D0D15|D15D0}
Default D15D0
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
134
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Remarks · D0D15: the waveforms on the display are D0-D15 in sequence from top to
bottom. · D15D0: the waveforms on the display are D15-D0 in sequence from top to
bottom.
Return Format The query returns D0D15 or D15D0. Example :LA:AUTosort D0D15 /*Sets the auto sorting mode to D0D15.*/ :LA:AUTosort? /*The query returns D0D15.*/
3.13.4
:LA:DELete
Syntax
:LA:DELete <group>
Description
Cancels the group settings for the channel groups (GROup1-GROup4).
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
Default
<group>
Discrete
{GROup1|GROup2|GROup3| -
GROup4}
Remarks This command only performs the canceling operation for digital channels or userdefined channel group that have been group set. Return Format N/A Example N/A
3.13.5
:LA:DIGital:ENABle
Syntax :LA:DIGital:ENABle <digital>,<bool> :LA:DIGital:ENABle? <digital>
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
135
Command System
Description
Enables or disables the specified digital channel; or queries the on/off status of the specified digital channel.
Parameter
Name <digital>
Type Discrete
Range
Default
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8| -
D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15}
<bool>
Bool
{{1|ON}|{0|OFF}}
0|OFF
Remarks You can use :LA:ACTive to select the currently enabled channels. Return Format The query returns 1 or 0. Examples :LA:DIGital:ENABle D3,ON /*Enables D3.*/ :LA:DIGital:ENABle? D3 /*The query returns 1.*/
3.13.6
:LA:DIGital:LABel
Syntax
:LA:DIGital:LABel <digital>,<label> :LA:DIGital:LABel? <digital>
Description
Sets or queries the label of the specified digital channel.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
Default
<digital>
Discrete
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7| D8| -
D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15}
<label>
ASCII String
It can contain English letters and
numbers, and also some
-
symbols.
Remarks N/A
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
136
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Return Format
The query returns the label of the specified digital channel in ASCII strings.
Example :LA:DIGital:LABel D0,ACK :LA:DIGital:LABel? D0
/*Sets the label of D0 to ACK.*/ /*The query returns ACK.*/
3.13.7
:LA:POD<n>:DISPlay
Syntax
:LA:POD<n>:DISPlay <bool> :LA:POD<n>:DISPlay?
Description
Enables or disables the specified default channel group, or queries the on/off status of the specified default channel group.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
Default
<n>
Integer
1 to 2
-
<bool>
Bool
{{1|ON}|{0|OFF}}
0|OFF
Remarks
2 default channel groups: POD1 (D0 to D7) and POD2 (D8 to D15).
Return Format
The query returns 1 or 0.
Example :LA:POD1:DISPlay 1 :LA:POD1:DISPlay?
/*Enables POD1 (D0 to D7).*/ /*The query returns 1.*/
3.13.8
:LA:POD<n>:THReshold
Syntax :LA:POD<n>:THReshold <thre> :LA:POD<n>:THReshold? Description Sets or queries the threshold of the specified default channel group. The default unit is V.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
137
Command System
Parameter Name <n>
Type Integer
Range 1 to 2
Default -
<thre>
Real
-20.0 V to +20.0 V
1.40 V
Remarks
2 default channel groups: POD1 (D0 to D7) and POD2 (D8 to D15).
Return Format
The query returns the current threshold of the specified channel group in scientific notation.
Example :LA:POD1:THReshold 3.3 to 3.3 V.*/ :LA:POD1:THReshold?
/*Sets the threshold of POD1 (D0 to D7) /*The query returns 3.300000E0.*/
3.13.9
:LA:SIZE
Syntax
:LA:SIZE <size> :LA:SIZE?
Description
Sets or queries the size of the waveforms of the enabled channel on the screen.
Parameter
Name <size>
Type Discrete
Range {SMALl|LARGe|MEDium}
Default MEDium
Remarks
L (large) can only be used when the number of the currently enabled channels is no more than 8.
Return Format
The query returns SMAL, LARG, or MED.
Example :LA:SIZE SMALl :LA:SIZE?
/*Sets the waveform display size to SMALl.*/ /*The query returns SMAL.*/
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
138
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
3.14
:LAN Commands
The :LAN commands are used to set or query the LAN-related parameters.
NOTE After configuring all the other :LAN commands, you need to send :LAN:APPLy to make all the LAN configurations take effect.
3.14.1
:LAN:DHCP
Syntax
:LAN:DHCP <bool> :LAN:DHCP?
Description
Turns on or off the DHCP configuration mode; or queries the on/off status of the current DHCP configuration mode.
Parameter
Name <bool>
Type Bool
Range {{1|ON}|{0|OFF}}
Default 1|ON
Remarks
· When the three IP configuration types (DHCP, Auto IP, and Static IP) are all turned on, the priority of the parameter configuration from high to low is "DHCP", "Auto IP", and "Static IP". The three IP configuration types cannot be all turned off at the same time.
· When DHPC is valid, the DHCP server in the current network will assign the network parameters (such as the IP address) for the oscilloscope.
· After the :LAN:APPLy command is executed, the configuration type can take effect immediately.
Return Format
The query returns 1 or 0.
Example :LAN:DHCP OFF :LAN:DHCP?
/*Disables DHCP configuration mode.*/ /*The query returns 0.*/
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
139
Command System
3.14.2
:LAN:AUToip
Syntax
:LAN:AUToip <bool> :LAN:AUToip?
Description
Turns on or off the Auto IP configuration mode; or queries the on/off status of the current Auto IP configuration mode.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
Default
<bool>
Bool
{{1|ON}|{0|OFF}}
1|ON
Remarks
When the auto IP mode is valid, disable DHCP manually. You can self-define the gateway and DNS address for the oscilloscope.
Return Format
The query returns 1 or 0.
Example :LAN:AUToip OFF mode.*/ :LAN:AUToip?
/*Disables the Auto IP configuration /*The query returns 0.*/
3.14.3
:LAN:GATeway
Syntax
:LAN:GATeway <string> :LAN:GATeway?
Description
Sets or queries the default gateway.
Parameter
Name <string>
Type ASCII String
Range Refer to Remarks
Default -
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
140
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Remarks
· The format of <string> is nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn. The range of the first section of "nnn" is from 0 to 223 (except 127), and the ranges of the other three sections of "nnn" are from 0 to 255.
· When you use this command, the IP configuration mode should be Auto IP or Static IP mode.
Return Format
The query returns the current gateway in strings.
Example :LAN:GATeway 192.168.1.1 192.168.1.1.*/ :LAN:GATeway?
/*Sets the default gateway to /*The query returns 192.168.1.1.*/
3.14.4
:LAN:DNS
Syntax
:LAN:DNS <string> :LAN:DNS?
Description
Sets or queries the DNS address.
Parameter
Name <string>
Type ASCII String
Range Refer to Remarks
Default -
Remarks · The format of <string> is nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn. The range of the first section of
"nnn" is from 0 to 223 (except 127), and the ranges of the other three sections of "nnn" are from 0 to 255. · When you use this command, the IP configuration mode should be Auto IP or Static IP mode. Return Format The query returns the current DNS address in strings.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
141
Command System
3.14.5 3.14.6
Example :LAN:DNS 192.168.1.1 192.168.1.1.*/ :LAN:DNS?
/*Sets the DNS address to /*The query returns 192.168.1.1.*/
:LAN:MAC?
Syntax :LAN:MAC? Description Queries the MAC address of the instrument. Parameter N/A Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns the MAC address in strings. For example, 00:19:AF:00:11:22. Example N/A
:LAN:DSERver?
Syntax :LAN:DSERver? Description Queries the address of the DHCP server. Parameter N/A Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns the address of the DHCP server in strings. Example N/A
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
142
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
3.14.7
:LAN:MANual
Syntax
:LAN:MANual <bool> :LAN:MANual?
Description
Turns on or off the static IP configuration mode; or queries the on/off status of the static IP configuration mode.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
Default
<bool>
Bool
{{1|ON}|{0|OFF}}
0|OFF
Remarks
When the static IP mode is valid, disable DHCP and Auto IP manually. You can selfdefine the network parameters of the oscilloscope, such as IP address, subnet mask, gateway, and DNS address. For the setting of the IP address, refer to the :LAN:IPADdress command. For the setting of the subnet mask, refer to the :LAN:SMASk command. For the setting of the gateway, refer to the :LAN:GATeway command. For the setting of DNS, refer to the :LAN:DNS command.
Return Format
The query returns 1 or 0.
Example
:LAN:MANual ON :LAN:MANual?
/*Enables the static IP configuration mode.*/ /*The query returns 1.*/
3.14.8
:LAN:IPADdress
Syntax
:LAN:IPADdress <string> :LAN:IPADdress?
Description
Sets or queries the IP address of the instrument.
Parameter
Name <string>
Type ASCII String
Range Refer to Remarks
Default -
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
143
Command System
Remarks
· The format of <string> is nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn. The range of the first section of "nnn" is from 0 to 223 (except 127), and the ranges of the other three sections of "nnn" are from 0 to 255.
· When you use the command, the IP configuration mode should be static IP. Besides, the DHCP and auto IP should be disabled.
Return Format
The query returns the current IP address in strings.
Example
:LAN:IPADdress 192.168.1.10
/*Sets the IP address to
192.168.1.10.*/
:LAN:IPADdress?
/*The query returns 192.168.1.10.*/
3.14.9
:LAN:SMASk
Syntax
:LAN:SMASk <string> :LAN:SMASk?
Description
Sets or queries the subnet mask.
Parameter
Name <string>
Type ASCII String
Range Refer to Remarks
Default -
Remarks · The format of <string> is nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn. The range of the section "nnn" is
from 0 to 255. · When you use the command, the IP configuration mode should be static IP.
Besides, the DHCP and auto IP should be disabled. Return Format The query returns the current subnet mask in strings.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
144
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Example
:LAN:SMASk 255.255.255.0 /*Sets the subnet mask to
255.255.255.0.*/
:LAN:SMASk?
/*The query returns 255.255.255.0.*/
3.14.10 :LAN:STATus?
Syntax :LAN:STATus? Description Queries the current network configuration status. Parameter N/A Remarks
· UNLINK: not connected. · CONNECTED: the network is successfully connected. · INIT: the instrument is acquiring an IP address. · IPCONFLICT: there is an IP address conflict. · BUSY: please wait... · CONFIGURED: the network configuration has been successfully configured. · DHCPFAILED: the DHCP configuration has failed. · INVALIDIP: invalid IP. · IPLOSE: IP lost.
Return Format The query returns UNLINK, CONNECTED, INIT, IPCONFLICT, BUSY, CONFIGURED, DHCPFAILED, INVALIDIP, or IPLOSE. Example N/A
3.14.11 :LAN:VISA?
Syntax :LAN:VISA? [<type>]
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
145
Command System
Description
Queries the VISA address of the instrument.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
<type>
Discrete
{USB|LXI|SOCKet}
Default -
Remarks This command contains a parameter "type" and it is used to set or query the address type. By default, it returns the LXI address. Return Format The query returns the VISA address in strings. Example N/A
3.14.12 :LAN:MDNS
Syntax
:LAN:MDNS <bool> :LAN:MDNS?
Description
Enables or disables mDNS; or queries the mDNS status.
Parameter
Name <bool>
Type Bool
Range {{1|ON}|{0|OFF}}
Default 0|OFF
Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns 1 or 0. Example :LAN:MDNS ON :LAN:MDNS?
/*Enables mDNS.*/ /*The query returns 1.*/
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
146
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
3.14.13 :LAN:HOST:NAME
Syntax
:LAN:HOST:NAME <name> :LAN:HOST:NAME?
Description
Sets or queries the host name.
Parameter
Name
Type
<name>
ASCII String
Range
The label can contain English letters and numbers, as well as some symbols.
Default -
Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns the host name in ASCII strings. Example N/A
3.14.14 :LAN:DESCription
Syntax
:LAN:DESCription <name> :LAN:DESCription?
Description
Sets or queries the description.
Parameter
Name
Type
<name>
ASCII String
Range
The label can contain English letters and numbers, as well as some symbols.
Default -
Remarks N/A
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
147
Command System
Return Format The query returns the description in ASCII strings. Example N/A
3.14.15 :LAN:APPLy
Syntax :LAN:APPLy Description Applies the network configuration. Parameter N/A Remarks After configuring all the LAN-related parameters with the :LAN commands, you need to send this command to make all the LAN configurations take effect. Return Format N/A Example N/A
3.15
:MASK Commands
:MASK commands are used to set or query the pass/fail test related parameters.
During the product design and manufacturing process, you usually need to monitor the variations of the signal or judge whether the product is up to standard. The standard pass/fail test function of this series oscilloscope can accomplish this task perfectly. You can use this function to set the test rules based on standard waveforms and define the mask. It compares the signal under test with the mask and displays the test results.
3.15.1
:MASK:ENABle
Syntax :MASK:ENABle <bool> :MASK:ENABle?
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
148
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Description
Enables or disables the pass/fail test function; or queries the on/off status of the pass/ fail test function.
Parameter
Name <bool>
Type Bool
Range {{1|ON}|{0|OFF}}
Default 0|OFF
Remarks The pass/fail test is disabled in the following conditions: · When the horizontal time base is in ROLL mode; (to set or query the horizontal
time base mode, run :TIMebase:MODE.) · When the delayed sweep mode (Zoom) is enabled; (to set or query the on/off
status of the delayed sweep, run :TIMebase:DELay:ENABle.) · When performing the waveform recording and playing.
Return Format
The query returns 1 or 0.
Example :MASK:ENABle ON :MASK:ENABle?
/*Enables the pass/fail test function.*/ /*The query returns 1.*/
3.15.2
:MASK:SOURce
Syntax
:MASK:SOURce <source> :MASK:SOURce?
Description
Sets or queries the source of the pass/fail test.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
<source>
Discrete
{CHANnel1|CHANnel2| CHANnel3|CHANnel4}
Default CHANnel1
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
149
Command System
Remarks
When you use the command to set the disabled channel, the disabled channel will be enabled automatically.
Return Format
The query returns CHAN1, CHAN2, CHAN3, or CHAN4.
Example :MASK:SOURce CHANnel2 CHANnel2.*/ :MASK:SOURce?
/*Sets the source of the pass/fail test to /*The query returns CHAN2.*/
3.15.3
:MASK:OPERate
Syntax
:MASK:OPERate <oper> :MASK:OPERate?
Description
Starts or stops the pass/fail test; or queries the operating status of the pass/fail test.
Parameter
Name <oper>
Type Discrete
Range {RUN|STOP}
Default STOP
Remarks
Before running this command, send the :MASK:ENABle command to enable the pass/ fail test function.
Return Format
The query returns RUN or STOP.
Example :MASK:OPERate RUN :MASK:OPERate?
/*Starts the pass/fail test.*/ /*The query returns RUN.*/
3.15.4
:MASK:X
Syntax :MASK:X <x> :MASK:X?
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
150
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Description
Sets or queries the horizontal adjustment parameter of the pass/fail test mask. The default unit is div.
Parameter
Name <x>
Type Real
Range 0.01 div to 2 div
Default 0.24 div
Remarks
N/A
Return Format
The query returns the current horizontal adjustment parameter in scientific notation.
Example :MASK:X 0.28 div.*/ :MASK:X?
/*Sets the horizontal adjustment parameter to 0.28 /*The query returns 2.800000E-1.*/
3.15.5
:MASK:Y
Syntax
:MASK:Y <y> :MASK:Y?
Description
Sets or queries the vertical adjustment parameter of the pass/fail test mask. The default unit is div.
Parameter
Name <y>
Type Real
Range 0.04 div to 2 div
Default 0.48 div
Remarks
N/A
Return Format
The query returns the current vertical adjustment parameter in scientific notation.
Example :MASK:Y 0.36 div.*/ :MASK:Y?
/*Sets the vertical adjustment parameter to 0.36 /*The query returns 3.600000E-1.*/
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
151
Command System
3.15.6 3.15.7
:MASK:CREate
Syntax :MASK:CREate Description Creates the pass/fail test mask with the currently set horizontal and vertical adjustment parameters. Parameter N/A Remarks
· This command is only valid when the pass/fail test function is enabled and not in the running state. You can use :MASK:ENABle to query or set the status of the pass/fail test function. You can use :MASK:OPERate to query or set the running status.
· You can use :MASK:X and :MASK:Y to query or set the horizontal and vertical adjustment parameters.
Return Format N/A Example N/A
:MASK:RESet
Syntax :MASK:RESet Description Resets the number of frames that passed and failed the pass/fail test, as well as the total number of frames. Parameter N/A Remarks N/A
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
152
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
3.15.8 3.15.9
Return Format N/A Example N/A
:MASK:FAILed?
Syntax :MASK:FAILed? Description Queries the total number of failed frames in the pass/fail test results. Parameter N/A Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns an integer. Example N/A
:MASK:PASSed?
Syntax :MASK:PASSed? Description Queries the total number of passed frames in the pass/fail test results. Parameter N/A Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns an integer.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
153
Command System
Example N/A
3.15.10 :MASK:TOTal?
Syntax :MASK:TOTal? Description Queries the total number of frames in the pass/fail test results. Parameter N/A Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns an integer. Example N/A
3.15.11 :MASK:OUTPut:ENABle
Syntax
:MASK:OUTPut:ENABle <bool> :MASK:OUTPut:ENABle?
Description
Sets or queries the output on/off status of the rear-panel [AUX OUT] connector.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
Default
<bool>
Bool
{{1|ON}|{0|OFF}}
0|OFF
Remarks
· If enabled, in the Utility menu, "AUX Out" is automatically set to "PassFail". When a successful or failed event is detected, a pulse will be output from the [AUX OUT] connector.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
154
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
· If disabled, in the Utility menu, "AUX Out" is automatically set to "TrigOut". The output of the [AUX OUT] connector is irrelevant with the pass/fail test.
Return Format The query returns 0 or 1. Example :MASK:OUTPut:ENABle ON :MASK:OUTPut:ENABle?
/*Enables the Aux output.*/ /*The query returns 1.*/
3.15.12 :MASK:OUTPut:EVENt
Syntax
:MASK:OUTPut:EVENt <item> :MASK:OUTPut:EVENt?
Description
Sets or queries the output event.
Parameter
Name <item>
Type Discrete
Range {FAIL|PASS}
Default FAIL
Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns FAIL or PASS. Example :MASK:OUTPut:EVENt PASS /*Sets the output event to PASS.*/ :MASK:OUTPut:EVENt? /*The query returns PASS.*/
3.15.13 :MASK:OUTPut:TIME
Syntax :MASK:OUTPut:TIME <time> :MASK:OUTPut:TIME? Description Sets or queries the output pulse time.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
155
Command System
3.16
Parameter Name <time>
Type Real
Range 100 ns to 10 ms
Default 1 s
Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns the pulse time in scientific notation. Example :MASK:OUTPut:TIME 0.000003 /*Sets the pulse time to 3 s.*/ :MASK:OUTPut:TIME? /*The query returns 3.000000E-6.*/
:MATH<n> Commands
:MATH<n> commands are used to set various math operation function of the waveform between channels. This series oscilloscopes can realize multiple math operations between waveforms of different channels, including arithmetic operation, function operation, FFT operation, logic operation, and digital filter. Operator Arithmetic Operation The arithmetic operations supported by this oscilloscope include A+B, A-B, A×B, and A÷B.
· A+B adds the waveform voltage values of signal source A and B point by point and displays the results.
· A-B subtracts the waveform voltage values of signal source B from that of source A point by point and displays the results.
· A×B multiplies the waveform voltage values of signal source A and B point by point and displays the results.
· A÷B divides the waveform voltage values of signal source A by that of source B point by point and displays the results. It can be used to analyze the Multiple relation of the two channels waveforms. When the voltage of signal source B is 0 V, the division result is treated as 0.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
156
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Function Operation The available function operation types of this oscilloscope include Intg, Diff, Sqrt, Lg (Base 10 Exponential), Ln, Exp, Abs, and AX+B. · Intg: calculates the integral of the selected source. For example, you can use
integral to measure the area under a waveform or the pulse energy. · Diff: calculates the discrete time derivative of the selected source. For example,
you can use differentiate to measure the instantaneous slope of a waveform. · Sqrt: calculates the square roots of the selected source point by point and
displays the results. · Lg (Base 10 Exponential): calculates the base 10 exponential of the selected
source point by point and displays the results. · Ln: calculates the natural logarithm (Ln) of the selected source point by point
and displays the results. · Exp: calculates the exponential of the selected source point by point and
displays the results. · Abs: calculates the absolute value of the selected source and displays the results. · AX+B: applies a linear function to the selected source, and displays the results. FFT Operation FFT (Fast Fourier Transform) is used to transform time-domain signals to frequencydomain components (frequency spectrum). This oscilloscope provides FFT operation function which enables you to observe the time-domain waveform and spectrum of the signal at the same time. FFT operation can facilitate the following works: · Measure harmonic components and distortion in the system; · Display the characteristics of the noise in DC power; · Analyze vibration.
Table 3.161 Window Function
Window Function
Characteristics
Rectangular Best frequency resolution
Waveforms Applicable to the Window Function
Transient or short pulse, the signal levels before and after the multiplication are basically the same
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
157
Command System
Window Function
Characteristics
Waveforms Applicable to the Window Function
Poorest amplitude resolution
Sine waveforms with the same amplitudes and rather similar frequencies
Similar to the situation
Wide band random noise with relatively
when no window is applied slow change of waveform spectrum
BlackmanHarris
Best amplitude resolution
Poorest frequency resolution
Single frequency signal, searching for higher order harmonics
Hanning
Better frequency resolution
and poorer amplitude
Sine, periodic, and narrow band random
resolution compared with noise
Rectangular
Hamming
Transient or short pulse, the signal levels A little bit better frequency
before and after the multiplication are resolution than Hanning
rather different
Flattop
Measure the signals accurately
Measure the signal that has no accurate reference and requires an accurate measurement
Triangle
Measure the narrow band signal and that Better frequency resolution
has strong noise interference
Spectral leakage can be considerably minimized when a window function is used. The oscilloscope provides 6 FFT window functions which have different characteristics and are applicable to measure different waveforms, as shown in the table below. You need to select the window function according to the characteristics of the waveform to be measured.
Logic Operation
The logic operations supported by this oscilloscope include A&&B, A||B, A^B, and !A. The results of logic operation of one binary bit are shown in the table below:
Table 3.162 Logic Operation Results
A
B
A&&B
A||B
A^B
!A
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
158
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Digital Filter The digital filters supported by this oscilloscope include: low-pass filter, high-pass filter, band-pass filter, and band-stop filter. · LowPass only allows the signals whose frequencies are lower than the current
upper limit frequency to pass. · HighPass only allows the signals whose frequencies are higher than the current
lower limit frequency to pass. · BandPass only allows the signals whose frequencies are higher than the current
lower limit frequency and lower than the current upper limit frequency to pass. · BandStop only allows the signals whose frequencies are lower than the current
lower limit frequency or higher than the current upper limit frequency to pass.
3.16.1
:MATH<n>:DISPlay
Syntax
:MATH<n>:DISPlay <bool> :MATH<n>:DISPlay?
Description
Enables or disables the math operation function; or queries the on/off status of the math operation function.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
Default
<n>
Discrete
{1|2|3|4}
-
<bool>
Bool
{{1|ON}|{0|OFF}}
0|OFF
Remarks
N/A
Return Format
The query returns 1 or 0.
Example :MATH1:DISPlay ON :MATH1:DISPlay?
/*Enables the math operation of Math1.*/ /*The query returns 1.*/
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
159
Command System
3.16.2
:MATH<n>:OPERator
Syntax
:MATH<n>:OPERator <opt> :MATH<n>:OPERator?
Description
Sets or queries the operator of math operation.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
<n>
Discrete
{1|2|3|4}
Default -
<opt>
Discrete
{ADD|SUBTract|MULTiply| DIVision|AND|OR|XOR|NOT|FFT| INTG|DIFF|SQRT|LG|LN|EXP|ABS| LPASs|HPASs|BPASs|BSTop|AXB}
ADD
Remarks
The math operation supported include A+B (ADD), A-B (SUBTract), A×B (MULTiply), A÷B (DIVision), AND, OR, XOR, NOT, FFT, INTG, DIFF, SQRT, LG (Base 10 Exponential), natural logarithm (LN), EXP, ABS, LPASs, HPASs, BPASs, BSTop, and AXB. For details, refer to Operator.
Return Format
The query returns ADD, SUBT, MULT, DIV, AND, OR, XOR, NOT, FFT, INTG, DIFF, SQRT, , LG, LN, EXP, ABS, LPAS, HPAS, BPAS, BST, or AXB.
Example
:MATH1:OPERator INTG /*Sets the math operator of Math1 to INTG.*/
:MATH1:OPERator?
/*The query returns INTG.*/
3.16.3
:MATH<n>:SOURce1
Syntax :MATH<n>:SOURce1 <source> :MATH<n>:SOURce1? Description Sets or queries the source or Source A of arithmetic operation/function operation/ filter operation.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
160
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Parameter Name <n>
Type Discrete
Range {1|2|3|4}
Default -
<source>
Discrete
{CHANnel1|CHANnel2| CHANnel3|CHANnel4|REF1| REF2|REF3|REF4|REF5|REF6|REF7| CHANnel1 REF8|REF9|REF10|MATH1| MATH2|MATH3}
Remarks
· When n = 1, the range of the parameter is {CHANnel1|CHANnel2|CHANnel3| CHANnel4|REF1|REF2|REF3|REF4|REF5|REF6|REF7|REF8|REF9|REF10}.
· When n = 2, the range of the parameter is {CHANnel1|CHANnel2|CHANnel3| CHANnel4|REF1|REF2|REF3|REF4|REF5|REF6|REF7|REF8|REF9|REF10|MATH1}.
· When n = 3, the range of the parameter is {CHANnel1|CHANnel2|CHANnel3| CHANnel4|REF1|REF2|REF3|REF4|REF5|REF6|REF7|REF8|REF9|REF10|MATH1| MATH2}.
· When n = 4, the range of the parameter is {CHANnel1|CHANnel2|CHANnel3| CHANnel4|REF1|REF2|REF3|REF4|REF5|REF6|REF7|REF8|REF9|REF10|MATH1| MATH2|MATH3}.
· For arithmetic operation, this command is used to set Source A. · For function operation and filter operation, only use this command to set the
source. · For detailed operations, refer to the descriptions in Operator.
Return Format
The query returns MATH1, MATH2, MATH3, CHAN1, CHAN2, CHAN3, CHAN4, REF1, REF2, REF3, REF4, REF5, REF6, REF7, REF8, REF9, or REF10.
Example
:MATH1:SOURce1 CHANnel3 /*Sets Source A of the arithmetic
operation to CHANnel3.*/
:MATH1:SOURce1?
/*The query returns CHAN3.*/
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
161
Command System
3.16.4
:MATH<n>:SOURce2
Syntax
:MATH<n>:SOURce2 <source> :MATH<n>:SOURce2?
Description
Sets or queries Source B of arithmetic operation.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
<n>
Discrete
{1|2|3|4}
Default -
<source>
Discrete
{CHANnel1|CHANnel2| CHANnel3|CHANnel4|REF1| REF2|REF3|REF4|REF5|REF6|REF7| CHANnel1 REF8|REF9|REF10|MATH1| MATH2|MATH3}
Remarks This command is only available for arithmetic operation (containing two sources). For detailed operations, refer to the descriptions in Operator. · When n = 1, the range of the parameter is {CHANnel1|CHANnel2|CHANnel3|
CHANnel4|REF1|REF2|REF3|REF4|REF5|REF6|REF7|REF8|REF9|REF10}. · When n = 2, the range of the parameter is {CHANnel1|CHANnel2|CHANnel3|
CHANnel4|REF1|REF2|REF3|REF4|REF5|REF6|REF7|REF8|REF9|REF10|MATH1}. · When n = 3, the range of the parameter is {CHANnel1|CHANnel2|CHANnel3|
CHANnel4|REF1|REF2|REF3|REF4|REF5|REF6|REF7|REF8|REF9|REF10|MATH1| MATH2}. · When n = 4, the range of the parameter is {CHANnel1|CHANnel2|CHANnel3| CHANnel4|REF1|REF2|REF3|REF4|REF5|REF6|REF7|REF8|REF9|REF10|MATH1| MATH2|MATH3}.
Return Format The query returns MATH1, MATH2, MATH3, CHAN1, CHAN2, CHAN3, CHAN4, REF1, REF2, REF3, REF4, REF5, REF6, REF7, REF8, REF9, or REF10.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
162
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Example
:MATH1:SOURce2 CHANnel3 /*Sets Source B of the arithmetic
operation to CHANnel3.*/
:MATH1:SOURce2?
/*The query returns CHAN3.*/
3.16.5
:MATH<n>:LSOurce1
Syntax
:MATH<n>:LSOurce1 <source> :MATH<n>:LSOurce1?
Description
Sets or queries Source A of the logic operation.
Parameter
Name <n>
Type Discrete
Range {1|2|3|4}
Default -
<source>
Discrete
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8| D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15| CHANnel1|CHANnel2| CHANnel3|CHANnel4}
CHANnel1
Remarks
The logic operations include A&&B, A||B, A^B, and !A. Digital channels (D0 to D15) are only supported by the DHO900 series.
Return Format
The query returns D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D10, D11, D12, D13, D14, D15, CHAN1, CHAN2, CHAN3, or CHAN4.
Example :MATH1:LSOurce1 CHANnel3 to CHANnel3.*/ :MATH1:LSOurce1?
/*Sets Source A of the logic operation /*The query returns CHAN3.*/
3.16.6
:MATH<n>:LSOurce2
Syntax :MATH<n>:LSOurce2 <source> :MATH<n>:LSOurce2?
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
163
Command System
Description
Sets or queries Source B of the logic operation.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
<n>
Discrete
{1|2|3|4}
Default -
<source>
Discrete
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8| D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15| CHANnel1|CHANnel2| CHANnel3|CHANnel4}
CHANnel1
Remarks
· The logic operations include A&&B, A||B, A^B, and !A. · This command is only available for the logic operation that contains two sources.
It is used to set Source B. · Digital channels (D0 to D15) are only supported by the DHO900 series.
Return Format
The query returns D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D10, D11, D12, D13, D14, D15, CHAN1, CHAN2, CHAN3, or CHAN4.
Example
:MATH1:LSOurce2 CHANnel4 to CHANnel4.*/ :MATH1:LSOurce2?
/*Sets Source B of the logic operation /*The query returns CHAN4.*/
3.16.7
:MATH<n>:SCALe
Syntax
:MATH<n>:SCALe <scale> :MATH<n>:SCALe?
Description
Sets or queries the vertical scale of the operation results. The unit is related to the currently selected operator and the unit selected by the source.
Parameter
Name <n>
Type Discrete
Range {1|2|3|4}
Default -
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
164
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Name <scale>
Type Real
Range Refer to Remarks
Default -
Remarks
· The setting range of the vertical scale is related to the currently selected operator and the scale of the source channel. For integration and differentiation operations, the actual range of <scale> is also related to the current horizontal time base.
· This command is invalid for logic operation and FFT operation.
Return Format The query returns the vertical scale of the current operation results in scientific notation. Example :MATH1:SCALe 0.2 /*Sets the vertical scale to 200 mV.*/ :MATH1:SCALe? /*The query returns 2.000000E-1.*/
3.16.8
:MATH<n>:OFFSet
Syntax
:MATH<n>:OFFSet <offset> :MATH<n>:OFFSet?
Description
Sets or queries the vertical offset of the operation results. The unit is related to the currently selected operator and the unit selected by the source.
Parameter
Name <n>
Type Discrete
Range {1|2|3|4}
Default -
<offset>
Real
-1 GV to +1 GV
0.00 V
Remarks This command is invalid for logic operation and FFT operation. Return Format The query returns the vertical offset of the current operation results in scientific notation.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
165
Command System
Example :MATH1:OFFSet 8 :MATH1:OFFSet?
/*Sets the vertical offset to 8 V.*/ /*The query returns 8.000000E0.*/
3.16.9
:MATH<n>:INVert
Syntax
:MATH<n>:INVert <bool> :MATH<n>:INVert?
Description
Enables or disables the inverted display of the operation results; or queries the on/off status of the inverted display of the operation results.
Parameter
Name <n>
Type Discrete
Range {1|2|3|4}
Default -
<bool>
Bool
{{1|ON}|{0|OFF}}
0|OFF
Remarks
This command is invalid for FFT operation and logical operation.
Return Format
The query returns 1 or 0.
Example :MATH1:INVert ON :MATH1:INVert?
/*Enables the inverted display.*/ /*The query returns 1.*/
3.16.10 :MATH<n>:RESet
Syntax :MATH<n>:RESet Description After you send this command, the instrument will adjust the vertical scale of the operation results to an optimal value based on the currently selected operator and the horizontal time base of the source. Parameter N/A
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
166
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Remarks N/A Return Format N/A Example N/A
3.16.11 :MATH<n>:GRID
Syntax
:MATH<n>:GRID <grid> :MATH<n>:GRID?
Description
Sets or queries the grid type of the math operation display.
Parameter
Name <grid>
Type Discrete
Range {FULL|HALF|NONE}
Default -
Remarks
· FULL: turns the background grid and coordinates on. · HALF: turns the background grid off and turns the coordinate on. · NONE: turns the background grid and coordinate off.
Return Format The query returns FULL, HALF, or NONE. Example :MATH1:GRID NONE /*Turns the background grid and coordinates off.*/ :MATH1:GRID? /*The query returns NONE.*/
3.16.12 :MATH<n>:EXPand
Syntax :MATH<n>:EXPand <exp> :MATH<n>:EXPand?
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
167
Command System
Description
Sets or queries the vertical expansion type of math operation.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
<n>
Discrete
{1|2|3|4}
Default -
<exp>
Discrete
{GND|CENTer}
GND
Remarks
· CENTer: when the vertical scale is changed, the waveform will be expanded or compressed around the screen center.
· GND: when the vertical scale is changed, the waveform will be expanded or compressed around the signal ground level position.
Return Format The query returns GND or CENTer. Example :MATH1:EXPand CENTer /*Sets the vertical expansion type of math operation of CH1 to CENTer.*/ :MATH1:EXPand? /*The query returns CENTer.*/
3.16.13 :MATH<n>:WAVetype
Syntax
:MATH<n>:MATH<n>:WAVetype <type> :MATH<n>:WAVetype?
Description
Sets or queries the waveform type of math operation.
Parameter
Name <n>
Type Discrete
Range {1|2|3|4}
Default -
<type>
Discrete
{MAIN|ZOOM}
MAIN
Remarks
· MAIN: indicates the main time base region.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
168
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
· ZOOM: indicates the zoomed time base region.
Only when the zoom function is enabled, can the Zoom waveform type be enabled. Zoom is not supported for the FFT operation. Return Format The query returns MAIN or ZOOM. Example :MATH1:WAVetype ZOOM /*Sets the waveform type of math operation to ZOOM.*/ :MATH1:WAVetype? /*The query returns ZOOM.*/
3.16.14 :MATH<n>:FFT:SOURce
Syntax
:MATH<n>:FFT:SOURce <source> :MATH<n>:FFT:SOURce?
Description
Sets or queries the channel source of FFT operation.
Parameter
Name <n>
Type Discrete
Range {1|2|3|4}
Default -
<source>
Discrete
{CHANnel1|CHANnel2| CHANnel3|CHANnel4}
CHANnel1
Remarks
N/A
Return Format
The query returns CHAN1, CHAN2, CHAN3, or CHAN4.
Example
:MATH1:FFT:SOURce CHANnel3 /*Sets the channel source of FFT
operation to CHANnel3.*/
:MATH1:FFT:SOURce?
/*The query returns CHAN3.*/
3.16.15 :MATH<n>:FFT:WINDow
Syntax :MATH<n>:FFT:WINDow <window>
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
169
Command System
:MATH<n>:FFT:WINDow?
Description
Sets or queries the window function of FFT operation.
Parameter
Name <n>
Type Discrete
Range {1|2|3|4}
Default -
<window>
Discrete
{RECTangle|BLACkman| HANNing|HAMMing|FLATtop| TRIangle}
HANNing
Remarks
· Spectral leakage can be considerably minimized when a window function is used.
· Different window functions are applicable to measurements of different waveforms. You need to select the window function according to the different waveforms to be measured and their characteristics. For the characteristics of the window function and its applicable waveforms, refer to Table 3.161 Window Function .
Return Format
The query returns RECT, BLAC, HANN, HAMM, FLAT, or TRI.
Example
:MATH1:FFT:WINDow BLACkman /*Sets the window function of FFT
operation to Blackman-Harris.*/
:MATH1:FFT:WINDow?
/*The query returns BLAC.*/
3.16.16 :MATH<n>:FFT:UNIT
Syntax :MATH<n>:FFT:UNIT <unit> :MATH<n>:FFT:UNIT? Description Sets or queries the vertical unit of FFT operation results.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
170
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Parameter Name <n>
Type Discrete
Range {1|2|3|4}
Default -
<unit>
Discrete
{VRMS|DB}
DB
Remarks
N/A
Return Format
The query returns VRMS or DB.
Example :MATH1:FFT:UNIT VRMS results to Vrms.*/ :MATH1:FFT:UNIT?
/*Sets the vertical unit of FFT operation /*The query returns VRMS.*/
3.16.17 :MATH<n>:FFT:SCALe
Syntax
:MATH<n>:FFT:SCALe <scale> :MATH<n>:FFT:SCALe?
Description
Sets or queries the vertical unit of FFT operation results.
Parameter
Name <n>
Type Discrete
Range {1|2|3|4}
Default -
<scale>
Real
Refer to Remarks
-
Remarks
· When the unit is set to dB, the range of <scale> is from 1 ndB to 5 GdB. The default value is 20 dB.
· When the unit is set to Vrms, the range of <scale> is from 1 nVrms to 5 GVrms. The default value is 10 Vrms.
You can run the :MATH<n>:FFT:UNIT command to configure or query the current unit.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
171
Command System
Return Format
The query returns the current vertical scale in scientific notation.
Example
:MATH1:FFT:SCALe 0.3 /*Sets the vertical scale of the FFT
operation results to 300 mdB.*/
:MATH1:FFT:SCALe?
/*The query returns 3.000000E-1.*/
3.16.18 :MATH<n>:FFT:OFFSet
Syntax
:MATH<n>:FFT:OFFSet <offset> :MATH<n>:FFT:OFFSet?
Description
Sets or queries the vertical offset of FFT operation results.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
<n>
Discrete
{1|2|3|4}
<offset>
Real
Refer to Remarks
Default 0 dB
Remarks
· When the unit is set to dB, the range of <offset> is from -1 GdB to 1 GdB. The
default value is 0 dB.
· When the unit is set to Vrms,the range of <offset> is from -1 GVrms to 1 GVrms,. The default value is 0 Vrms.
You can run the :MATH<n>:FFT:UNIT command to configure or query the current unit.
Return Format
The query returns the current vertical offset in scientific notation.
Example
:MATH1:FFT:OFFSet 0.3 /*Sets the vertical offset of the FFT
operation results to 300 mdB.*/
:MATH1:FFT:OFFSet?
/*The query returns 3.000000E-1.*/
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
172
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
3.16.19 :MATH<n>:FFT:HSCale
Syntax
:MATH<n>:FFT:HSCale <hsc> :MATH<n>:FFT:HSCale?
Description
Sets or queries the frequency range of FFT operation results. The default unit is Hz.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
Default
<n>
Discrete
{1|2|3|4}
-
<hsc>
Real
10 Hz to 1GHz
10 MHz
Remarks
You can reduce the frequency range to observe the details of the spectrum.
Modifying the frequency range of the FFT operation results will affect the value of the center frequency. You can run the :MATH<n>:FFT:HCENter command to query or modify the center frequency.
Return Format
The query returns the current frequency range in scientific notation.
Example
:MATH1:FFT:HSCale 500000 /*Sets the frequency range of the FFT
operation results to 500 kHz.*/
:MATH1:FFT:HSCale?
/*The query returns 5.000000E+5.*/
3.16.20 :MATH<n>:FFT:HCENter
Syntax
:MATH<n>:FFT:HCENter <cent> :MATH<n>:FFT:HCENter?
Description
Sets or queries the center frequency of FFT operation results, that is, the frequency relative to the horizontal center of the screen.
Parameter
Name <n>
Type Discrete
Range {1|2|3|4}
Default -
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
173
Command System
Name <cent>
Type Real
Range 5 Hz to 1GHz
Default 5 MHz
Remarks
Modifying the center frequency of the FFT operation results will affect the value of the frequency range. You can run the :MATH<n>:FFT:HSCale command to query or modify the frequency range.
Return Format
The query returns the current center frequency in scientific notation. The unit is Hz.
Example
:MATH1:FFT:HCENter 10000000 /*Sets the center frequency of the
FFT operation results to 10 MHz.*/
:MATH1:FFT:HCENter?
/*The query returns 1.000000E+7.*/
3.16.21 :MATH<n>:FFT:FREQuency:STARt
Syntax
:MATH<n>:FFT:FREQuency:STARt <value> :MATH<n>:FFT:FREQuency:STARt?
Description
Sets or queries the start frequency of FFT operation results.
Parameter
Name <n>
Type Discrete
Range {1|2|3|4}
Default -
<value>
Real
0 Hz to (stop frequency -10 Hz) 0 Hz
Remarks
The range of the start frequency of FFT operation is related to the stop frequency. You can run the :MATH<n>:FFT:FREQuency:END command to query or configure the stop frequency.
Return Format
The query returns the start frequency of the operation results in scientific notation. The unit is Hz.
Example :MATH1:FFT:FREQuency:STARt 10000000 /*Sets the start frequency of the FFT operation results to 10 MHz.*/
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
174
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
:MATH1:FFT:FREQuency:STARt? +7.*/
/*The query returns 1.000000E
3.16.22 :MATH<n>:FFT:FREQuency:END
Syntax
:MATH<n>:FFT:FREQuency:END <value> :MATH<n>:FFT:FREQuency:END?
Description
Sets or queries the stop frequency of FFT operation results.
Parameter
Name <n>
Type Discrete
Range {1|2|3|4}
Default -
<value>
Real
(Start Freq + 10 Hz) to 1 GHz 10 MHz
Remarks
The range of the stop frequency of FFT operation is related to the start frequency. You can run the :MATH<n>:FFT:FREQuency:STARt command to query or configure the start frequency.
Return Format
The query returns the stop frequency of the operation results in scientific notation. The unit is Hz.
Example
:MATH1:FFT:FREQuency:END 10000000 /*Sets the stop frequency of
the FFT operation results to 10 MHz.*/
:MATH1:FFT:FREQuency:END?
/*The query returns 1.000000E
+7.*/
3.16.23 :MATH<n>:FFT:SEARch:ENABle
Syntax :MATH<n>:FFT:SEARch:ENABle <bool> :MATH<n>:FFT:SEARch:ENABle? Description Enables or disables the FFT peak search; or queries the on/off status of the FFT peak search function.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
175
Command System
Parameter Name <n>
Type Discrete
Range {1|2|3|4}
Default -
<bool>
Bool
{{1|ON}|{0|OFF}}
0|OFF
Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns 1 or 0. Example :MATH1:FFT:SEARch:ENABle ON :MATH1:FFT:SEARch:ENABle?
/*Enables the FFT peak search.*/ /*The query returns 1.*/
3.16.24 :MATH<n>:FFT:SEARch:NUM
Syntax
:MATH<n>:FFT:SEARch:NUM <num> :MATH<n>:FFT:SEARch:NUM?
Description
Sets or queries the maximum number of the FFT peak search.
Parameter
Name <n>
Type Discrete
Range {1|2|3|4}
Default -
<num>
Integer
1 to 15
5
Remarks
N/A
Return Format
The query returns an integer ranging from 1 to 15.
Example :MATH1:FFT:SEARch:NUM 10 FFT peak search to 10.*/ :MATH1:FFT:SEARch:NUM?
/*Sets the maximum number of the /*The query returns 10.*/
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
176
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
3.16.25 :MATH<n>:FFT:SEARch:THReshold
Syntax
:MATH<n>:FFT:SEARch:THReshold <thres> :MATH<n>:FFT:SEARch:THReshold?
Description
Sets or queries the threshold of the FFT peak search.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
<n>
Discrete
{1|2|3|4}
Default -
<thres>
Real
Related to the vertical scale and 5.5 dB
vertical offset of FFT operation
Remarks
N/A
Return Format
The query returns the threshold in scientific notation.
Example :MATH1:FFT:SEARch:THReshold 0.5 FFT peak search to 500 mdB.*/ :MATH1:FFT:SEARch:THReshold? 5.000000E-1.*/
/*Sets the threshold of the /*The query returns
3.16.26 :MATH<n>:FFT:SEARch:EXCursion
Syntax
:MATH<n>:FFT:SEARch:EXCursion <excur> :MATH<n>:FFT:SEARch:EXCursion?
Description
Sets or queries the excursion of the FFT peak search.
Parameter
Name <n>
Type Discrete
Range {1|2|3|4}
Default -
<excur>
Real
0 to (8 x VerticalScale)
1.8 dB
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
177
Command System
Remarks
VerticalScale indicates the vertical scale of FFT.
Return Format
The query returns the excursion in scientific notation.
Example :MATH1:FFT:SEARch:EXCursion 0.5 FFT peak search to 500 mdB.*/ :MATH1:FFT:SEARch:EXCursion? 5.000000E-1.*/
/*Sets the excursion of the /*The query returns
3.16.27 :MATH<n>:FFT:SEARch:ORDer
Syntax
:MATH<n>:FFT:SEARch:ORDer <order> :MATH<n>:FFT:SEARch:ORDer?
Description
Sets or queries the sequence of the FFT peak search results.
Parameter
Name <n>
Type Discrete
Range {1|2|3|4}
Default -
<order>
Discrete
{AMPorder|FREQorder}
AMPorder
Remarks
N/A
Return Format
The query returns AMP or FREQ.
Example
:MATH1:FFT:SEARch:ORDer AMPorder /*Sets the sequence of the FFT
peak search results to AMPorder.*/
:MATH1:FFT:SEARch:ORDer?
/*The query returns AMP.*/
3.16.28 :MATH<n>:FFT:SEARch:RES?
Syntax :MATH<n>:FFT:SEARch:RES?
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
178
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Description
Queries the FFT peak search results table.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
<n>
Discrete
{1|2|3|4}
Default -
Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns the peak search results table in strings. Example :MATH1:FFT:SEARch:RES? /*The query returns the peak search results table in strings.*/ 1,2.50000MHz,-24.98dBV 2,3.50000MHz,-27.84dBV 3,4.50000MHz,-30.04dBV 4,5.50125MHz,-31.5dBV 5,6.50125MHz,-32.34dBV
3.16.29 :MATH<n>:FILTer:TYPE
Syntax
:MATH<n>:FILTer:TYPE <type> :MATH<n>:FILTer:TYPE?
Description
Sets or queries the filter type.
Parameter
Name <n>
Type Discrete
Range {1|2|3|4}
Default -
<type>
Discrete
{LPASs|HPASs|BPASs|BSTop}
LPASs
Remarks
The oscilloscope provides 4 practical filters (Low Pass Filter, High Pass Filter, Band Pass Filter, and Band Stop Filter), which can filter the specified frequencies in the signal by setting the bandwidth. You can use the :MATH<n>:FFT:SOURce command to set or query the channel source of the filter.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
179
Command System
· LPASs: indicates low pass filter, which only allows the signals whose frequencies are smaller than the current cut-off frequency to pass.
· HPASs: indicates high pass filter, which only allows the signals whose frequencies are greater than the current cut-off frequency to pass.
· BPASs: indicates band pass filter, which only allows the signals whose frequencies are greater than the current cut-off frequency 1 and smaller than the current cut-off frequency 2 to pass.
Note: The cut-off frequency 1 must be smaller than the cut-off frequency 2. · BSTop: indicates band stop filter, which only allows the signals whose
frequencies are smaller than the current cut-off frequency 1 or greater than the
current cut-off frequency 2 to pass.
Note: The cut-off frequency 1 must be smaller than the cut-off frequency 2.
Return Format
The query returns LPAS, HPAS, BPAS, or BST.
Example
:MATH1:FILTer:TYPE LPASs Filter.*/ :MATH1:FILTer:TYPE?
/*Sets the filter type to Low Pass /*The query returns LPAS.*/
3.16.30 :MATH<n>:FILTer:W1
Syntax
:MATH<n>:FILTer:W1 <freq1> :MATH<n>:FILTer:W1?
Description
Sets or queries the cut-off frequency of Low Pass Filter/High Pass Filter; or the cut-off frequency 1 of Band Pass Filter/Band Stop Filter. The default unit is Hz.
Parameter
Name <n>
Type Discrete
Range {1|2|3|4}
Default -
<freq1>
Real
Refer to Remarks
Refer to Remarks
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
180
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Remarks
· When the filter type is set to LPASs (Low Pass Filter) or HPASs (High Pass Filter), you need to set one cut-off frequency. At this time, the range of <freq1> is from (0.005 x screen sample rate) to (0.1 x screen sample rate), at a step of (0.005 x screen sample rate); wherein, screen sample rate = 100/horizontal time base.
· When the filter type is set to BPASs (Band Pass Filter) or BSTop (Band Stop Filter), you need to set two cut-off frequencies. Note: The cut-off frequency 1 must be smaller than the cut-off frequency 2. Run this command to set the cut-off frequency 1, and run the :MATH<n>:FILTer:W2 command to set the cut-off frequency 2. At this time, the range of <freq1> is from (0.005 x screen sample rate) to (0.095 x screen sample rate), at a step of (0.005 x screen sample rate); wherein, screen sample rate = 100/horizontal time base.
· The default value of <freq1> is related to the filter type. - When the filter type is set to LPASs (Low Pass Filter), BPASs (Band Pass Filter), or BSTop (Band Stop Filter), the default value is 0.005 x screen sample rate. - When the filter type is set to HPASs (High Pass Filter), the default value is 0.1 x screen sample rate.
· You can use :MATH<n>:FILTer:TYPE to set or query the filter type.
Return Format
The query returns the current cut-off frequency or cut-off frequency 1 in scientific notation.
Example :MATH1:FILTer:W1 1000000 Pass Filter to 1 MHz.*/ :MATH1:FILTer:W1?
/*Sets the cut-off frequency of Low /*The query returns 1.000000E+6.*/
3.16.31 :MATH<n>:FILTer:W2
Syntax :MATH<n>:FILTer:W2 <freq2> :MATH<n>:FILTer:W2?
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
181
Command System
Description
Sets or queries the cut-off frequency 2 of Band Pass Filter/Band Stop Filter. The default unit is Hz.
Parameter
Name <n>
Type Discrete
Range {1|2|3|4}
Default -
<freq2>
Real
Refer to Remarks
0.1 x screen sample rate
Remarks
When the filter type is set to BPASs (Band Pass Filter) or BSTop (Band Stop Filter), you need to set two cut-off frequencies. Note: The cut-off frequency 2 must be smaller than the cut-off frequency 1. Run the :MATH<n>:FILTer:W1 command to set the cutoff frequency 1, and run this command to set the cut-off frequency 2. At this time, the range of <freq2> is from (0.01 x screen sample rate) to (0.1 x screen sample rate), at a step of (0.005 x screen sample rate); wherein, screen sample rate = 100/horizontal time base.
Return Format
The query returns the current cut-off frequency 2 in scientific notation.
Example
:MATH1:FILTer:W2 1500000
/*Sets the cut-off frequency 2 of
Band Pass Filter to 1.5 Mhz.*/
:MATH1:FILTer:W2?
/*The query returns 1.500000E+6.*/
3.16.32 :MATH<n>:SENSitivity
Syntax
:MATH<n>:SENSitivity <sens> :MATH<n>:SENSitivity?
Description
Sets or queries the sensitivity of the logic operation. The default unit is div.
Parameter
Name <n>
Type Discrete
Range {1|2|3|4}
Default -
<sens>
Real
100 mdiv to 1 div
300 mdiv
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
182
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Remarks
N/A
Return Format
The query returns the sensitivity of the logic operation in scientific notation.
Example
:MATH1:SENSitivity 0.2 /*Sets the sensitivity of the logic
operation to 0.2 div.*/
:MATH1:SENSitivity?
/*The query returns 2.000000E-1.*/
3.16.33 :MATH<n>:DISTance
Syntax
:MATH<n>:DISTance <dist> :MATH<n>:DISTance?
Description
Sets or queries the smoothing window width of differential operation.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
Default
<n>
Discrete
{1|2|3|4}
-
<dist>
Integer
1 to 1,000
-
Remarks
N/A
Return Format
The query returns an integer ranging from 1 to 1,000.
Example
:MATH1:DISTance 20 /*Sets the smoothing window width of
differential operation to 20.*/
:MATH1:DISTance?
/*The query returns 20.*/
3.16.34 :MATH<n>:THReshold1
Syntax :MATH<n>:THReshold1 <thre> :MATH<n>:THReshold1?
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
183
Command System
Description
Sets or queries threshold level of Analog Channel 1 in the logic operation. The default unit is V.
Parameter
Name <n>
Type Discrete
Range {1|2|3|4}
Default -
(-4 × VerticalScale VerticalOffset)
<thre>
Real
to
0 V
(4 × VerticalScale VerticalOffset)
Remarks
· This command is only available for the logic operations A&&B, A||B, A^B, and !A. · VerticalScale indicates the vertical scale of Analog Channel 1. VerticalOffset
indicates the vertical offset of Analog Channel 1. The step value is VerticalScale/10.
Return Format
The query returns the threshold level of of Analog Channel 1 in scientific notation.
Example
:MATH1:THReshold1 0.8 /*Sets the threshold level of Analog
Channel 1 in logic operation to 800 mV.*/
:MATH1:THReshold1?
/*The query returns 8.000000E-1.*/
3.16.35 :MATH<n>:THReshold2
Syntax :MATH<n>:THReshold2 <thre> :MATH<n>:THReshold2? Description Sets or queries threshold level of Analog Channel 2 in the logic operation. The default unit is V.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
184
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Parameter Name <n>
Type Discrete
Range {1|2|3|4}
Default -
(-4 × VerticalScale VerticalOffset)
<thre>
Real
to
0 V
(4 × VerticalScale VerticalOffset)
Remarks
· This command is only available for the logic operations A&&B, A||B, A^B, and !A. · VerticalScale indicates the vertical scale of Analog Channel 2. VerticalOffset
indicates the vertical offset of Analog Channel 2. The step value is VerticalScale/10.
Return Format
The query returns the threshold level of of Analog Channel 2 in scientific notation.
Example
:MATH1:THReshold2 0.8 /*Sets the threshold level of Analog
Channel 2 in logic operation to 800 mV.*/
:MATH1:THReshold2?
/*The query returns 8.000000E-1.*/
3.16.36 :MATH<n>:THReshold3
Syntax
:MATH<n>:THReshold3 <thre> :MATH<n>:THReshold3?
Description
Sets or queries threshold level of Analog Channel 3 in the logic operation. The default unit is V.
Parameter
Name <n>
Type Discrete
Range {1|2|3|4}
Default -
(-4 × VerticalScale -
<thre>
Real
0 V
VerticalOffset)
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
185
Command System
Name
Type
Range
to (4 × VerticalScale VerticalOffset)
Default
Remarks
· This command is only available for the logic operations A&&B, A||B, A^B, and !A. · VerticalScale indicates the vertical scale of Analog Channel 3. VerticalOffset
indicates the vertical offset of Analog Channel 3. The step value is VerticalScale/10.
Return Format
The query returns the threshold level of of Analog Channel 3 in scientific notation.
Example
:MATH1:THReshold3 0.8 /*Sets the threshold level of Analog
Channel 3 in logic operation to 800 mV.*/
:MATH1:THReshold3?
/*The query returns 8.000000E-1.*/
3.16.37 :MATH<n>:THReshold4
Syntax
:MATH<n>:THReshold4 <thre> :MATH<n>:THReshold4?
Description
Sets or queries threshold level of Analog Channel 4 in the logic operation. The default unit is V.
Parameter
Name <n>
Type Discrete
Range {1|2|3|4}
Default -
(-4 × VerticalScale VerticalOffset)
<thre>
Real
to
0 V
(4 × VerticalScale VerticalOffset)
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
186
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Remarks
· This command is only available for the logic operations A&&B, A||B, A^B, and !A. · VerticalScale indicates the vertical scale of Analog Channel 4. VerticalOffset
indicates the vertical offset of Analog Channel 4. The step value is VerticalScale/10.
Return Format
The query returns the threshold level of of Analog Channel 4 in scientific notation.
Example
:MATH1:THReshold4 0.8 /*Sets the threshold level of Analog
Channel 4 in logic operation to 800 mV.*/
:MATH1:THReshold4?
/*The query returns 8.000000E-1.*/
3.16.38 :MATH<n>:WINDow:TITLe?
Syntax
:MATH<n>:WINDow:TITLe?
Description
Queries the title of the specified math operation window.
Parameter
Name <n>
Type Discrete
Range {1|2|3|4}
Default -
Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns the title of the specified math operation window in strings. Example :MATH1:WINDow:TITLe? /*The query returns Math1 CH1*CH1 Scale:0U Sa:2GSa/s.*/
3.16.39 :MATH<n>:LABel:SHOW
Syntax :MATH<n>:LABel:SHOW <bool> :MATH<n>:LABel:SHOW?
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
187
Command System
Description
Sets or queries whether to display the waveform label of the specified operation.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
Default
<n>
Discrete
{1|2|3|4}
-
<bool>
Bool
{{1|ON}|{0|OFF}}
-
Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns 1 or 0. Example :MATH1:LABel:ENABle ON label.*/ :MATH1:LABel:ENABle?
/*Enables the display of the /*The query returns 1.*/
3.17
:MEASure Commands
:MEASure commands are used to set and query the parameters related to measurements. This oscilloscope allows you to set the measurement source, enable or disable the all measurement function, the statistical function, and etc.
Measurement Parameters
TIP If there is no signal input for the current source or the measurement result is not within the valid range (too large or too small), then the measurement results are invalid.
Horizontal Parameters
Rise Time
Fall Time
+Width Period
- Width
Threshold Upper Limit
Threshold Middle Value
Threshold Lower Limit
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
188
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
· Period (PERiod): defined as the time between the middle threshold points of two consecutive, like-polarity edges.
· Frequency (FREQuency): defined as the reciprocal of period. · Rise Time (RTIMe): indicates the time for the signal amplitude to rise from the
threshold lower limit to the threshold upper limit. · Fall Time (FTIMe): indicates the time for the signal amplitude to drop from the
threshold upper limit to the threshold lower limit. · +Width (PWIDth): indicates the time between the threshold middle value of a
rising edge to the threshold middle value of the next falling edge. · -Width (NWIDth): indicates the time between the threshold middle value of a
falling edge to the threshold middle value of the next rising edge. · +Duty (PDUTy): indicates the ratio of the positive pulse width to the period. · -Duty (NDUTy): indicates the ratio of the negative pulse width to the period. · Tvmax (TVMAX): indicates the time that corresponds to the maximum value of
the waveform (Vmax). · Tvmin (TVMIN): indicates the time that corresponds to the minimum value of
the waveform (Vmin). Delay and Phase Parameters
Period
Source A
Delay
Source B
· Delay(r-r) (RRDelay): indicates the time difference between the threshold middle values of the rising edge of Source A and that of Source B. Negative delay indicates that the rising edge of Source A occurred after that of Source B.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
189
Command System
· Delay(f-f) (FFDelay): indicates the time difference between the threshold middle
values of the falling edge of Source A and that of Source B. Negative delay
indicates that the falling edge of Source A occurred after that of Source B.
· Delay(r-f) (RFDelay): indicates the time difference between the threshold
middle values of the rising edge of Source A and the falling edge of Source B. Negative delay indicates that the rising edge of Source A occurred after the
falling edge of Source B.
· Delay(f-r) (FRDelay): indicates the time difference between the threshold
middle values of the rising edge of Source A and that of Source B. Negative
delay indicates that the falling edge of Source A occurred after the rising edge of
Source B.
· Phase(r-r) (RRPHase): indicates the phase deviation between the threshold
middle values of the rising edge of Source A and that of Source B.
· Phase(f-f) (FFPHase): indicates the phase deviation between the threshold
middle values of the falling edge of Source A and that of Source B.
· Phase(r-f) (RFPHase): indicates the phase deviation between the threshold
middle values of the rising edge of Source A and the falling edge of Source B.
· Phase(f-r) (FRPHase): indicates the phase deviation between the threshold
middle values of the rising edge of Source A and that of Source B.
Count Values
· Positive Pulse Count (PPULses): It is specified as the number of positive pulses
that rise from under the threshold lower limit to above the threshold upper limit.
Positive Pulse Count = n
1
2
n
Threshold Upper Limit
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
190
Threshold Lower Limit Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
· Negative Pulse Count (NPULses): It is specified as the number of negative pulses that fall from above the threshold upper limit to below the threshold lower limit.
Negative Pulse Count = n Threshold Upper Limit
Threshold Lower Limit
1
2
n
· Rising Edge Count (PEDGes): It is specified as the number of rising edges that
rise from under the threshold lower limit to above the threshold upper limit.
Rising Edge Count = n
1
2
n
Threshold Upper Limit
Threshold Lower Limit
· Falling Edge Count (NEDGes): It is specified as the number of falling edges that fall from above the threshold upper limit to below the threshold lower limit.
Falling Edge Count = n Threshold Upper Limit
1
2
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Threshold Lower Limit
n
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide 191
Command System
Voltage Parameters Overshoot
Vmax
Vtop
Vpp
Vamp
Vbase
Vmin
Vupper Vmid Vlower
Preshoot
· Vmax (VMAX): indicates the voltage value from the highest point of the waveform to the GND.
· Vmin (VMIN): indicates the voltage value from the lowest point of the waveform to the GND.
· Vpp (VPP): indicates the voltage value from the highest point to the lowest point of the waveform.
· Vtop (VTOP): indicates the voltage value from the flat top of the waveform to the GND.
· Vbase (VBASe): indicates the voltage value from the flat base of the waveform to the GND.
· Vamp (VAMP): indicates the voltage value from the top of the waveform to the base of the waveform.
· Vupper (VUPPer): indicates the actual voltage value that corresponds to the threshold maximum value.
· Vmid (VMID) indicates the actual voltage value that corresponds to the threshold middle value.
· Vlower (VLOWer): indicates the actual voltage value that corresponds to the threshold minimum value.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
192
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
· Vavg (VAVG): indicates the arithmetic average value on the whole waveform or in the gating area.
· VRMS (VRMS): indicates the root mean square value on the whole waveform or in the gating area.
· Per.VRMS (PVRMs): indicates the root mean square value within a period. · Overshoot (OVERshoot): indicates the ratio of the difference between the
maximum value and the top value of the waveform to the amplitude value. · Preshoot (PREShoot): indicates the ratio of the difference between the
minimum value and the base value of the waveform to the amplitude value. · AC RMS (ACRMs): indicates the root-mean-square value of the waveforms, with
the DC component removed. Other Parameters · Positive Slew Rate (PSLewrate): On the rising edge, first calculate the difference
between the high value and the low value, then use the difference to divide the corresponding time value to obtain the positive slew rate. · Negative Slew Rate (NSLewrate): On the falling edge, first calculate the difference between the low value and the high value, then use the difference to divide the corresponding time value to obtain the negative slew rate. · Area (MARea): indicates the area of the whole waveform within the screen. The unit is V*s. The area of the waveform above the zero reference (namely the vertical offset) is positive, and the area of the waveform below the zero reference is negative. The area measured is the algebraic sum of the area of the whole waveform within the screen. · Period Area (MPARea): indicates the area of the first period of waveform on the screen. The unit is V*s. The area of the waveform above the zero reference (namely the vertical offset) is positive, and the area of the waveform below the zero reference is negative. The area measured is the algebraic sum of the whole period area.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
193
Command System
Measurement Results This oscilloscope can make a statistics and display the measurement results. · MAXimum: the maximum value. · MINimum: the minimum value. · CURRent: the current value. · AVERages: the average value. · DEViation: the standard deviation. · CNT: the count value.
3.17.1
:MEASure:SOURce
Syntax
:MEASure:SOURce <source> :MEASure:SOURce?
Description
Sets or queries the channel source of the current measurement parameter.
Parameter
Name
Type
<source>
Discrete
Range
Default
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8| D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15| CHANnel1|CHANnel2| CHANnel3|CHANnel4|MATH1| MATH2|MATH3|MATH4}
CHANnel1
Remarks
This command has the same function as the :MEASure:SETup:DSA and :MEASure:SETup:PSA commands.
Digital channels (D0 to D15) are only supported by the DHO900 series.
Return Format
The query returns D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D10, D11, D12, D13, D14, D15, CHAN1, CHAN2, CHAN3, CHAN4, MATH1, MATH2, MATH3, or MATH4.
Example
:MEASure:SOURce CHANnel2 /*Sets the channel source of the
measurement parameter to CHANnel2.*/
:MEASure:SOURce?
/*The query returns CHAN2.*/
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
194
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
3.17.2
:MEASure:ITEM
Syntax
:MEASure:ITEM <item>[,<src>[,<src>]] :MEASure:ITEM? <item>[,<src>[,<src>]]
Description
Measures any waveform parameter of the specified source, or queries the statistical results of any waveform parameter of the specified source.
Parameter
Name <item>
Type Discrete
Range
Default
{VMAX|VMIN|VPP|VTOP|VBASe| VAMP|VAVG|VRMS|OVERshoot| PREShoot|MARea|MPARea| PERiod|FREQuency|RTIMe| FTIMe|PWIDth|NWIDth|PDUTy| NDUTy|TVMAX|TVMIN| PSLewrate|NSLewrate|VUPPer| VMID|VLOWer|VARiance|PVRMs| PPULses|NPULses|PEDGes| NEDGes|RRDelay|RFDelay| FRDelay|FFDelay|RRPHase| RFPHase|FRPHase|FFPHase| ACRMs}
<src>
Discrete
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8| D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15| CHANnel1|CHANnel2| CHANnel3|CHANnel4|MATH1| MATH2|MATH3|MATH4}
Remarks
· For the detailed measurement item parameter <item>, refer to Measurement Parameters.
· The parameter [,<src>[,<src>]] is used to set the source of the parameter under measurement. - Digital channels (D0 to D15) are only supported by the DHO900 series. - If the parameter <item> is set to PERiod, FREQuency, PWIDth, NWIDth, PDUTy, NDUTy, RRDelay, RFDelay, FRDelay, FFDelay, RRPHase, RFPHase,
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
195
Command System
3.17.3
FRPHase, or FFPHase, the range of the parameter <src> can be any one of the values in {D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15| CHANnel1|CHANnel2|CHANnel3|CHANnel4|MATH1|MATH2|MATH3| MATH4}. Otherwise, the range of <src> can be any one of the values in {CHANnel1| CHANnel2|CHANnel3|CHANnel4|MATH1|MATH2|MATH3|MATH4}. - If the measurement parameter is a single source, you only need to set one source. If this parameter is omitted, then the source is, by default, the one that you've selected in the last sent command (:MEASure:SOURce, :MEASure:SETup:PSA, or :MEASure:SETup:DSA). - If the measurement parameter is a dual channel source, observe the following rules to determine the source that you've selected. That is, if the parameter <src> is omitted, the first source is, by default, the one that you've selected in the last sent command (:MEASure:SOURce, :MEASure:SETup:PSA, or :MEASure:SETup:DSA); the second source is, by default, the one that you've selected in the last sent command (:MEASure:SETup:PSB or :MEASure:SETup:DSB).
Return Format The query returns the current measurement value in scientific notation. Example :MEASure:ITEM OVERshoot,CHANnel2 /*Measures the overshoot value of Channel 2.*/ :MEASure:ITEM? OVERshoot,CHANnel2 /*The query returns 8.888889E-3.*/
:MEASure:CLEar
Syntax :MEASure:CLEar Description Clears all the enabled measurement items. Parameter N/A
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
196
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Remarks N/A Return Format N/A Example N/A
3.17.4
:MEASure:AMSource
Syntax
:MEASure:AMSource <chan> :MEASure:AMSource?
Description
Sets the source and displays all measurement values of the set source; or queries the channel source(s) of the all measurement function.
Parameter
Name <chan>
Type Discrete
Range
{CHANnel1|CHANnel2| CHANnel3|CHANnel4|OFF}
Default OFF
Remarks
N/A
Return Format
The query returns CHAN1, CHAN2, CHAN3, CHAN4, or OFF.
Example :MEASure:AMSource CHANnel1 :MEASure:AMSource?
/*Sets the source to CHANnel1.*/ /*The query returns CHAN1.*/
3.17.5
:MEASure:STATistic:COUNt
Syntax :MEASure:STATistic:COUNt <val> :MEASure:STATistic:COUNt? Description Sets or queries the statistics count.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
197
Command System
Parameter Name <val>
Type Integer
Range 2 to 100,000
Default 1,000
Remarks
N/A
Return Format
The query returns an integer ranging from 2 to 100,000.
Example
:MEASure:STATistic:COUNt 1000
/*Sets the statistics count to
1,000.*/
:MEASure:STATistic:COUNt?
/*The query returns 1000.*/
3.17.6
:MEASure:STATistic:DISPlay
Syntax
:MEASure:STATistic:DISPlay <bool> :MEASure:STATistic:DISPlay?
Description
Enables or disables the statistical function; or queries the status of the statistical function.
Parameter
Name <bool>
Type Bool
Range {{1|ON}|{0|OFF}}
Default 0|OFF
Remarks
When the statistical function is enabled, the instrument makes statistics of the measurement results for at most 10 measurement items that are turned on last time and displays the statistical results.
Return Format
The query returns 1 or 0.
Example :MEASure:STATistic:DISPlay ON function.*/ :MEASure:STATistic:DISPlay?
/*Enables the statistical /*The query returns 1.*/
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
198
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
3.17.7 3.17.8
:MEASure:STATistic:RESet
Syntax :MEASure:STATistic:RESet Description Clears the history statistics data and makes statistics again. Parameter N/A Remarks N/A Return Format N/A Example N/A
:MEASure:STATistic:ITEM
Syntax
:MEASure:STATistic:ITEM <item>[,<src>[,<src>]] :MEASure:STATistic:ITEM?<type>,<item>[,<src>[,<src>]]
Description
Enables the statistical function of any waveform parameter of the specified source, or queries the statistical results of any waveform parameter of the specified source.
Parameter
Name <item>
Type Discrete
Range
Default
{VMAX|VMIN|VPP|VTOP|VBASe| VAMP|VAVG|VRMS|OVERshoot| PREShoot|MARea|MPARea| PERiod|FREQuency|RTIMe| FTIMe|PWIDth|NWIDth|PDUTy|
NDUTy|TVMAX|TVMIN| PSLewrate|NSLewrate|VUPPer| VMID|VLOWer|VARiance|PVRMs| PPULses|NPULses|PEDGes| NEDGes|RRDelay|RFDelay|
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
199
Command System
Name
Type
Range
FRDelay|FFDelay|RRPHase| RFPHase|FRPHase|FFPHase| ACRMs}
Default
<src>
Discrete
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|
D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15|
CHANnel1|CHANnel2|
-
CHANnel3|CHANnel4|MATH1|
MATH2|MATH3|MATH4}
<type>
Discrete
{MAXimum|MINimum|CURRent| -
AVERages|DEViation|CNT}
Remarks
· For the detailed measurement item parameter <item>, refer to Measurement Parameters.
· The parameter [,<src>[,<src>]] is used to set the source of the parameter under measurement.
- Digital channels (D0 to D15) are only supported by the DHO900 series.
- If the parameter <item> is set to PERiod, FREQuency, PWIDth, NWIDth, PDUTy, NDUTy, RRDelay, RFDelay, FRDelay, FFDelay, RRPHase, RFPHase, FRPHase, or FFPHase, the range of the parameter <src> can be any one of the values in {D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8|D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15| CHANnel1|CHANnel2|CHANnel3|CHANnel4|MATH1|MATH2|MATH3| MATH4}. Otherwise, the range of <src> can be any one of the values in {CHANnel1| CHANnel2|CHANnel3|CHANnel4|MATH1|MATH2|MATH3|MATH4}.
- If the measurement parameter is a single source, you only need to set one source. If this parameter is omitted, then the source is, by default, the one that you've selected in the last sent command (:MEASure:SOURce, :MEASure:SETup:PSA, or :MEASure:SETup:DSA).
- If the measurement parameter is a dual channel source, observe the following rules to determine the source that you've selected. That is, if the parameter <src> is omitted, the first source is, by default, the one that you've selected in the last sent command
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
200
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
(:MEASure:SOURce, :MEASure:SETup:PSA, or :MEASure:SETup:DSA); the second source is, by default, the one that you've selected in the last sent command (:MEASure:SETup:PSB or :MEASure:SETup:DSB). · For the results of <type>, refer to Measurement Results.
Return Format The query returns the statistical results in scientific notation. Example :MEASure:STATistic:ITEM VPP,CHANnel2 /*Enables the statistical function of the peak-peak value of CH2.*/ :MEASure:STATistic:ITEM? MAXimum,VPP /*Queries the maximum value. The query returns 9.120000E-1.*/
3.17.9
:MEASure:SETup:MAX
Syntax
:MEASure:SETup:MAX <value> :MEASure:SETup:MAX?
Description
Sets or queries the threshold level upper limit of the analog channel in auto measurement.
Parameter
Name <value>
Type Integer
Range Refer to Remarks
Default -
Remarks The range of the upper limit of the threshold level is related to the current threshold level middle value. You can run the :MEASure:SETup:MID command to set or query the middle value of the threshold level of the analog channel in auto measurement.
· When the threshold type is percentage, its range is from (threshold middle value + 1%) to 100%.
· When the threshold type is absolute, its range changes with the probe ratio. Its max. range is from -100 MV to 100 MV; and its min. range is from -20 V to 20 V.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
201
Command System
· When the set upper limit is smaller than the current threshold middle value, a message "Set at lower limit" will be displayed, and the threshold middle value will not be modified automatically.
Return Format
The query returns an integer. When the threshold type is absolute, the default unit of the returned value is V.
Example :MEASure:SETup:MAX 95 level to 95%.*/ :MEASure:SETup:MAX?
/*Sets the upper limit of the threshold /*The query returns 95.*/
3.17.10 :MEASure:SETup:MID
Syntax
:MEASure:SETup:MID <value> :MEASure:SETup:MID?
Description
Sets or queries the threshold level middle value of the analog channel in auto measurement.
Parameter
Name <value>
Type Integer
Range Refer to Remarks
Default -
Remarks
The set middle value must be smaller than the currently set upper limit and greater than the currently set lower limit.
You can send the :MEASure:SETup:MAX and :MEASure:SETup:MIN commands to set or query the threshold level upper limit and lower limit of the current analog channel in auto measurement.
Return Format
The query returns an integer. When the threshold type is absolute, the default unit of the returned value is V.
Example
:MEASure:SETup:MID 89 level to 89%.*/ :MEASure:SETup:MID?
/*Sets the middle value of the threshold /*The query returns 89.*/
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
202
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
3.17.11 :MEASure:SETup:MIN
Syntax
:MEASure:SETup:MIN <value> :MEASure:SETup:MIN?
Description
Sets or queries the threshold level lower limit of the analog channel in auto measurement.
Parameter
Name <value>
Type Integer
Range Refer to Remarks
Default -
Remarks
The range of the threshold level lower limit is related to the current threshold middle value. You can send the :MEASure:SETup:MID command to set or query the threshold middle value of the current analog channel in auto measurement.
· When the threshold type is percentage, its range is from 0% to (threshold middle value - 1%).
· When the threshold type is absolute, its range changes with the probe ratio. Its max. range is from -100 MV to 100 MV; and its min. range is from -20 V to 20 V.
· When the set lower limit is greater than the current threshold middle value, a message "Set at upper limit" will be displayed, and the threshold middle value will not be modified automatically.
Return Format
The query returns an integer. When the threshold type is absolute, the default unit of the returned value is V.
Example :MEASure:SETup:MIN 53 level to 53%.*/ :MEASure:SETup:MIN?
/*Sets the lower limit of the threshold /*The query returns 53.*/
3.17.12 :MEASure:SETup:PSA
Syntax :MEASure:SETup:PSA <source>
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
203
Command System
:MEASure:SETup:PSA?
Description
Sets or queries Source A in the phase or delay measurement.
Parameter
Name
Type
<source>
Discrete
Range
Default
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8| D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15| CHANnel1|CHANnel2| CHANnel3|CHANnel4|MATH1| MATH2|MATH3|MATH4}
CHANnel1
Remarks
This command has the same function as the :MEASure:SOURce and :MEASure:SETup:DSA commands.
Digital channels (D0 to D15) are only supported by the DHO900 series.
Return Format
The query returns D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D10, D11, D12, D13, D14, D15, CHAN1, CHAN2, CHAN3, CHAN4, MATH1, MATH2, MATH3, or MATH4.
Example :MEASure:SETup:PSA CHANnel1 measurement to CHANnel1.*/ :MEASure:SETup:PSA?
/*Sets Source A of the phase /*The query returns CHAN1.*/
3.17.13 :MEASure:SETup:PSB
Syntax
:MEASure:SETup:PSB <source> :MEASure:SETup:PSB?
Description
Sets or queries Source B in the phase or delay measurement.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
Default
<source>
Discrete
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8| D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15| CHANnel1|CHANnel2| CHANnel3|CHANnel4|MATH1| MATH2|MATH3|MATH4}
CHANnel1
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
204
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Remarks
This command has the same function as the :MEASure:SETup:DSB command. Digital channels (D0 to D15) are only supported by the DHO900 series.
Return Format
The query returns D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D10, D11, D12, D13, D14, D15, CHAN1, CHAN2, CHAN3, CHAN4, MATH1, MATH2, MATH3, or MATH4.
Example
:MEASure:SETup:PSB CHANnel2 measurement to CHANnel2.*/ :MEASure:SETup:PSB?
/*Sets Source B of the phase /*The query returns CHAN2.*/
3.17.14 :MEASure:SETup:DSA
Syntax
:MEASure:SETup:DSA <source> :MEASure:SETup:DSA?
Description
Sets or queries Source A in the phase or delay measurement.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
Default
<source>
Discrete
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8| D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15| CHANnel1|CHANnel2| CHANnel3|CHANnel4|MATH1| MATH2|MATH3|MATH4}
CHANnel1
Remarks
This command has the same function as the :MEASure:SOURce and :MEASure:SETup:PSA commands.
Digital channels (D0 to D15) are only supported by the DHO900 series.
Return Format
The query returns D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D10, D11, D12, D13, D14, D15, CHAN1, CHAN2, CHAN3, CHAN4, MATH1, MATH2, MATH3, or MATH4.
Example :MEASure:SETup:DSA CHANnel1 measurement to CHANnel1.*/ :MEASure:SETup:DSA?
/*Sets Source A of the delay /*The query returns CHAN1.*/
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
205
Command System
3.17.15 :MEASure:SETup:DSB
Syntax
:MEASure:SETup:DSB <source> :MEASure:SETup:DSB
Description
Sets or queries Source B in the phase or delay measurement.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
Default
<source>
Discrete
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8| D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15| CHANnel1|CHANnel2| CHANnel3|CHANnel4|MATH1| MATH2|MATH3|MATH4}
CHANnel1
Remarks
This command has the same function as the :MEASure:SETup:PSB command. Digital channels (D0 to D15) are only supported by the DHO900 series.
Return Format
The query returns D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D10, D11, D12, D13, D14, D15, CHAN1, CHAN2, CHAN3, CHAN4, MATH1, MATH2, MATH3, or MATH4.
Example
:MEASure:SETup:DSB CHANnel2 measurement to CHANnel2.*/ :MEASure:SETup:DSB?
/*Sets Source B of the delay /*The query returns CHAN2.*/
3.17.16 :MEASure:THReshold:SOURce
Syntax :MEASure:THReshold:SOURce <source> :MEASure:THReshold:SOURce? Description Sets or queries the threshold source.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
206
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Parameter Name
<source>
Type Discrete
Range
{CHANnel1|CHANnel2| CHANnel3|CHANnel4|MATH1| MATH2|MATH3|MATH4}
Default CHANnel1
Remarks
Modifying the threshold will affect the measurement results of time, delay and phase parameters.
Return Format
The query returns CHAN1, CHAN2, CHAN3, CHAN4, MATH1, MATH2, MATH3, or MATH4.
Example :MEASure:THReshold:SOURce CHANnel2 to CHANnel2.*/ :MEASure:THReshold:SOURce?
/*Sets the threshold source /*The query returns CHAN2.*/
3.17.17 :MEASure:THReshold:TYPE
Syntax
:MEASure:THReshold:TYPE <type> :MEASure:THReshold:TYPE?
Description
Sets or queries the measurement threshold type.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
<type>
Discrete
{PERCent|ABSolute}
Default PERCent
Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns PERC or ABS. Example :MEASure:THReshold:TYPE ABSolute ABSolute.*/ :MEASure:THReshold:TYPE?
/*Sets the threshold type to /*The query returns ABS.*/
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
207
Command System
3.17.18 :MEASure:THReshold:DEFault
Syntax :MEASure:THReshold:DEFault Description Sets the threshold level of the analog channel in auto measurement to a default value. Parameter N/A Remarks For the default threshold level in absolute, its upper limit and lower limit are + (vertical scale x 3) and -(vertical scale x 3), respectively. Return Format N/A Example N/A
3.17.19 :MEASure:AREA
Syntax
:MEASure:AREA <area> :MEASure:AREA?
Description
Sets or queries the type of the measurement range.
Parameter
Name <area>
Type Discrete
Range {MAIN|ZOOM}
Default MAIN
Remarks
· MAIN: indicates that the measurement range is within the main time base region.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
208
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
· ZOOM: indicates that the measurement range is within the zoomed time base region. Note that only when you enable the delayed sweep function first, can "Zoom" be enabled.
Return Format The query returns MAIN, ZOOM. Example :MEASure:AREA ZOOM range to ZOOM.*/ :MEASure:AREA?
/*Sets the type of the measurement /*The query returns ZOOM.*/
3.17.20 :MEASure:INDicator
Syntax
:MEASure:INDicator <bool> :MEASure:INDicator?
Description
Sets or queries the on/off status of the measurement auto cursor.
Parameter
Name <bool>
Type Bool
Range {{1|ON}|{0|OFF}}
Default 0|OFF
Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns 1 or 0. Example :MEASure:INDicator ON /*Sets the measurement auto cursor to be on.*/ :MEASure:INDicator? /*The query returns 1.*/
3.17.21 :MEASure:COUNter:ENABle
Syntax :MEASure:COUNter:ENABle <bool> :MEASure:COUNter:ENABle?
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
209
Command System
Description
Sets or queries the on/off status of the frequency counter.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
<bool>
Bool
{{1|ON}|{0|OFF}}
Default 0|OFF
Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns 1 or 0. Example :MEASure:COUNter:ENABle ON :MEASure:COUNter:ENABle?
/*Enables the frequency counter.*/ /*The query returns 1.*/
3.17.22 :MEASure:COUNter:SOURce
Syntax
:MEASure:COUNter:SOURce <source> :MEASure:COUNter:SOURce?
Description
Sets or queries the measurement source for the frequency counter.
Parameter
Name
Type
<source>
Discrete
Range
Default
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8| D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15| CHANnel1|CHANnel2| CHANnel3|CHANnel4|EXT}
CHANnel1
Remarks Digital channels (D0 to D15) are only supported by the DHO900 series. EXT is only available for DHO812 and DHO802 models. Return Format The query returns D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D10, D11, D12, D13, D14, D15, CHAN1, CHAN2, CHAN3, CHAN4, or EXT.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
210
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Example :MEASure:COUNter:SOURce CHANnel4 /*Sets the measurement source of the frequency counter to CHANnel4.*/ :MEASure:COUNter:SOURce? /*The query returns CHAN4.*/
3.17.23 :MEASure:COUNter:VALue?
Syntax
:MEASure:COUNter:VALue?
Description
Queries the measurement results of the frequency counter.
Parameter
N/A
Remarks
N/A
Return Format
The query returns the measurement results of the frequency counter in scientific notation.
Example :MEASure:COUNter:VALue?
/*The query returns 9.999996E-04.*/
3.17.24 :MEASure:AMP:TYPE
Syntax
:MEASure:AMP:TYPE <val> :MEASure:AMP:TYPE?
Description
Sets or queries the amplitude method.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
<val>
Discrete
{AUTO|MANual}
Default MANual
Remarks
· AUTO: indicates the Auto method. · MANual: indicates the Manual method.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
211
Command System
Return Format The query returns AUTO or MAN. Example :MEASure:AMP:TYPE MANual /*Sets the amplitude method to MANual.*/ :MEASure:AMP:TYPE? /*The query returns MAN.*/
3.17.25 :MEASure:AMP:MANual:TOP
Syntax
:MEASure:AMP:MANual:TOP <val> :MEASure:AMP:MANual:TOP?
Description
Sets or queries the amplitude top value type for the manual amplitude method.
Parameter
Name <val>
Type Discrete
Range {HISTogram|MAXMin}
Default HISTogram
Remarks
· HISTogram: indicates the histogram type. · MAXMin: indicates the Max-Min type.
Return Format The query returns HIST or MAXM. Example :MEASure:AMP:MANual:TOP MAXMin /*Sets the amplitude top value type for the manual amplitude method to MAXMin.*/ :MEASure:AMP:MANual:TOP? /*The query returns MAXM.*/
3.17.26 :MEASure:AMP:MANual:BASE
Syntax :MEASure:AMP:MANual:BASE <val> :MEASure:AMP:MANual:BASE? Description Sets or queries the amplitude base value type for the manual amplitude method.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
212
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Parameter Name <val>
Type Discrete
Range {HISTogram|MAXMin}
Default HISTogram
Remarks
· HISTogram: indicates the histogram type. · MAXMin: indicates the Max-Min type.
Return Format The query returns HIST or MAXM. Example :MEASure:AMP:MANual:BASE MAXMin /*Sets the amplitude base value type for the manual amplitude method to MAXMin.*/ :MEASure:AMP:MANual:BASE? /*The query returns MAXM.*/
3.17.27 :MEASure:CATegory
Syntax
:MEASure:CATegory <val> :MEASure:CATegory?
Description
Sets or queries the measurement type.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
<val>
Integer
0 to 2
Default 0
Remarks
0: horizontal; 1: vertical; 2: other.
Return Format
The query returns an integer ranging from 0 to 2.
Example :MEASure:CATegory 1 Vertical.*/ :MEASure:CATegory?
/*Sets the measurement type to /*The query returns 1.*/
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
213
Command System
3.18
:QUICK Command
The :QUICK command is used to set and query the relevant parameters for quick operation shortcut keys.
3.18.1
:QUICk:OPERation
Syntax
:QUICk:OPERation <type> :QUICk:OPERation?
Description
Sets or queries the type of the shortcut keys.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
<type>
Discrete
{SIMage|SWAVe|SSETup| AMEasure|SRESet|RECord| SSAVe}
Default SIMage
Remarks
· SIMage: indicates the screen image. · SWAVe: indicates the waveform saving. · SSETup: indicates the setup saving. · AMEasure: indicates all measurement. · SRESet: indicates statistics reset. · RECord: indicates waveform recording. · SSAVe: indicates saving group.
Return Format
The query returns SIM, SWAV, SSET, AME, REC, SSAV, or SRES.
Example :QUICk:OPERation SWAVe "save waveform".*/ :QUICk:OPERation?
/*Sets the type of the shortcut key to /*The query returns SWAV.*/
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
214
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
3.19
:RECord Commands
The :RECord commands are used to set and query the parameters related to the waveform recording mode and frames.
Waveform recording/playing function allows you to record and play the waveforms, enabling you to analyze the waveforms better.
3.19.1
:RECord:WRECord:ENABle
Syntax
:RECord:WRECord:ENABle <bool> :RECord:WRECord:ENABle?
Description
Enables or disables the waveform recording function; or queries the on/off status of the waveform recording function.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
Default
<bool>
Bool
{{1|ON}|{0|OFF}}
0|OFF
Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns 0 or 1. Example :RECord:WRECord:ENABle ON function.*/ :RECord:WRECord:ENABle?
/*Enables the waveform recording /*The query returns 1.*/
3.19.2
:RECord:ENABle
Syntax :RECord:ENABle <bool> :RECord:ENABle? Description Enables or disables the waveform recording function; or queries the on/off status of the waveform recording function.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
215
Command System
Parameter Name <bool>
Type Bool
Range {{1|ON}|{0|OFF}}
Default 0|OFF
Remarks
This command exists for backwards compatibility. Use the command :RECord:WRECord:ENABle.
Return Format
The query returns 0 or 1.
Example
:RECord:ENABle ON :RECord:ENABle?
/*Enables the waveform recording function.*/ /*The query returns 1.*/
3.19.3
:RECord:WRECord:OPERate
Syntax
:RECord:WRECord:OPERate <operate> :RECord:WRECord:OPERate?
Description
Sets to start the waveform recording, or queries whether the waveform recording starts or stops.
Parameter
Name <operate>
Type Discrete
Range {RUN|STOP}
Default STOP
Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns RUN or STOP. Example :RECord:WRECord:OPERate RUN waveforms.*/ :RECord:WRECord:OPERate?
/*Sets to start recording /*The query returns RUN.*/
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
216
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
3.19.4
:RECord:STARt
Syntax
:RECord:STARt <bool> :RECord:STARt?
Description
Sets to start the waveform recording, or queries whether the waveform recording starts or stops.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
Default
<bool>
Bool
{{1|ON}|{0|OFF}}
0|OFF
3.19.5
Remarks
This command exists for backwards compatibility. Use the command :RECord:WRECord:OPERate.
Return Format
The query returns 1 or 0.
Example :RECord:STARt ON :RECord:STARt?
/*Sets to start recording the waveforms.*/ /*The query returns 1.*/
:RECord:WRECord:FRAMes
Syntax
:RECord:WRECord:FRAMes <value> :RECord:WRECord:FRAMes?
Description
Sets or queries the number of frames for waveform recording.
Parameter
Name <value>
Type Integer
Range
1 to the maximum number of frames that can be recorded currently
Default 1,000
Remarks N/A
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
217
Command System
Return Format
The query returns an integer ranging from 1 to the maximum number of frames that can be recorded currently.
Example :RECord:WRECord:FRAMes 300 to 300.*/ :RECord:WRECord:FRAMes?
/*Sets the number of recorded frames /*The query returns 300.*/
3.19.6
:RECord:FRAMes
Syntax
:RECord:FRAMes <value> :RECord:FRAMes?
Description
Sets or queries the number of frames for waveform recording.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
<value>
Integer
1 to the maximum number of frames that can be recorded currently
Default 1,000
Remarks
This command exists for backwards compatibility. Use the command :RECord:WRECord:FRAMes.
Return Format
The query returns an integer ranging from 1 to the maximum number of frames that can be recorded currently.
Example :RECord:FRAMes 300 :RECord:FRAMes?
/*Sets the number of recorded frames to 300.*/ /*The query returns 300.*/
3.19.7
:RECord:WRECord:FRAMes:MAX
Syntax :RECord:WRECord:FRAMes:MAX Description Sets the number of recorded frames to the maximum number of frames.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
218
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
3.19.8 3.19.9
Parameter N/A Remarks N/A Return Format N/A Example :RECord:WRECord:FRAMes:MAX /*Sets the number of recorded frames to the maximum number of frames.*/
:RECord:WRECord: FMAX?
Syntax :RECord:WRECord: FMAX? Description Queries the maximum number of frames that can be recorded currently. Parameter N/A Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns an integer. The maximum number of frames that can be recorded currently is determined by the current memory depth. Example N/A
:RECord:WRECord:FINTerval
Syntax :RECord:WRECord:FINTerval <interval> :RECord:WRECord:FINTerval? Description Sets or queries the time interval between frames in waveform recording.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
219
Command System
Parameter Name <interval>
Type Real
Range 10 ns to 1 s
Default 10 ns
Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns the time interval in scientific notation. The unit is s. Example :RECord:WRECord:FINTerval 1 /*Sets the time interval between frames in waveform recording to 1 s.*/ :RECord:WRECord:FINTerval? /*The query returns 1.000000E0.*/
3.19.10 :RECord:WRECord:PROMpt
Syntax
:RECord:WRECord:PROMpt <bool> :RECord:WRECord:PROMpt?
Description
Sets or queries the on/off status of the beeper when the recording is completed.
Parameter
Name <bool>
Type Bool
Range {{1|ON}|{0|OFF}}
Default 1|ON
Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns 0 or 1. Example :RECord:WRECord:PROMpt ON recording is completed.*/ :RECord:WRECord:PROMpt?
/*Enables the beeper when the /*The query returns 1.*/
3.19.11 :RECord:WREPlay:FCURrent
Syntax :RECord:WREPlay:FCURrent <value>
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
220
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
:RECord:WREPlay:FCURrent?
Description
Sets or queries the current frame in waveform playing.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
<value>
Integer
1 to the maximum number of frames recorded
Default
The maximum number of frames recorded
Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns an integer. Example :RECord:WREPlay:FCURrent 300 waveform playing to 300.*/ :RECord:WREPlay:FCURrent?
/*Sets the current frame for /*The query returns 300.*/
3.19.12 :RECord:CURRent
Syntax
:RECord:CURRent <value> :RECord:CURRent?
Description
Sets or queries the current frame in waveform playing.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
<value>
Integer
1 to the maximum number of frames recorded
Default
The maximum number of frames recorded
Remarks
This command exists for backwards compatibility. Use the command :RECord:WREPlay:FCURrent.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
221
Command System
Return Format
The query returns an integer.
Example :RECord:CURRent 300 playing to 300.*/ :RECord:CURRent?
/*Sets the current frame for waveform /*The query returns 300.*/
3.19.13 :RECord:WREPlay:FCURrent:TIME?
Syntax :RECord:WREPlay:FCURrent:TIME? Description Queries the time stamp of the current frame in waveform playing. Parameter N/A Remarks N/A Return Format Queries the time stamp of the current frame in strings in waveform playing. Example N/A
3.19.14 :RECord:WREPlay:FSTart
Syntax
:RECord:WREPlay:FSTart <start> :RECord:WREPlay:FSTart?
Description
Sets or queries the start frame in waveform playback.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
Default
<start>
Integer
1 to the maximum number of frames that can be played back currently
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
222
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Remarks
N/A
Return Format
The query returns the start frame in integer.
Example :RECord:WREPlay:FSTart 10 playing to 10.*/ :RECord:WREPlay:FSTart?
/*Sets the start frame in waveform /*The query returns 10.*/
3.19.15 :RECord:WREPlay:FEND
Syntax
:RECord:WREPlay:FEND <end> :RECord:WREPlay:FEND?
Description
Sets or queries the end frame in waveform playback.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
<end>
Integer
1 to the maximum number of frames recorded
Default -
Remarks
N/A
Return Format
The query returns the end frame in integer.
Example :RECord:WREPlay:FEND 346 playing to 346.*/ :RECord:WREPlay:FEND?
/*Sets the end frame for waveform /*The query returns 346.*/
3.19.16 :RECord:WREPlay:FMAX?
Syntax :RECord:WREPlay:FMAX? Description Queries the maximum number of frames that can be played back currently.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
223
Command System
Parameter N/A Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns an integer ranging from 0 to the number of frames that have been recorded currently. Example N/A
3.19.17 :RECord:WREPlay:FINTerval
Syntax
:RECord:WREPlay:FINTerval <interval> :RECord:WREPlay:FINTerval?
Description
Sets or queries the time interval between frames in waveform playback.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
Default
<interval>
Real
1 ms to 1 s
-
Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns the time interval in scientific notation. The unit is s. Example :RECord WREPlay:FINTerval 1 /*Sets the time interval between frames in waveform playback to 1 s.*/ :RECord:WREPlay:FINTerval? /*The query returns 1.000000E0.*/
3.19.18 :RECord:WREPlay:MODE
Syntax :RECord:WREPlay:MODE <mode> :RECord:WREPlay:MODE?
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
224
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Description
Sets the waveform playback mode to Repeat or Single; queries the waveform playback mode.
Parameter
Name <mode>
Type Discrete
Range {REPeat|SINGle}
Default SINGle
Remarks
N/A
Return Format
The query returns REP or SING.
Example :RECord:WREPlay:MODE REP :RECord:WREPlay:MODE?
/*Sets the playback mode to REP.*/ /*The query returns REP.*/
3.19.19 :RECord:WREPlay:DIRection
Syntax
:RECord:WREPlay:DIRection <direction> :RECord:WREPlay:DIRection?
Description
Sets or queries the playback direction in waveform playing.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
<direction> Discrete
{FORWard|BACKward}
Default FORWard
Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns FORW or BACK. Example :RECord:WREPlay:DIRection BACK /*Sets the direction of waveform playback to BACK.*/ :RECord:WREPlay:DIRection? /*The query returns BACK.*/
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
225
Command System
3.19.20 :RECord:WREPlay:OPERate
Syntax
:RECord:WREPlay:OPERate <operate> :RECord:WREPlay:OPERate?
Description
Enables or disables the waveform playing function; or queries the on/off status of the waveform playing function.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
Default
<operate>
Discrete
{RUN|STOP}
STOP
Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns RUN or STOP. Example :RECord:WREPlay:OPERate RUN :RECord:WREPlay:OPERate?
/*Sets to play the waveforms.*/ /*The query returns RUN.*/
3.19.21 :RECord:PLAY
Syntax
:RECord:PLAY <bool> :RECord:PLAY?
Description
Enables or disables the waveform playing function; or queries the on/off status of the waveform playing function.
Parameter
Name <bool>
Type Bool
Range {{1|ON}|{0|OFF}}
Default 0|OFF
Remarks
This command exists for backwards compatibility. Use the command :RECord:WREPlay:OPERate.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
226
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Return Format
The query returns 1 or 0.
Example :RECord:PLAY ON :RECord:PLAY?
/*Sets to play the waveforms.*/ /*The query returns 1.*/
3.19.22 :RECord:WREPlay:BACK
Syntax :RECord:WREPlay:BACK Description Plays back the previous frame of waveforms manually. Parameter N/A Remarks N/A Return Format N/A Example :RECord:WREPlay:BACK /*Plays back the previous frame of waveforms manually.*/
3.19.23 :RECord:WREPlay:NEXT
Syntax :RECord:WREPlay:NEXT Description Plays back the next frame of waveforms manually. Parameter N/A Remarks N/A Return Format N/A
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
227
Command System
Example :RECord:WREPlay:NEXT /*Plays back the next frame of waveforms manually.*/
3.19.24 :RECord:WREPlay:PLAY
Syntax
:RECord:WREPlay:PLAY <val>
Description
Sets to play from the start frame or end frame manually.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
<val>
Discrete
{FFIRst|FEND}
Default FFIRst
Remarks · FFIRst: starts from the start frame. · FEND: starts from the end frame. Return Format N/A Example :RECord:WREPlay: PLAY FEND /*Sets to play from end frame manually.*/
3.20
:REFerence Commands
:REFerence commands are used to set the reference waveform parameters.
This series oscilloscope provides 10 reference waveform positions (Ref1-Ref10). In the actual test process, you can compare the signal waveform with the reference waveform to locate the failure.
3.20.1
:REFerence:SOURce
Syntax :REFerence:SOURce <ref>,<chan> :REFerence:SOURce? <ref> Description Sets or queries the source of the specified reference channel.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
228
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Parameter Name <ref>
Type Discrete
Range {1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10}
Default -
<chan>
Discrete
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8| D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15| CHANnel1|CHANnel2| CHANnel3|CHANnel4|MATH1| MATH2|MATH3|MATH4}
CHANnel1
Remarks
Only the currently enabled channel can be selected as the source of the specified reference channel.
Digital channels (D0 to D15) are only supported by the DHO900 series.
Return Format
The query returns D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D10, D11, D12, D13, D14, D15, CHAN1, CHAN2, CHAN3, CHAN4, MATH1, MATH2, MATH3, or MATH4.
Example :REFerence:SOURce 1,CHANnel1 channel 1 to CHANnel1.*/ :REFerence:SOURce? 1
/*Sets the source of the reference /*The query returns CHAN1.*/
3.20.2
:REFerence:VSCale
Syntax
:REFerence:VSCale <ref>,<scale> :REFerence:VSCale? <ref>
Description
Sets or queries the vertical scale of the specified reference channel.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
Default
<ref>
Discrete
{1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10}
-
<scale>
Real
Refer to Remarks
50mV
Remarks Related to the probe ratio setting
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
229
Command System
When the probe ratio is 1X, the value of <scale> ranges from 100 V to 10 V. When the probe ratio is 10X, the value of <scale> ranges from 1 mV to 100 V. This command is only available when the specified reference channel has saved the reference waveforms.
Return Format
The query returns the vertical scale in scientific notation.
Example :REFerence:VSCale 1,2 /*Sets the vertical scale of reference channel 1 to 2 V.*/ :REFerence:VSCale? 1 /*The query returns 2.000000E0.*/
3.20.3
:REFerence:VOFFset
Syntax
:REFerence:VOFFset <ref>,<offset> :REFerence:VOFFset? <ref>
Description
Sets or queries the vertical position of the specified reference channel.
Parameter
Name <ref>
Type Discrete
Range {1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10}
Default -
<offset>
Real
(-10 × RefVerticalScale) to (10 × 0 V
RefVerticalScale)
Remarks RefVerticalScale indicates the vertical scale of the currently set reference channel. Return Format The query returns the vertical position in scientific notation. Example :REFerence:VOFFset 1,0.5 /*Sets the vertical offset of reference channel 1 to 500 mV.*/ :REFerence:VOFFset? 1 /*The query returns 5.000000E-1.*/
3.20.4
:REFerence:RESet
Syntax :REFerence:RESet <ref>
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
230
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Description
Resets the vertical scale and vertical offset of the specified reference channel to the defaults.
Parameter
Name <ref>
Type Discrete
Range {1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10}
Default -
Remarks N/A Return Format N/A Example N/A
3.20.5
:REFerence:CURRent
Syntax
:REFerence:CURRent <ref>
Description
Sets the current reference channel.
Parameter
Name <ref>
Type Discrete
Range {1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10}
Default 1
Remarks N/A Return Format N/A Example N/A
3.20.6
:REFerence:SAVE
Syntax :REFerence:SAVE <ref>
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
231
Command System
Description
Saves the waveform of the specified reference channel to the internal memory as the reference waveform.
Parameter
Name <ref>
Type Discrete
Range {1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10}
Default -
3.20.7
Remarks N/A Return Format N/A Example N/A
:REFerence:COLor
Syntax
:REFerence:COLor <ref>, <color> :REFerence:COLor? <ref>
Description
Sets or queries the color of the specified reference channel.
Parameter
Name <ref>
Type Discrete
Range {1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10}
<color>
Discrete
{GRAY|GREen|BLUE|RED| ORANge}
Default -
-
Remarks
N/A
Return Format
The query returns GRAY, GRE, BLUE, RED, or ORAN.
Example
:REFerence:COLor 1,GREen /*Sets the display color of the
reference channel 1 to GREen.*/
:REFerence:COLor? 1
/*The query returns GRE.*/
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
232
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
3.20.8
:REFerence:LABel:ENABle
Syntax
:REFerence:LABel:ENABle <bool> :REFerence:LABel:ENABle?
Description
Enables or disables the label display of all the reference channels; or queries the on/off label display status of all the reference channels.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
Default
<bool>
Bool
{{1|ON}|{0|OFF}}
0|OFF
Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns 1 or 0. Example :REFerence:LABel:ENABle ON all the reference channels.*/ :REFerence:LABel:ENABle?
/*Enables the label display of /*The query returns 1.*/
3.20.9
:REFerence:LABel:CONTent
Syntax
:REFerence:LABel:CONTent <ref>,<str> :REFerence:LABel:CONTent? <ref>
Description
Sets or queries the label of the specified reference channel.
Parameter
Name <ref>
Type Discrete
Range {1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9|10}
Default -
<str>
ASCII String
The label can contain English letters and numbers, as well as some symbols.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
233
Command System
Remarks
N/A
Return Format
The query returns the label of the specified reference channel in strings.
Example :REFerence:LABel:CONTent 1,REF1 reference channel 1 to REF1.*/ :REFerence:LABel:CONTent? 1
/*Sets the label of /*The query returns REF1.*/
3.21
:SAVE Commands
You can save the current setups, waveforms, screen image, and parameters of the oscilloscope to the internal memory or external USB storage device (such as USB storage device) in various formats and recall the stored files when necessary.
3.21.1
:SAVE:IMAGe:INVert
Syntax
:SAVE:IMAGe:INVert <bool> :SAVE:IMAGe:INVert?
Description
Enables or disables the invert function when saving the image; or queries whether the invert function is enabled when saving the image.
Parameter
Name <bool>
Type Bool
Range {{1|ON}|{0|OFF}}
Default 0|OFF
Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns 1 or 0. Example :SAVE:IMAGe:INVert ON saving the image.*/ :SAVE:IMAGe:INVert?
/*Enables the invert function when /*The query returns 1.*/
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
234
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
3.21.2
:SAVE:IMAGe:COLor
Syntax
:SAVE:IMAGe:COLor <color> :SAVE:IMAGe:COLor?
Description
Sets the image color for image saving to Color or Gray; or queries image color for image saving.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
Default
<color>
Discrete
{COLor|GRAY}
COLor
Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns COL or GRAY. Example :SAVE:IMAGe:COLor GRAY saving to GRAY.*/ :SAVE:IMAGe:COLor?
/*Sets the image color for image /*The query returns GRAY.*/
3.21.3
:SAVE:IMAGe:FORMat
Syntax
:SAVE:IMAGe:FORMat <format> :SAVE:IMAGe:FORMat?
Description
Sets or queries in what format is the image saved.
Parameter
Name <format>
Type Discrete
Range {PNG|BMP|JPG}
Default -
Remarks N/A
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
235
Command System
Return Format
The query returns PNG, BMP, or JPG.
Example :SAVE:IMAGe:FORMat PNG :SAVE:IMAGe:FORMat?
/*Sets the storage format to PNG.*/ /*The query returns PNG.*/
3.21.4
:SAVE:IMAGe:HEADer
Syntax
:SAVE:IMAGe:HEADer <bool> :SAVE:IMAGe:HEADer?
Description
Sets or queries whether to display the image header.
Parameter
Name <bool>
Type Bool
Range {{1|ON}|{0|OFF}}
Default -
Remarks
· 1|ON: enables to display the image header. If you select "ON", the instrument model and the image creation date will be displayed in the header of the image when you save the image file.
· 0|OFF: disables to display the image header.
Return Format The query returns 1 or 0. Example :SAVE:IMAGe:HEADer ON /*Enables the display of the image header.*/ :SAVE:IMAGe:HEADer? /*The query returns 1.*/
3.21.5
:SAVE:IMAGe:DATA?
Syntax :SAVE:IMAGe:DATA? Description Queries the bitmap data stream of the currently displayed image.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
236
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Parameter
N/A
Remarks
The read data format is TMC header + binary data stream of the screenshot + terminator. The TMC header is in #NXXXXXX format; wherein, # is the TMC header identifier; N following # represents the number of digits (in the decimal integer) that follow; the length of the binary data stream of the screenshot is expressed in ASCII strings, and the terminator represents the ending of communication. For example, the data read for one time is #9000387356. 9 indicates the number of digits (in the decimal integer) that follow, and "000387356" indicates the length of the binary data stream, that is, 387356 bytes.
Return Format
The query returns the binary data stream.
Example :SAVE:IMAGe:DATA? /*The query returns the binary data stream.*/
3.21.6
:SAVE:IMAGe
Syntax
:SAVE:IMAGe <path>
Description
Stores the contents displayed on the screen into the internal or external memory in image format.
Parameter
Name <path>
Type ASCII String
Range Refer to Remarks
Default -
Remarks <path> includes the file storage location and the filename with a suffix. · The path of the local disk is C:/ and the path of the external storage device can
be D:/E:/... · The suffix of the filename can be .bmp, .png, or .jpg.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
237
Command System
3.21.7
· Refer to :SAVE:OVERlap . When you send the command :SAVE:OVERlap ON, if the specified storage location already contains a file with the same filename, the original file will be overwritten.
· The filename can contain letters, numbers, and other non-Chinese characters. The length of the filename shall not exceed 16 characters.
Return Format N/A Example :SAVE:IMAGe D:/123.png /*Stores the contents displayed on the screen into the external storage device Disk D, with the filename 123.png.*/
:SAVE:SETup
Syntax
:SAVE:SETup <path>
Description
Saves the current setup parameters of the oscilloscope to the internal or external memory as a file.
Parameter
Name <path>
Type ASCII String
Range Refer to Remarks
Default -
Remarks <path> includes the file storage location and the filename with a suffix. · The path of the local disk is C:/ and the path of the external storage device can
be D:/E:/... · The suffix of the filename is "*.stp". · Refer to :SAVE:OVERlap . When you send the command :SAVE:OVERlap ON, if the
specified storage location already contains a file with the same filename, the original file will be overwritten. · The filename can contain letters, numbers, and other non-Chinese characters. The length of the filename shall not exceed 16 characters.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
238
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Return Format N/A Example :SAVE:SETup D:/123.stp /*Stores the current setup parameters of the oscilloscope into the external storage device Disk D, with the filename 123.stp.*/
3.21.8
:SAVE:WAVeform
Syntax
:SAVE:WAVeform <path>
Description
Saves the screen waveform data to the internal or external memory as a file.
Parameter
Name <path>
Type ASCII String
Range Refer to Remarks
Default -
Remarks <path> includes the file storage location and the filename with a suffix. · The path of the local disk is C:/ and the path of the external storage device can
be D:/E:/... · The suffix of the filename is "*.bin" or "*.csv". · Refer to :SAVE:OVERlap . When you send the command :SAVE:OVERlap ON, if the
specified storage location already contains a file with the same filename, the original file will be overwritten. · The filename can contain letters, numbers, and other non-Chinese characters. The length of the filename shall not exceed 16 characters. Return Format N/A Example :SAVE:WAVeform D:/123.csv /*Saves the screen waveform file to the external storage device Disk D, with the filename 123.csv.*/
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
239
Command System
3.21.9
:SAVE:MEMory:WAVeform
Syntax
:SAVE:MEMory:WAVeform <path>
Description
Saves the memory waveform data of the oscilloscope to the specified path as a file.
Parameter
Name <path>
Type ASCII String
Range Refer to Remarks
Default -
Remarks <path> includes the file storage location and the filename with a suffix. · The path of the local disk is C:/ and the path of the external storage device can
be D:/E:/... · The suffix of the filename is "*.bin", "*.csv", or "*.wfm". · Refer to :SAVE:OVERlap . When you send the command :SAVE:OVERlap ON, if the
specified storage location already contains a file with the same filename, the original file will be overwritten. · The filename can contain letters, numbers, and other non-Chinese characters. The length of the filename shall not exceed 16 characters.
Return Format N/A Example :SAVE:MEMory:WAVeform D:/123.bin /*Saves the memory waveform data of the oscilloscope to Disk D, with the filename 123.bin.*/
3.21.10 :SAVE:STATus?
Syntax :SAVE:STATus? Description Queries the status of the memory.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
240
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Parameter N/A Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns 0 or 1 (when the saving operation is completed). Example N/A
3.21.11 :SAVE:OVERlap
Syntax
:SAVE:OVERlap <bool> :SAVE:OVERlap?
Description
Sets or queries whether to enable or disable the file overwriting function.
Parameter
Name <bool>
Type Bool
Range {{1|ON}|{0|OFF}}
Default -
Remarks · 1|ON: enables to overwrite the existing file. The existing file with the same name
as the file to be saved will be overwritten. · 0|OFF: disables to overwrite the existing file. Return Format The query returns 1 or 0. Example :SAVE:OVERlap ON /*Enables to overwrite the existing file.*/ :SAVE:OVERlap? /*The query returns 1.*/
3.21.12 :SAVE:PREFix
Syntax :SAVE:PREFix <name>
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
241
Command System
:SAVE:PREFix?
Description
Sets or queries the prefix of the filename when saving a file.
Parameter
Name <name>
Type ASCII String
Range Remarks
Default -
Remarks Each filename consists of the given prefix, appended with an appropriate extension. The prefix of the filename mentioned in this command shall not contain the suffix. Its prefix can contain letters, numbers, and other non-Chinese characters. The length of the prefix shall not exceed 16 characters. Return Format The query returns the prefix of the filename in strings. Example :SAVE:PREFix Rigol /*Sets the prefix of the filename to Rigol.*/ :SAVE:PREFix? /*The query returns Rigol.*/
3.21.13 :SAVe:SMB:SERVerpath
Syntax :SAVe:SMB:SERVerpath <path> :SAVe:SMB:SERVerpath? Description Sets or queries the server path for SMB file sharing. Parameter
Name
Type
Range
Default
<path>
ASCII String -
-
Remarks
The format of the server path is "\\xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx\name". Wherein, "xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx" indicates the IP address of the computer; "name" indicates the name of the SMB shared folder. Note that "name" is only allowed to be named in English letters.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
242
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Return Format The query returns the server path of the SMB file sharing in strings. Example :SAVe:SMB:SERVerpath \\172.16.25.77\Share /*Sets the server path of the SMB file sharing to \\172.16.25.77\Share.*/ :SAVe:SMB:SERVerpath? /*The query returns \\172.16.25.77\Share.*/
3.21.14 :SAVe:SMB:USERname
Syntax :SAVe:SMB:USERname <name> :SAVe:SMB:USERname? Description Sets or queries the user name for SMB file sharing. Parameter
Name
Type
Range
Default
<name>
ASCII String -
-
Remarks The user name shall not contain Chinese characters. Return Format The query returns the user name for the SMB file sharing in strings. Example :SAVe:SMB:USERname Rigol /*Sets the user name for SMB file sharing to Rigol.*/ :SAVe:SMB:USERname? /*The query returns Rigol.*/
3.21.15 :SAVe:SMB:PASSword
Syntax :SAVe:SMB:PASSword <password> :SAVe:SMB:PASSword? Description Sets or queries the password of the user name for SMB file sharing.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
243
Command System
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
Default
<password> ASCII String -
-
Remarks The password shall not contain Chinese characters. Return Format The query returns the password of the user name for SMB file sharing. Example :SAVe:SMB:PASSword Rigol /*Sets the password of the user name for SMB file sharing to Rigol*/ :SAVe:SMB:PASSword? /*The query returns Rigol.*/
3.21.16 :SAVe:SMB:AUToconnect
Syntax
:SAVe:SMB:AUToconnect <bool> :SAVe:SMB:AUToconnect?
Description
Sets or queries whether to enable or disable auto connection of SMB file sharing at bootup.
Parameter
Name <bool>
Type Bool
Range {{1|ON}|{0|OFF}}
Default OFF
Remarks 1: enables auto-connecting SMB file sharing at bootup. 0: disables auto-connecting SMB file sharing at bootup. Return Format The query returns 0 or 1. Example :SAVe:SMB:AUToconnect ON /*Enables auto-connecting SMB file sharing at bootup.*/ :SAVe:SMB:AUToconnect? /*The query returns 1.*/
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
244
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
3.21.17 :SAVe:SMB:CONNect
Syntax :SAVe:SMB:CONNect Description Configures to connect the SMB file sharing. Parameter N/A Remarks N/A Return Format N/A Example N/A
3.21.18 :SAVe:SMB:DISConnect
Syntax :SAVe:SMB:DISConnect Description Configures to disconnect the SMB file sharing. Parameter N/A Remarks N/A Return Format N/A Example N/A
3.21.19 :SAVe:SMB:CONState?
Syntax :SAVe:SMB:CONState?
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide 245
Command System
Description Queries the connection status of the SMB file sharing. Parameter N/A Remarks 1: indicates connected; 0: indicates disconnected. Return Format The query returns 0 or 1. Example N/A
3.21.20 :LOAD:SETup
Syntax
:LOAD:SETup <path>
Description
Loads the setup file of the oscilloscope from the specified path.
Parameter
Name <path>
Type ASCII String
Range Refer to Remarks
Default -
Remarks <path> includes the file storage location and the filename with a suffix. · The path of the local disk is C:/ and the path of the external storage device can
be D:/E:/... · The suffix of the filename to be loaded is "*.stp".
Return Format
N/A
Example
:LOAD:SETup D:/123.stp
/*Loads the setup file "123.stp" from
the external storage device Disk D.*/
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
246
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
3.22
3.22.1
:SEARch Commands
:SEARch:COUNt?
Syntax :SEARch:COUNt? Description Queries the total number of the search events. Parameter N/A Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns the total number of the search events in integer. Example N/A
3.22.2
:SEARch:STATe
Syntax
:SEARch:STATe <bool> :SEARch:STATe?
Description
Enables or disables the search function; or queries the on/off status of the search function.
Parameter
Name <bool>
Type Bool
Range {{1|ON}|{0|OFF}}
Default 0|OFF
Return Format
The query returns 1 or 0.
Example :SEARch:STATe ON :SEARch:STATe?
/*Enables the search function.*/ /*The query returns 1.*/
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
247
Command System
3.22.3
:SEARch:MODE
Syntax
:SEARch:MODE <value> :SEARch:MODE?
Description
Sets the search type.
Parameter
Name
Type
<value>
Discrete
Range {EDGE|PULSe}
Default EDGE
Remarks
· EDGe: selects "Edge" as the search type. · PULSe: selects "Pulse" as the search type.
Return Format
The query returns EDGE or PULS.
Example :SEARch:MODE PULSe :SEARch:MODE?
/*Selects the search type to "PULSe".*/ /*The query returns PULS.*/
3.22.4
:SEARch:EVENt
Syntax
:SEARch:EVENt <value> :SEARch:EVENt?
Description
Sets to navigate a search event.
Parameter
Name
Type
<value>
Integer
Range
0 to (the number of searched events 1)
Default 0
Remarks N/A
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
248
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Return Format
The query returns an integer.
Example :SEARch:EVENt 1 :SEARch:EVENt?
/*Sets to navigate to Search Event 1.*/ /*The query returns 1.*/
3.22.5
:SEARch:VALue?
Syntax
:SEARch:VALue? <x>
Description
Queries the time value for the specified Line No. in the marktable.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
<x>
Integer
-
Default -
Remarks <x> denotes the line number of the marktable. Return Format The query returns a time value. Example N/A
3.22.6
:SEARch:EDGE:SLOPe
Syntax
:SEARch:EDGE:SLOPe <slope> :SEARch:EDGE:SLOPe?
Description
Sets or queries the edge for the "Edge" search type.
Parameter
Name <slope>
Type Discrete
Range {POSitive|NEGative|EITHer}
Default POSitive
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
249
Command System
Remarks
· POSitive: indicates the rising edge. · NEGative: indicates the falling edge. · EITHer: indicates the rising edge or the falling edge.
Return Format
The query returns POS, NEG, or EITH.
Example :SEARch:EDGE:SLOPe NEGative :SEARch:EDGE:SLOPe?
/*Sets the edge type to NEGative.*/ /*The query returns NEG.*/
3.22.7
:SEARch:EDGE:SOURce
Syntax
:SEARch:EDGE:SOURce <source> :SEARch:EDGE:SOURce?
Description
Sets or queries the source for the "Edge" search type.
Parameter
Name <source>
Type Discrete
Range
{CHANnel1|CHANnel2| CHANnel3|CHANnel4}
Default CHANnel1
Remarks
N/A
Return Format
The query returns CHAN1, CHAN2, CHAN3, or CHAN4.
Example :SEARch:EDGE:SOURce CHANnel1 search type to CHANnel1.*/ :SEARch:EDGE:SOURce?
/*Sets the source for the Edge /*The query returns CHAN1.*/
3.22.8
:SEARch:EDGE:THReshold
Syntax :SEARch:EDGE:THReshold <thre>
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
250
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
:SEARch:EDGE:THReshold?
Description
Sets or queries the threshold for the "Edge" search type.
Parameter
Name <thre>
Type Real
Range
Default
(-4.5 x VerticalScale - Offset) to 0.000V
(4.5 x VerticalScale - Offset)
3.22.9
Remarks
N/A
Return Format
The query returns the threshold for the edge search type in scientific notation.
Example :SEARch:EDGE:THReshold 0.01 V.*/ :SEARch:EDGE:THReshold?
/*Sets the threshold to 0.01 /*The query returns 1.000000E-2.*/
:SEARch:PULSe:POLarity
Syntax
:SEARch:PULSe:POLarity <polarity> :SEARch:PULSe:POLarity?
Description
Sets or queries the polarity for the "Pulse" search type.
Parameter
Name <polarity>
Type Discrete
Range {POSitive|NEGative}
Default POSitive
Remarks
N/A
Return Format
The query returns POS or NEG.
Example
:SEARch:PULSe:POLarity POSitive /*Sets the polarity for the
Pulse search type to POSitive.*/
:SEARch:PULSe:POLarity?
/*The query returns POS.*/
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
251
Command System
3.22.10 :SEARch:PULSe:QUALifier
Syntax
:SEARch:PULSe:QUALifier <qualifier> :SEARch:PULSe:QUALifier?
Description
Sets or queries the search condition for the "Pulse" search type.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
<qualifier>
Discrete
{GREater|LESS|GLESs}
Default GREater
Remarks
· GREater: the positive/negative pulse width of the input signal is greater than the specified pulse width.
· LESS: the positive/negative pulse width of the input signal is smaller than the specified pulse width.
· GLESs: the positive/negative pulse width of the input signal is greater than the specified lower limit of pulse width and smaller than the specified upper limit of pulse width.
Return Format
The query returns GRE, LESS, or GLES.
Example
:SEARch:PULSe:QUALifier LESS /*Sets the search condition for the
"Pulse" search type to LESS.*/
:SEARch:PULSe:QUALifier?
/*The query returns LESS.*/
3.22.11 :SEARch:PULSe:SOURce
Syntax :SEARch:PULSe:SOURce <source> :SEARch:PULSe:SOURce? Description Sets or queries the source for the "Pulse" search type.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
252
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Parameter Name <source>
Type Discrete
Range
{CHANnel1|CHANnel2| CHANnel3|CHANnel4}
Default CHANnel1
Remarks
N/A
Return Format
The query returns CHAN1, CHAN2, CHAN3, or CHAN4.
Example :SEARch:PULSe:SOURce CHANnel1 search type to CHANnel1.*/ :SEARch:PULSe:SOURce?
/*Sets the source for the Pulse /*The query returns CHAN1.*/
3.22.12 :SEARch:PULSe:UWIDth
Syntax
:SEARch:PULSe:UWIDth <width> :SEARch:PULSe:UWIDth?
Description
Sets or queries the upper limit of the pulse width for the "Pulse" search type.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
Default
<width>
Real
800 ps to 10 s
2 us
Remarks
N/A
Return Format
The query returns the upper limit of the pulse width in scientific notation.
Example
:SEARch:PULSe:UWIDth 1 /*Sets the upper limit of the pulse width
for the Pulse search type to 1 s.*/
:SEARch:PULSe:UWIDth?
/*The query returns 1.000000E0.*/
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
253
Command System
3.22.13 :SEARch:PULSe:LWIDth
Syntax
:SEARch:PULSe:LWIDth <width> :SEARch:PULSe:LWIDth?
Description
Sets or queries the lower limit of the pulse width for the "Pulse" search type.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
Default
<width>
Real
800 ps to 10 s
1 us
Remarks
N/A
Return Format
The query returns the lower limit of the pulse width in scientific notation.
Example
:SEARch:PULSe:LWIDth 0.2 /*Sets the lower limit of the pulse
width for the Pulse search type to 200 ms.*/
:SEARch:PULSe:LWIDth?
/*The query returns 2.000000E-1.*/
3.22.14 :SEARch:PULSe:THReshold
Syntax
:SEARch:PULSe:THReshold <thre> :SEARch:PULSe:THReshold?
Description
Sets or queries the threshold for the "Pulse" search type.
Parameter
Name <thre>
Type Real
Range
Default
(-5 × VerticalScale - OFFSet) to 0.000 V
(5 × VerticalScale - OFFSet)
Remarks N/A
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
254
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Return Format
The query returns the threshold for the pulse search type in scientific notation.
Example :SEARch:PULSe:THReshold 0.01 mV.*/ :SEARch:PULSe:THReshold? 1.000000E-2.*/
/*Sets the threshold to 10 /*The query returns
3.23
3.23.1
:NAVigate Commands
:NAVigate:ENABle
Syntax :NAVigate:ENABle <bool> :NAVigate:ENABle?
Description
Sets or queries the on/off status of the Navigation function.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
<bool>
Bool
{{1|ON}|{0|OFF}}
Default 0|OFF
Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns 1 or 0. Example :NAVigate:ENABle ON :NAVigate:ENABle?
/*Enables the Navigation function.*/ /*The query returns 1.*/
3.23.2
:NAVigate:MODE
Syntax :NAVigate:MODE <mode> :NAVigate:MODE? Description Sets or queries the navigation mode.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
255
Command System
Parameter Name <mode>
Type Discrete
Range {TIME|SEARch|FRAMe}
Default TIME
Remarks
· TIME: indicates the time navigation. It is available only when in "YT" time mode. · SEARch: indicates event search navigation. After searching events using the
Search function, you can select the "Search Event" mode in Navigation menu to navigate to specific events in the marktable. · FRAMe: indicates frame segment navigation. This mode is available only in UltraAcquire acquisition mode. When UltraAcquire is enabled, the Mode is automatically set to "Frame Segment" which cannot be modified. The navigation function is available only when the oscilloscope is in "STOP" state (acquisition stopped). You can send the :STOP command to set the oscilloscope to STOP status. Return Format The query returns TIME, SEARch, or FRAMe. Example :NAVigate:MODE TIME /*Sets the navigation mode to TIME.*/ :NAVigate:MODE? /*The query returns TIME.*/
3.23.3
:NAVigate:TIME:SPEed
Syntax
:NAVigate:TIME:SPEed <speed> :NAVigate:TIME:SPEed?
Description
Sets the speed of playing the waveforms in time navigation mode.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
Default
<speed>
Discrete
{HIGH|NORMal|LOW}
NORMal
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
256
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Remarks · HIGH: indicates playing the waveforms at a high speed. · NORMal: indicates playing the waveforms at a normal speed. · LOW: indicates playing the waveforms at a low speed. Return Format The query returns HIGH, NORMal, or LOW. Example :NAVigate:TIME:SPEed LOW /*Sets to play the waveforms in time navigation mode at a low speed.*/ :NAVigate:TIME:SPEed? /*The query returns LOW.*/
3.23.4
:NAVigate:TIME:PLAY
Syntax
:NAVigate:TIME:PLAY <bool> :NAVigate:TIME:PLAY?
Description
Sets or queries whether to play the waveforms in time navigation mode.
Parameter
Name <bool>
Type Bool
Range {{1|ON}|{0|OFF}}
Default 0|OFF
Remarks · 1|ON: starts playing the waveforms. · 0|OFF: stops playing the waveforms. Return Format The query returns 0 or 1. Example :NAVigate:TIME:PLAY ON /*Sets to play the waveforms in time navigation.*/ :NAVigate:TIME:PLAY? /*The query returns 1.*/
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
257
Command System
3.23.5 3.23.6
:NAVigate:TIME:END
Syntax :NAVigate:TIME:END Description Sets to navigate to the end waveforms (waveforms ending at the rightmost end of screen) in time navigation mode. Parameter N/A Remarks N/A Return Format N/A Example N/A
:NAVigate:TIME:STARt
Syntax :NAVigate:TIME:STARt Description Sets to navigate to the start waveform (waveform starting at the leftmost end of screen) in time navigation mode. Parameter N/A Remarks N/A Return Format N/A Example N/A
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
258
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
3.23.7 3.23.8 3.23.9
:NAVigate:TIME:NEXT
Syntax :NAVigate:TIME:NEXT Description Sets to play forward the waveform in time navigation mode. Parameter N/A Remarks N/A Return Format N/A Example N/A
:NAVigate:TIME:BACK
Syntax :NAVigate:TIME:BACK Description Sets to play backward the waveform in time navigation mode. Parameter N/A Remarks N/A Return Format N/A Example N/A
:NAVigate:SEARch:END
Syntax :NAVigate:SEARch:END
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
259
Command System
Description Sets to navigate to the last event. Parameter N/A Remarks N/A Return Format N/A Example N/A
3.23.10 :NAVigate:SEARch:STARt
Syntax :NAVigate:SEARch:STARt Description Sets to navigate to the first event. Parameter N/A Remarks N/A Return Format N/A Example N/A
3.23.11 :NAVigate:SEARch:NEXT
Syntax :NAVigate:SEARch:NEXT Description Sets to navigate to the next event.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
260
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Parameter N/A Remarks N/A Return Format N/A Example N/A
3.23.12 :NAVigate:SEARch:BACK
Syntax :NAVigate:SEARch:BACK Description Sets to navigate to the previous event. Parameter N/A Remarks N/A Return Format N/A Example N/A
3.23.13 :NAVigate:FRAMe:DISPlay:MODE
Syntax :NAVigate:FRAMe:DISPlay:MODE <mode> :NAVigate:FRAMe:DISPlay:MODE? Description Sets or queries the display mode in Frame Segment navigation.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
261
Command System
Parameter Name <mode>
Type Discrete
Range
{ADJacent|OVERlay|WATerfall| PERSpective|MOSaic}
Default -
Remarks · ADJacent: indicates the adjacent display. Waveform segments are shown in
adjacent display, with each segment shown next to the previous segment. In this mode, a maximum of 100 frames of waveforms can be displayed on the screen at a time. · OVERlay: indicates the overlay display. All the captured waveform segments are overwritten to display as one single segment of the waveform. In this mode, a maximum of 100 frames of waveforms can be displayed on the screen at a time. · WATerfall: indicates the waterfall display. It displays the captured waveform segments in a cascaded display order. In this mode, a maximum of 100 frames of waveforms can be displayed on the screen at a time. · PERSpective: indicates the perspective display. The waveform segments are displayed in the ladder-like form, with each segment being arranged above another with a certain perspective (angle), moving up like a rising slope. In this mode, a maximum of 100 frames of waveforms can be displayed on the screen at a time. · MOSaic: indicates the mosaic display. The whole waveform view is divided into several blocks, and each waveform segment is displayed in each block in sequence. In this mode, a maximum of 80 frames of waveforms can be displayed on the screen at a time. Return Format The query returns ADJ, OVER, WAT, PERS, or MOS. Example :NAVigate:FRAMe:DISPlay:MODE ADJacent /*Sets the display mode to ADJacent in Frame Segment navigation.*/ :NAVigate:FRAMe:DISPlay:MODE? /*The query returns ADJ.*/
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
262
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
3.23.14 :NAVigate:FRAMe:END:FRAMe
Syntax
:NAVigate:FRAMe:END:FRAMe <frame> :NAVigate:FRAMe:END:FRAMe?
Description
Sets or queries the end frame in Frame Segment navigation mode.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
Default
<frame>
Integer
-
-
Remarks
The range of the end frame is from Start Frame to the maximum number of the frames acquired in UltraAcquire acquisition mode. You can send the :ACQuire:ULTRa:MAXFrame command to query the maximum number of frames that can be set for UltraAcquire acquisition mode. When you click or tap the Play key, it plays from the "Start Frame". The number of frames that can be displayed on the current screen page is (End Frame - Start Frame + 1). For example, if you set Start Frame to 3 and End Frame to 9, it will play from the 3rd frame and displays 7 frames on one screen page.
Return Format
The query returns an integer.
Example
:NAVigate:FRAMe:END:FRAMe 8 /*Sets the end frame in Frame Segment navigation to 8.*/ :NAVigate:FRAMe:END:FRAMe? /*The query returns 8.*/
3.23.15 :NAVigate:FRAMe:STARt:FRAMe
Syntax :NAVigate:FRAMe:STARt:FRAMe <frame> :NAVigate:FRAMe:STARt:FRAMe? Description Sets or queries the start frame in Frame Segment navigation.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
263
Command System
Parameter Name <frame>
Type Integer
Range -
Default -
Remarks
When you click or tap the Play key, it plays from the "Start Frame". The number of frames that can be displayed on the current screen page is (End Frame - Start Frame + 1). For example, if you set Start Frame to 3 and End Frame to 9, it will play from the 3rd frame and displays 7 frames on one screen page.
Return Format
The query returns an integer.
Example :NAVigate:FRAMe:STARt:FRAMe 3 /*Sets the start frame in Frame Segment navigation to 3.*/ :NAVigate:FRAMe:STARt:FRAMe? /*The query returns 3.*/
3.23.16 :NAVigate:FRAMe:END
Syntax :NAVigate:FRAMe:END Description Sets to play the final page in Frame Segment navigation mode. Parameter N/A Remarks N/A Return Format N/A Example N/A
3.23.17 :NAVigate:FRAMe:STARt
Syntax :NAVigate:FRAMe:STARt
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
264
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Description Sets to play the first page in Frame Segment navigation mode. Parameter N/A Remarks N/A Return Format N/A Example N/A
3.23.18 :NAVigate:FRAMe:NEXT
Syntax :NAVigate:FRAMe:NEXT Description Sets to play the next page in Frame Segment navigation mode. Parameter N/A Remarks N/A Return Format N/A Example N/A
3.23.19 :NAVigate:FRAMe:BACK
Syntax :NAVigate:FRAMe:BACK Description Sets to play the previous page in Frame Segment navigation mode.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
265
Command System
Parameter N/A Remarks N/A Return Format N/A Example N/A
3.23.20 :NAVigate:FRAMe:PLAY
Syntax
:NAVigate:FRAMe:PLAY <bool> :NAVigate:FRAMe:PLAY?
Description
Sets or queries whether to play the waveforms in Frame Segment navigation mode.
Parameter
Name <bool>
Type Bool
Range {{1|ON}|{0|OFF}}
Default 0|OFF
Remarks
· 1|ON: starts playing the waveforms. · 0|OFF: stops playing the waveforms. During playing in Frame Segment navigation mode, you are not allowed to set the Start Frame and the End Frame. Return Format The query returns 1 or 0. Example :NAVigate:FRAMe:PLAY ON /*Sets to play the waveforms in Frame Segment navigatio mode.*/ :NAVigate:FRAMe:PLAY? /*The query returns 1.*/
3.24
:SYSTem Commands
The :SYSTem commands are used to set the system-related parameters.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
266
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
3.24.1
:SYSTem:AOUTput
Syntax
:SYSTem:AOUTput <auxoutput> :SYSTem:AOUTput?
Description
Sets or queries the type of the signal output from the rear-panel [AUX OUT] connector.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
Default
<auxoutput> Discrete
{TOUT|PFAil}
TOUT
Remarks
· TOUT: after you select this type, the oscilloscope initiates a trigger and then a signal which reflects the current capture rate of the oscilloscope can be output from the connector.
· PFAil: after you select this type, a pulse signal will be output from the connector once the oscilloscope detects a successful or failed event.
Return Format
The query returns TOUT or PFA.
Example
:SYSTem:AOUTput PFAil /*Sets the signal type to PFAil.*/
:SYSTem:AOUTput?
/*The query returns PFA.*/
3.24.2
:SYSTem:BEEPer
Syntax
:SYSTem:BEEPer <bool> :SYSTem:BEEPer?
Description
Turns on or off the beeper or queries the on/off status of the beeper.
Parameter
Name <bool>
Type Bool
Range {{1|ON}|{0|OFF}}
Default 0|OFF
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
267
Command System
3.24.3 3.24.4
Remarks
N/A
Return Format
The query returns 1 or 0.
Example :SYSTem:BEEPer ON :SYSTem:BEEPer?
/*Enables the beeper.*/ /*The query returns 1.*/
:SYSTem:ERRor[:NEXT]?
Syntax :SYSTem:ERRor[:NEXT]? Description Queries and clears the error queue message. Parameter N/A Remarks N/A Return Format The query is in <Message Number>,<Message Content> format. Wherein, <Message Number> is an integer; <Message Content> is a double-quoted ASCII string. For example, -113,"Undefined header; command cannot be found". Example N/A
:SYSTem:PON
Syntax :SYSTem:PON <power_on> :SYSTem:PON? Description Sets or queries the configuration type recalled by the oscilloscope when it is powered on again after power-off.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
268
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Parameter Name <power_on>
Type Discrete
Range {LATest|DEFault}
Default DEFault
Remarks
N/A
Return Format
The query returns LAT or DEF.
Example
:SYSTem:PON LATest
/*Sets the oscilloscope to recall Last
value after it is powered on again.*/
:SYSTem:PON?
/*The query returns LAT.*/
3.24.5
:SYSTem:PSTatus
Syntax
:SYSTem:PSTatus <sat> :SYSTem:PSTatus?
Description
Sets or queries the power status of the oscilloscope.
Parameter
Name <sat>
Type Discrete
Range {DEFault|OPEN}
Default OPEN
Remarks
· DEFault: after the oscilloscope is powered on, you need to press the Power key on the front panel to start the oscilloscope.
· OPEN: after the oscilloscope is powered on, it starts directly. You do not have to press the Power key.
Return Format
The query returns DEF or OPEN.
Example :SYSTem:PSTatus DEFault :SYSTem:PSTatus?
/*Sets the power status to DEFault.*/ /*The query returns DEF.*/
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
269
Command System
3.24.6 3.24.7 3.24.8
:SYSTem:RAMount?
Syntax :SYSTem:RAMount? Description Queries the number of analog channels of the current instrument. Parameter N/A Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns the number of analog channels of the current instrument in integer. Example N/A
:SYSTem:RESet
Syntax :SYSTem:RESet Description Resets the system to power on. Parameter N/A Remarks N/A Return Format N/A Example N/A
:SYSTem:SETup
Syntax :SYSTem:SETup <setup_data>
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
270
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
:SYSTem:SETup?
Description
Sends or reads the data stream of the system setup file.
Parameter
Name
Type
<setup_data> Binary
Range Refer to Remarks
Default -
Remarks
· <setup_data> is a binary data block, which consists of the TMC data block header and setup data. - The format of the TMC data block header is #NX...X. Wherein, # is the start identifier of the data stream; the N-digit data "X...X" (N9) following the start identifier indicate the length of the data stream (the number of bytes). For example, 9000002506 Wherein, N is 9, 000002506 following it represents that the data stream contains 2506 bytes of effective data. - The setup data are expressed in ASCII format.
· When sending the command, directly place the data stream after the command string, then complete the whole sending process in one time. When reading the data stream, ensure that there is enough buffer space to receive the data stream; otherwise, errors might occur in reading the program.
Return Format
N/A
Example N/A
3.24.9
:SYSTem:LOCKed
Syntax :SYSTem:LOCKed <bool> :SYSTem:LOCKed? Description Enables or disables the front-panel key operation and touch screen operation; queries whether the front-panel key operation and touch screen operation are locked.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
271
Command System
Parameter Name <bool>
Type Bool
Range {{1|ON}|{0|OFF}}
Default 0|OFF
Remarks
N/A
Return Format
The query returns 1 or 0.
Example
:SYSTem:LOCKed ON
/*Disables the front-panel key operation
and touch screen operation.*/
:SYSTem:LOCKed?
/*The query returns 1.*/
3.24.10 :SYSTem:MODules?
Syntax :SYSTem:MODules? Description Queries the hardware modules. Parameter N/A Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns 1,0,0,0,0. The first figure indicates LA; the second figure indicates DG; and the others are not defined currently. 1 indicates available, and 0 indicates not available. Example N/A
3.24.11 :SYSTem:AUToscale
Syntax :SYSTem:AUToscale <bool> :SYSTem:AUToscale?
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
272
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Description
Enables or disables the function of the Auto menu; or queries the on/off status of the Auto menu.
Parameter
Name <bool>
Type Bool
Range {{1|ON}|{0|OFF}}
Default 1|ON
Remarks
· You can send this command or use the menu key to disable the function of the AUTO key.
· After the function of the AUTO key is disabled, you cannot perform the Auto Scale operation.
Return Format
The query returns 1 or 0.
Example :SYSTem:AUToscale ON AUTO key.*/ :SYSTem:AUToscale?
/*Enables the function of the front-panel /*The query returns 1.*/
3.24.12 :SYSTem:GAMount?
Syntax :SYSTem:GAMount? Description Queries the number of grids in the horizontal direction of the screen. Parameter N/A Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns the number of grids in integer. For this oscilloscope, the query returns a fixed value 10. Example N/A
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
273
Command System
3.24.13 :SYSTem:VERSion?
Syntax :SYSTem:VERSion?
Description
Queries the version number of the SCPI used by the system.
Parameter
N/A
Remarks
N/A
Return Format
The query returns the SCPI version number in strings.
Example :SYSTem:VERSion?
/*The query returns 0.0.1.*/
3.24.14 :SYSTem:DGSTatus?
Syntax :SYSTem:DGSTatus? Description Queries whether the DG module exists. Parameter N/A Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns 1 or 0. Example :SYSTem:DGSTatus? /*The query returns 1 if the instrument has installed the DG module; otherwise, it returns 0.*/
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
274
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
3.24.15 :SYSTem:KEYBOARDCheck?
Syntax :SYSTem:KEYBOARDCheck? Description Queries the status of the keyboard. Parameter N/A Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns true or false. Example N/A
3.25
:SOURce Commands
:SOURce commands are used to set AFG parameters. This series oscilloscope has a standard built-in 25 MHz AFG, which integrates the signal source and the oscilloscope into one.
NOTE The commands are only available for DHO914S and DHO924S.
3.25.1
:SOURce:OUTPut:STATe
Syntax
:SOURce:OUTPut:STATe <bool> :SOURce:OUTPut:STATe?
Description
Enables or disables the channel output; or queries the channel output status.
Parameter
Name <bool>
Type Bool
Range {{1|ON}|{0|OFF}}
Default 0|OFF
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
275
Command System
3.25.2
Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns 0 or 1. Examples :SOURce:OUTPut:STATe ON /*Enables the channel output for AFG.*/ :SOURce:OUTPut:STATe? /*The query returns 1.*/
:SOURce:FUNCtion
Syntax
:SOURce:FUNCtion <wave> :SOURce:FUNCtion?
Description
Sets or queries the function of the basic waveform.
Parameter
Name <wave>
Type Discrete
Range
{SINusoid|SQUare|RAMP|DC| NOISe|ARB}
Default SINusoid
3.25.3
Remarks The built-in Function/Arbitrary Waveform Generator of this series can output a variety of basic waveforms, including Sine, Square, Ramp, DC, Noise, and Arb. Return Format The query returns SIN, SQU, RAMP, DC, NOIS, or ARB. Example :SOURce:FUNCtion SQUare /*Sets the output waveform type to Square.*/ :SOURce:FUNCtion? /*The query returns SQU.*/
:SOURce:FREQuency
Syntax :SOURce:FREQuency <freq> :SOURce:FREQuency? Description Sets or queries the frequency of basic waveforms.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
276
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Parameter Name <freq>
Type Real
Range Refer to Remarks
Default 1 kHz
Remarks
· Sine: 2 mHz to 25 MHz · Square: 2 mHz to 15 MHz · Ramp: 2 mHz to 150 kHz · Arb: 2 mHz to 10 MHz · DC and Noise: no frequency parameter You can use :SOURce:FUNCtion to set or query the basic wave type. Return Format The query returns the frequency in scientific notation, for example, 2.000000E+5. Example :SOURce:FREQuency 1000 /*Sets the frequency of the basic waveform to 1 kHz.*/ :SOURce:FREQuency? /*The query returns 1.000000E+3.*/
3.25.4
:SOURce:PHASe
Syntax
:SOURce:PHASe <phase> :SOURce:PHASe?
Description
Sets or queries the starting phase of basic waveforms.
Parameter
Name <phase>
Type Real
Range 0° to 360°
Default 0°
Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns the starting phase in scientific notation. For example, the query might return 1.0000000000E+01, indicating that the starting phase is 10°.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
277
Command System
3.25.5
Example :SOURce:PHASe 10 /*Sets the starting phase of basic waveforms to 10°.*/ :SOURce:PHASe? /*The query returns 1.0000000000E+01.*/
:SOURce:FUNCtion:RAMP:SYMMetry
Syntax
:SOURce:FUNCtion:RAMP:SYMMetry <symm> :SOURce:FUNCtion:RAMP:SYMMetry?
Description
Sets or queries the symmetry of Ramp.
Parameter
Name <symm>
Type Real
Range 0% to 100%
Default 50%
Remarks
This command is available only when the waveform function (:SOURce:FUNCtion) is set to Ramp.
Symmetry is defined as the percentage of the amount of time Ramp wave is rising in the period.
t
Symmetry=t/T*100%
T
Return Format The query returns the symmetry in scientific notation. For example, the query might return 5.5000000000E+01, indicating that the Ramp symmetry is 55%. Example :SOURce:FUNCtion:RAMP:SYMMetry 55 /*Sets the symmetry of Ramp to 55%.*/ :SOURce:FUNCtion:RAMP:SYMMetry? /*The query returns 5.5000000000E +01.*/
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
278
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
3.25.6
:SOURce:FUNCtion:SQUare:DUTY
Syntax
:SOURce:FUNCtion:SQUare:DUTY <percent> :SOURce:FUNCtion:SQUare:DUTY?
Description
Sets or queries the duty cycle of the square wave generated by the AFG function.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
Default
<percent>
Real
0 to 100
50
Remarks This command is valid only when the wave type is set to "Square". You can use :SOURce:FUNCtion to set or query the waveform type. Square duty cycle is the percentage of time that the square wave is at a high level over the period of the square wave. Return Format The query returns the duty cycle in scientific notation. Example :SOURce:FUNCtion:SQUare:DUTY 55 /*Sets the square duty cycle to 55%.*/ :SOURce:FUNCtion:SQUare:DUTY? /*The query returns 5.5000000000E +01.*/
3.25.7
:SOURce:VOLTage:AMPLitude
Syntax
:SOURce:VOLTage:AMPLitude <amp> :SOURce:VOLTage:AMPLitude
Description
Sets or queries the amplitude of basic waveforms. The default unit is V.
Parameter
Name <amp>
Type Real
Range Refer to Remarks
Default 6 V
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
279
Command System
Remarks The amplitude range of basic waveforms is related to the frequency: · 2 mV to 10 V (frequency 10 MHz) · 2 mV to 5 V (frequency > 10 MHz) You can use :SOURce:FREQuency to set or query the frequency of the basic waveform. Return Format The query returns the amplitude in scientific notation. The unit is V. Example :SOURce:VOLTage:AMPLitude 1 /*Sets the amplitude to 1 V.*/ :SOURce:VOLTage:AMPLitude? /*The query returns 1.0000000000E+00.*/
3.25.8
:SOURce:VOLTage:OFFSet
Syntax
:SOURce:VOLTage:OFFSet <offset> :SOURce:VOLTage:OFFSet?
Description
Sets or queries the offset of basic waveforms. The default unit is V.
Parameter
Name <offset>
Type Real
Range Refer to Remarks
Default 0 V
Remarks The offset range of basic waveforms is related to the amplitude: Offset range = ± (maximum amplitude that can be set - current amplitude)/2 For example, · If the frequency of the current basic waveform is 5 MHz, the maximum
amplitude that can be set is 10 V, and the set amplitude is 6 V, then the offset range is ±(10 V - 6 V)/2 = ±2 V. · If the frequency of the current basic waveform is 15 MHz, the maximum amplitude that can be set is 5 V, and the set amplitude is 3 V, then the offset range is ±(5 V - 3 V)/2 = ±1 V.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
280
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
You can use :SOURce:VOLTage:AMPLitude to set or query the amplitude of the basic waveform. Return Format The query returns the offset in scientific notation. The unit is V. Example :SOURce:VOLTage:OFFSet 0.2 /*Sets the waveform offset to 200 mV.*/ :SOURce:VOLTage:OFFSet? /*The query returns 2.0000000000E-01.*/
3.25.9
:SOURce:MOD:STATe
Syntax
:SOURce:MOD:STATe <bool> :SOURce:MOD:STATe?
Description
Enables or disables the modulation output; or queries the modulation output status.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
Default
<bool>
Bool
{{1|ON}|{0|OFF}}
0|OFF
Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns 1 or 0. Example :SOURce:MOD:STATe /*Enables the modulation output*/ :SOURce:MOD:STATe? /*The query returns 1.*/
3.25.10 :SOURce:MOD:TYPe
Syntax :SOURce:MOD:TYPe <type> :SOURce:MOD:TYPe? Description Sets or queries the modulation type.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
281
Command System
Parameter Name <type>
Type Discrete
Range {AM|FM|PM}
Default AM
Remarks
· AM: amplitude modulation. The amplitude of the carrier waveform is varied by the voltage of the modulating waveform.
· FM: frequency modulation. The frequency of the carrier waveform is varied by the voltage of the modulating waveform.
· PM: phase modulation. The phase of the carrier waveform is varied by the voltage of the modulating waveform.
Return Format The query returns AM, FM, or PM. Example :SOURce:MOD:TYPe AM /*Sets the modulation type to AM*/ :SOURce:MOD:TYPe? /*The query returns AM.*/
3.25.11 :SOURce:MOD:AM:DEPTh
Syntax
:SOURce:MOD:AM:DEPTh <depth> :SOURce:MOD:AM:DEPTh?
Description
Sets or queries the modulation depth of AM.
Parameter
Name <depth>
Type Real
Range 0% to 120%
Default 100%
Remarks Modulation depth is a percentage that represents the amplitude variation. · At 0% depth, the amplitude is one-half of the carrier's amplitude setting. · At 100% depth, the amplitude is identical to the carrier's amplitude setting.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
282
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
· At greater than 100% depth, envelop distortion will occur which must be avoided in actual circuits. The instrument will not exceed 2.5 Vpp on the output (into a 50 load).
Return Format The query returns the AM modulation depth in scientific notation. For example, the query might return 5.0000000000E+01, indicating that the modulation depth is 50%. Example :SOURce:MOD:AM:DEPTh 50 /*Sets the modulation depth of AM to 50%.*/ :SOURce:MOD:AM:DEPTh? /*The query returns 5.0000000000E+01.*/
3.25.12 :SOURce:MOD:AM:INTernal:FREQuency
Syntax
:SOURce:MOD:AM:INTernal:FREQuency <freq> :SOURce:MOD:AM:INTernal:FREQuency?
Description
Sets or queries the modulation frequency of AM.
Parameter
Name <freq>
Type Real
Range 2 mHz to 1 MHz
Default 100 Hz
Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns the AM modulation frequency in scientific notation. For example, the query might return 1.5000000000E+02, indicating that the modulation frequency is 150 Hz. Example :SOURce:MOD:AM:INTernal:FREQuency 150 /*Sets the modulation frequency of AM to 150 Hz.*/ :SOURce:MOD:AM:INTernal:FREQuency? /*The query returns 1.5000000000E +02.*/
3.25.13 :SOURce:MOD:AM:INTernal:FUNCtion
Syntax :SOURce:MOD:AM:INTernal:FUNCtion <function>
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
283
Command System
:SOURce:MOD:AM:INTernal:FUNCtion?
Description
Sets or queries the modulation waveform of AM.
Parameter
Name <function>
Type Discrete
Range
{SINusoid|SQUare|TRIangle| UPRamp|DNRamp|NOISe}
Default SINusoid
Remarks
· SINusoid: sine wave. · SQUare: square with 50% duty cycle. · TRIangle: triangle with 50% symmetry · UPRamp: UpRamp with 100% symmetry. · DNRamp: DnRamp with 0% symmetry. · NOISe: noise-white gaussian noise.
Return Format The query returns SIN, SQU, TRI, UPR, DNR, and NOIS. Example :SOURce:MOD:AM:INTernal:FUNCtion SQUare /*Sets the modulation waveform of AM to Square.*/ :SOURce:MOD:AM:INTernal:FUNCtion? /*The query returns SQU.*/
3.25.14 :SOURce:MOD:FM:DEViation
Syntax
:SOURce:MOD:FM:DEViation <deviation> :SOURce:MOD:FM:DEViation?
Description
Sets or queries the frequency deviation of FM.
Parameter
Name
Type
<deviation> Real
Range
2 mHz to the current carrier frequency
Default 1 kHz
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
284
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Remarks
· Frequency deviation represents the peak variation in frequency of the modulated waveform from the carrier frequency.
· The carrier frequency plus the deviation must be less than or equal to the selected carrier's maximum frequency plus 1 kHz.
· The ranges of different carrier frequencies (:SOURce:FREQuency) vary in different modulation modes.
Return Format The query returns the frequency deviation in scientific notation. For example, the query might return 1.0000000000E+02, indicating that the frequency deviation is 100 Hz. Example :SOURce:MOD:FM:DEViation 100 /*Sets the frequency deviation of FM to 100 Hz.*/ :SOURce:MOD:FM:DEViation? /*The query returns 1.0000000000E+02.*/
3.25.15 :SOURce:MOD:FM:INTernal:FREQuency
Syntax
:SOURce:MOD:FM:INTernal:FREQuency <freq> :SOURce:MOD:FM:INTernal:FREQuency?
Description
Sets or queries the modulation frequency of FM.
Parameter
Name <freq>
Type Real
Range 2 mHz to 1 MHz
Default 100 Hz
Remarks
N/A
Return Format
The query returns the FM modulation frequency in scientific notation. For example, the query might return 1.5000000000E+02, indicating that the modulation frequency is 150 Hz.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
285
Command System
Example :SOURce:MOD:FM:INTernal:FREQuency 150 /*Sets the modulation frequency of FM to 150 Hz.*/ :SOURce:MOD:FM:INTernal:FREQuency? /*The query returns 1.5000000000E +02.*/
3.25.16 :SOURce:MOD:FM:INTernal:FUNCtion
Syntax
:SOURce:MOD:FM:INTernal:FUNCtion <function> :SOURce:MOD:FM:INTernal:FUNCtion?
Description
Sets or queries the modulation waveform of FM.
Parameter
Name <function>
Type Discrete
Range
{SINusoid|SQUare|TRIangle| UPRamp|DNRamp|NOISe}
Default SINusoid
Remarks
· SINusoid: sine wave. · SQUare: square with 50% duty cycle. · TRIangle: triangle with 50% symmetry · UPRamp: UpRamp with 100% symmetry. · DNRamp: DnRamp with 0% symmetry. · NOISe: noise-white gaussian noise.
Return Format The query returns SIN, SQU, TRI, UPR, DNR, and NOIS. Example :SOURce:MOD:FM:INTernal:FUNCtion SQUare /*Sets the modulation waveform of FM to Square.*/ :SOURce:MOD:FM:INTernal:FUNCtion? /*The query returns SQU.*/
3.25.17 :SOURce:MOD:PM:DEViation
Syntax :SOURce:MOD:PM:DEViation <deviation>
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
286
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
:SOURce:MOD:PM:DEViation?
Description
Sets or queries the phase deviation of PM.
Parameter
Name <deviation>
Type Real
Range 0° to 360°
Default 90°
Remarks Phase deviation represents the peak variation in phase of the modulated waveform from the carrier waveform. Return Format The query returns the PM phase deviation in scientific notation. For example, the query might return 5.0000000000E+01, indicating that the phase deviation is 50°. Example :SOURce:MOD:PM:DEViation 50 /*Sets the phase deviation of PM to 50°.*/ :SOURce:MOD:PM:DEViation? /*The query returns 5.0000000000E+01.*/
3.25.18 :SOURce:MOD:PM:INTernal:FREQuency
Syntax
:SOURce:MOD:PM:INTernal:FREQuency <freq> :SOURce:MOD:PM:INTernal:FREQuency?
Description
Sets or queries the modulation frequency of PM.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
<freq>
Real
2 mHz to 1 MHz
Default 100 Hz
Remarks
N/A
Return Format
The query returns the PM modulation frequency in scientific notation. For example, the query might return 1.5000000000E+02, indicating that the modulation frequency is 150 Hz.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
287
Command System
Example :SOURce:MOD:PM:INTernal:FREQuency 150 /*Sets the modulation frequency of PM to 150 Hz.*/ :SOURce:MOD:PM:INTernal:FREQuency? /*The query returns 1.5000000000E +02.*/
3.25.19 :SOURce:MOD:PM:INTernal:FUNCtion
Syntax
:SOURce:MOD:PM:INTernal:FUNCtion <function> :SOURce:MOD:PM:INTernal:FUNCtion?
Description
Sets or queries the modulation waveform of PM.
Parameter
Name <function>
Type Discrete
Range
{SINusoid|SQUare|TRIangle| UPRamp|DNRamp|NOISe}
Default SINusoid
Remarks
· SINusoid: sine wave. · SQUare: square with 50% duty cycle. · TRIangle: triangle with 50% symmetry · UPRamp: UpRamp with 100% symmetry. · DNRamp: DnRamp with 0% symmetry. · NOISe: noise-white gaussian noise.
Return Format The query returns SIN, SQU, TRI, UPR, DNR, and NOIS. Example :SOURce:MOD:PM:INTernal:FUNCtion SQUare /*Sets the modulation waveform of PM to Square.*/ :SOURce:MOD:PM:INTernal:FUNCtion? /*The query returns SQU.*/
3.26
:TIMebase Commands
:TIMebase commands are used to set the horizontal system. For example, you can enable the Zoom mode or set the horizontal time base mode.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
288
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Horizontal Time Base Mode
· YT Mode: By default, this series oscilloscope uses the YT mode for waveform display window. In YT mode, Y-axis indicates the Voltage and X-axis indicates the Time.
· XY Mode: In XY mode, both the X-axis and Y-axis indicate voltage. The XY mode converts the oscilloscope from a "Voltage-Time" display to a "Voltage-Voltage" display using two input channels. The XY mode can be used to measure the phase deviation occurred when the signal under test passes through a circuit network.
· Roll Mode: The roll mode causes the waveform to move across the screen from right to left. It allows you to view the acquired data without waiting for a complete acquisition. The Roll mode is automatically enabled when the horizontal time base is set to 50 ms/div or slower.
TIP - If the Zoom mode is currently turned on, enabling the roll mode automatically turns
off the Zoom mode. - The following functions are not available when the roll mode is enabled: To Adjust
the Horizontal Position (available when the oscilloscope run state is STOP), Zoom Mode (Delayed Sweep), Triggering the Oscilloscope, Protocol Decoding, Pass/Fail Test, Waveform Recording and Playing, Persistence Time, XY Mode, and Average.
3.26.1
:TIMebase:DELay:ENABle
Syntax
:TIMebase:DELay:ENABle <bool> :TIMebase:DELay:ENABle?
Description
Turns on or off the delayed sweep; or queries the on/off status of the delayed sweep.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
Default
<bool>
Bool
{{1|ON}|{0|OFF}}
0|OFF
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
289
Command System
Remarks
Delayed sweep can be used to enlarge a length of waveform horizontally to view waveform details.
Return Format
The query returns 1 or 0.
Example :TIMebase:DELay:ENABle ON :TIMebase:DELay:ENABle?
/*Enables the delayed sweep.*/ /*The query returns 1.*/
3.26.2
:TIMebase:DELay:OFFSet
Syntax
:TIMebase:DELay:OFFSet <offset> :TIMebase:DELay:OFFSet?
Description
Sets or queries the offset of the delayed time base.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
<offset>
Real
-(LeftTime - DelayRange/2) to (RightTime - DelayRange/2)
Default 0
Remarks
LeftTime = 5 × MainScale - MainOffset RightTime = 5 × MainScale + MainOffset DelayRange = 10 × DelayScale Wherein, MainScale indicates the current main time base scale, MainOffset indicates the current main time base offset, and DelayScale indicates the current delay time base scale.
Return Format
The query returns the offset of the delayed time base in scientific notation.
Example :TIMebase:DELay:OFFSet 0.000002 time base to 2 s.*/ :TIMebase:DELay:OFFSet?
/*Sets the offset of the delayed /*The query returns 2.000000E-6.*/
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
290
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
3.26.3
:TIMebase:DELay:SCALe
Syntax
:TIMebase:DELay:SCALe <scale> :TIMebase:DELay:SCALe?
Description
Sets or queries the scale of the delayed time base. The default unit is s/div.
Parameter
Name <scale>
Type Real
Range Refer toRemarks
Default -
Remarks
· The maximum value of the parameter <scale> is the current scale of the main time base.
· The delayed time base scale can only be the maximum value or the values acquired by reducing the maximum value at 1-2-5 step. If the minimum value calculated according to the above formula is not one of the settable values, take the minimum settable value that is greater than the minimum value calculated.
· The default value of the delayed time base scale is determined by the scale in Main mode and its value is the next scale value in Main mode.
Return Format
The query returns the scale of the delayed time base in scientific notation.
Example
:TIMebase:DELay:SCALe 0.00000005 /*Sets the scale of the delayed
time base to 50 ns/div.*/
:TIMebase:DELay:SCALe?
/*The query returns 5.000000E-8.*/
3.26.4
:TIMebase[:MAIN][:OFFSet]
Syntax :TIMebase[:MAIN][:OFFSet] <offset> :TIMebase[:MAIN][:OFFSet]? Description Sets or queries the offset of the main time base. The default unit is s.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
291
Command System
Parameter Name <offset>
Type Real
Range Refer to Remarks
Default 0
Remarks
· In RUN state, the offset range of the main time base is as follows:
MainLeftTime = -5 x MainScale When MainScale 10 ms, MainRightTime = 1 s When 10 ms < MainScale < 10 s, MainRightTime = 100 x MainScale When MainScale < 200 s and MainScale 10 s, MainRightTime = 1 ks When MainScale 200s, MainRightTime = 5 x MainScale MainRightTime indicates the maximum offset value of the main time base; MainLeftTime indicates the minimum offset value of the main time base; MainScale is the current scale of the main time base. · In Stop state, the offset range of the main time base is the same as that of the
memory sampling.
Return Format
The query returns the offset of the main time base in scientific notation.
Example :TIMebase:MAIN:OFFSet 0.0002 base to 200 s.*/ :TIMebase:MAIN:OFFSet?
/*Sets the offset of the main time /*The query returns 2.000000E-4.*/
3.26.5
:TIMebase[:MAIN]:SCALe
Syntax
:TIMebase[:MAIN]:SCALe <scale> :TIMebase[:MAIN]:SCALe?
Description
Sets or queries the main time base scale.
Parameter
Name <scale>
Type Real
Range Refer to Remarks
Default 5 ns/div
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
292
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Remarks
The range of <scale> is related to the bandwidth of the oscilloscope and the horizontal time base mode.
Return Format
The query returns the main time base scale in scientific notation.
Example :TIMebase:MAIN:SCALe 0.0002 200 s/div.*/ :TIMebase:MAIN:SCALe?
/*Sets the main time base scale to /*The query returns 2.000000E-4.*/
3.26.6
:TIMebase:MODE
Syntax
:TIMebase:MODE <mode> :TIMebase:MODE?
Description
Sets or queries the horizontal time base mode.
Parameter
Name <mode>
Type Discrete
Range {MAIN|XY|ROLL}
Default MAIN
Remarks · MAIN: indicates the current time base mode. When you send the :TIMebase:
MODE MAINcommand, the time base is set to YT mode. · XY: indicates the XY mode. After performing the command :TIMebase:MODE XY
to configure the XY mode, you can send the query command:TIMebase:MODE? to query the time base mode. The query returns MAIN. · ROLL: roll mode. For different time base modes, refer to Horizontal Time Base Mode. Return Format The query returns MAIN or ROLL.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
293
Command System
Example
:TIMebase:MODE ROLL /*Sets the horizontal time base mode to
ROLL.*/
:TIMebase:MODE?
/*The query returns ROLL.*/
3.26.7
:TIMebase:HREFerence:MODE
Syntax
:TIMebase:HREFerence:MODE <href> :TIMebase:HREFerence:MODE?
Description
Sets or queries the horizontal reference mode.
Parameter
Name <href>
Type Discrete
Range {CENTer|LB|RB|TRIG|USER}
Default CENTer
Remarks
· CENTer: when the horizontal time base is modified, the waveform displayed will be expanded or compressed horizontally relative to the screen center.
· LB: when the horizontal time base is modified, the waveform displayed will be expanded or compressed relative to the left border of the screen.
· RB: when the horizontal time base is modified, the waveform displayed will be expanded or compressed relative to the right border of the screen.
· TRIG: when the horizontal time base is modified, the waveform displayed will be expanded or compressed horizontally relative to the trigger position.
· USER: when the horizontal time base is modified, the waveform displayed will be expanded or compressed horizontally relative to the user-defined reference position.
Return Format
The query returns CENT, LB, RB, TRIG, or USER.
Example
:TIMebase:HREFerence:MODE TRIG
/*Sets the horizontal
reference mode to trigger position.*/
:TIMebase:HREFerence:MODE?
/*The query returns TRIG.*/
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
294
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
3.26.8
:TIMebase:HREFerence:POSition
Syntax
:TIMebase:HREFerence:POSition <pos> :TIMebase:HREFerence:POSition?
Description
Sets or queries the user-defined reference position when the waveforms are expanded or compressed horizontally.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
Default
<pos>
Integer
-500 to 500
0
Remarks
When <pos> is set to -500, the reference position is the leftmost side of the screen. When <pos> is set to 500, the reference position is the rightmost side of the screen.
Return Format
The query returns an integer ranging from -500 to 500.
Example :TIMebase:HREFerence:POSition 60 reference position to 60.*/ :TIMebase:HREFerence:POSition? 60.*/
/*Sets the user-defined /*The query returns
3.26.9
:TIMebase:VERNier
Syntax
:TIMebase:VERNier <bool> :TIMebase:VERNier?
Description
Enables or disables the fine adjustment function of the horizontal scale; or queries the on/off status of the fine adjustment function of the horizontal scale.
Parameter
Name <bool>
Type Bool
Range {{1|ON}|{0|OFF}}
Default 0|OFF
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
295
Command System
Remarks
N/A
Return Format
The query returns 1 or 0.
Example
:TIMebase:VERNier ON
/*Sets the fine adjustment function
of the horizontal scale to ON.*/
:TIMebase:VERNier?
/*The query returns 1.*/
3.26.10 :TIMebase:HOTKeys
Syntax
:TIMebase:HOTKeys <action>
Description
Sets the running status.
Parameter
Name <action>
Type Discrete
Range {STOP|RUN|SINGle}
Default -
Remarks · STOP: stops the measurement. · RUN: runs the measurement. · SINGle: indicates the single trigger measurement. Return Format N/A Example :TIMebase:HOTKeys RUN /*Sets the operating status to RUN.*/
3.26.11 :TIMebase:ROLL
Syntax :TIMebase:ROLL <value> :TIMebase:ROLL?
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
296
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Description
Sets or queries the status of the ROLL mode.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
<value>
Integer
{0|1}
Default 1
Remarks
· 0: disables the Auto ROLL mode. · 1: enables the Auto ROLL mode. The system enters the ROLL mode automatically
when the time base is greater than or equal to 50 ms.
Return Format
The query returns 0 or 1.
Example
:TIMebase:ROLL 0 :TIMebase:ROLL?
/*Disables the ROLL mode.*/ /*The query returns 0.*/
3.26.12 :TIMebase:XY:ENABle
Syntax
:TIMebase:XY:ENABle <bool> :TIMebase:XY:ENABle?
Description
Enables or disables the XY mode; or queries the on/off status of the XY mode.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
Default
<bool>
Bool
{{1|ON}|{0|OFF}}
0|OFF
Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns 0 or 1. Example :TIMebase:XY:ENABle OFF :TIMebase:XY:ENABle?
/*Disables the XY mode.*/ /*The query returns 0.*/
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
297
Command System
3.26.13 :TIMebase:XY:X
Syntax
:TIMebase:XY:X <s> :TIMebase:XY:X?
Description
Sets or queries the source channel of X coordinate when the horizontal time base mode is XY.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
Default
{CHANnel1|CHANnel2|
<s>
Discrete
CHANnel1
CHANnel3|CHANnel4}
Remarks
N/A
Return Format
The query returns CHAN1, CHAN2, CHAN3, or CHAN4.
Example :TIMebase:XY:X CHANnel3 coordinate to CHANnel3.*/ :TIMebase:XY:X?
/*Sets the source channel of X /*The query returns CHAN3.*/
3.26.14 :TIMebase:XY:Y
Syntax
:TIMebase:XY:Y <s> :TIMebase:XY:Y?
Description
Sets or queries the channel source of the Y coordinate when the horizontal time base mode is XY.
Parameter
Name <s>
Type Discrete
Range
{CHANnel1|CHANnel2| CHANnel3|CHANnel4}
Default CHANnel2
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
298
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Remarks
N/A
Return Format
The query returns CHAN1, CHAN2, CHAN3, or CHAN4.
Example :TIMebase:XY:Y CHANnel3 coordinate to CHANnel3.*/ :TIMebase:XY:Y?
/*Sets the channel source of the Y /*The query returns CHAN3.*/
3.26.15 :TIMebase:XY:Z
Syntax
:TIMebase:XY:Z <s> :TIMebase:XY:Z?
Description
Sets or queries Source Z in XY mode.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
{CHANnel1|CHANnel2|
<s>
Discrete
CHANnel3|CHANnel4|NONE}
Default -
Remarks
N/A
Return Format
The query returns CHAN1, CHAN2, CHAN3, CHAN4, or NONE.
Example
:TIMebase:XY:Z CHANnel3
/*Sets Source Z in XY mode to
CHANnel3.*/
:TIMebase:XY:Z?
/*The query returns CHAN3.*/
3.26.16 :TIMebase:XY:GRID
Syntax :TIMebase:XY:GRID <grid> :TIMebase:XY:GRID? Description Sets or queries the grid type of the XY display.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
299
Command System
Parameter Name <grid>
Type Discrete
Range {FULL|HALF|NONE}
Default FULL
Remarks · FULL: turns the background grid and coordinates on. · HALF: turns the background grid off and turns the coordinate on. · NONE: turns the background grid and coordinate off. Return Format The query returns FULL, HALF, or NONE. Example :TIMebase:XY: GRID NONE /*Sets the grid type of the XY display.*/ :TIMebase:XY: GRID? /*The query returns NONE.*/
3.27
:TRIGger Commands
The :TRIGger commands are used to set the trigger source type, trigger input edge type and trigger delay as well as generating a trigger event.
3.27.1
:TRIGger:MODE
Syntax
:TRIGger:MODE <mode> :TRIGger:MODE?
Description
Sets or queries the trigger type.
Parameter
Name
Type
<mode>
Discrete
Range
{EDGE|PULSe|SLOPe|VIDeo| PATTern|DURation|TIMeout| RUNT|WINDow|DELay|SETup| NEDGe|RS232|IIC|SPI|CAN|LIN}
Default EDGE
Remarks Only the DHO900 series supports LIN trigger.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
300
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Return Format
The query returns EDGE, PULS, SLOP, VID, PATT, DUR, TIM, RUNT, WIND, DEL, SET, NEDG, RS232, IIC, SPI, CAN, LIN.
Example :TRIGger:MODE SLOPe :TRIGger:MODE?
/*Selects the Slope trigger.*/ /*The query returns SLOP.*/
3.27.2
:TRIGger:COUPling
Syntax
:TRIGger:COUPling <couple> :TRIGger:COUPling?
Description
Selects or queries the trigger coupling type.
Parameter
Name <couple>
Type Discrete
Range {AC|DC|LFReject|HFReject}
Default DC
Remarks
This command is only available for the Edge trigger in which the analog channel is selected as the source. · AC: blocks any DC components to pass the trigger path. · DC: allows DC and AC components to pass the trigger path. · LFReject: blocks the DC components and rejects the low frequency components
to pass the trigger path. · HFReject: rejects the high frequency components to pass the trigger path.
Return Format
The query returns AC, DC, LFR, or HFR.
Example :TRIGger:COUPling LFReject low frequency rejection.*/ :TRIGger:COUPling?
/*Sets the trigger coupling type to /*The query returns LFR.*/
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
301
Command System
3.27.3
:TRIGger:STATus?
Syntax :TRIGger:STATus? Description Queries the current trigger status. Parameter N/A Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns TD, WAIT, RUN, AUTO, or STOP. Example N/A
3.27.4
:TRIGger:SWEep
Syntax
:TRIGger:SWEep <sweep> :TRIGger:SWEep?
Description
Sets or queries the trigger mode.
Parameter
Name <sweep>
Type Discrete
Range {AUTO|NORMal|SINGle}
Default AUTO
Remarks
· AUTO: Auto trigger. The waveforms are displayed no matter whether the trigger conditions are met.
· NORMal: Normal trigger. The waveforms are displayed when trigger conditions are met. If the trigger conditions are not met, the oscilloscope displays the original waveforms and waits for another trigger.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
302
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
· SINGle: Single trigger. The oscilloscope waits for a trigger, displays the waveforms when the trigger conditions are met, and then stops.
Return Format
The query returns AUTO, NORM, or SING.
Example :TRIGger:SWEep NORMal :TRIGger:SWEep?
/*Selects the normal trigger mode.*/ /*The query returns NORM.*/
3.27.5
:TRIGger:HOLDoff
Syntax
:TRIGger:HOLDoff <value> :TRIGger:HOLDoff?
Description
Sets or queries the trigger holdoff time. The default unit is s.
Parameter
Name <value>
Type Real
Range 8 ns to 10 s
Default 8 ns
Remarks
· Trigger holdoff can be used to stably trigger complex waveforms (such as pulse waveform). Holdoff time indicates the time that the oscilloscope waits for rearming the trigger module. The oscilloscope will not trigger before the holdoff time expires.
· Holdoff time is not available for Video trigger, Timeout trigger, Setup&Hold trigger, Nth Edge trigger, RS232 trigger, I2C trigger, SPI trigger, CAN trigger, LIN trigger.
· Only the DHO900 series supports LIN trigger.
Return Format The query returns the trigger holdoff time in scientific notation.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
303
Command System
Example :TRIGger:HOLDoff 0.0000002 ns.*/ :TRIGger:HOLDoff?
/*Sets the trigger holdoff time to 200 /*The query returns 2.000000E-7.*/
3.27.6
:TRIGger:NREJect
Syntax
:TRIGger:NREJect <bool> :TRIGger:NREJect?
Description
Turns on or off noise rejection; or queries the on/off status of noise rejection.
Parameter
Name <bool>
Type Bool
Range {{1|ON}|{0|OFF}}
Default 0|OFF
Remarks
· Noise rejection reduces the possibility of the Noise trigger. · This command is only available when the source is an analog channel or EXT.
Return Format The query returns 1 or 0. Example :TRIGger:NREJect ON :TRIGger:NREJect?
/*Enables the noise rejection function.*/ /*The query returns 1.*/
3.27.7
:TRIGger:POSition?
Syntax :TRIGger:POSition? Description Queries the waveform trigger position relative to the corresponding position in the internal memory. Parameter N/A
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
304
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Remarks
N/A
Return Format
The query returns the waveform trigger position relative to the corresponding position in the internal memory in scientific notation.
Example :TRIGger:POSition?
/*The query returns 0.000E+00.*/
3.27.8
:TRIGger:EDGE
Edge trigger identifies a trigger on the trigger level of the specified edge on the input signal.
3.27.8.1
:TRIGger:EDGE:SOURce
Syntax :TRIGger:EDGE:SOURce <source> :TRIGger:EDGE:SOURce?
Description
Sets or queries the trigger source of Edge trigger.
Parameter
Name
Type
<source>
Discrete
Range
Default
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8| D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15|
CHANnel1 CHANnel1|CHANnel2|CHANnel3| CHANnel4|EXT}
Remarks
Digital channels (D0 to D15) are only supported by the DHO900 series. EXT is only available for DHO812 and DHO802.
Return Format
The query returns D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D10, D11, D12, D13, D14, D15, CHAN1, CHAN2, CHAN3, CHAN4, or EXT.
Example :TRIGger:EDGE:SOURce CHANnel1 CHANnel1.*/ :TRIGger:EDGE:SOURce?
/*Sets the trigger source to /*The query returns CHAN1.*/
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
305
Command System
3.27.8.2 3.27.8.3
:TRIGger:EDGE:SLOPe
Syntax :TRIGger:EDGE:SLOPe <slope> :TRIGger:EDGE:SLOPe?
Description
Sets or queries the edge type of Edge trigger.
Parameter
Name <slope>
Type Discrete
Range {POSitive|NEGative|RFALl}
Default POSitive
Remarks
· POSitive: indicates the rising edge. · NEGative: indicates the falling edge. · RFALl: indicates the rising or falling edge.
Return Format
The query returns POS, NEG, or RFAL.
Example :TRIGger:EDGE:SLOPe NEGative :TRIGger:EDGE:SLOPe?
/*Sets the edge type to NEGative.*/ /*The query returns NEG.*/
:TRIGger:EDGE:LEVel
Syntax :TRIGger:EDGE:LEVel <level> :TRIGger:EDGE:LEVel?
Description
Sets or queries the trigger level of Edge trigger. The unit is the same as that of current amplitude of the selected source.
Parameter
Name <level>
Type Real
Range
Analog channel: (-4.5 x VerticalScale - Offset) to (4.5 x VerticalScale - Offset)
Default 0 V
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
306
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Name
Type
Range Digital channel: -20 V to 20 V
Default
3.27.9
Remarks
For VerticalScale, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:SCALe command. For OFFSet, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:OFFSet command.
Only when the selected source is an analog channel, a digital channel, or an external trigger, can this setting command be valid.
Return Format
The query returns the trigger level in scientific notation.
Example :TRIGger:EDGE:LEVel 0.16 :TRIGger:EDGE:LEVel?
/*Sets the trigger level to 160 mV.*/ /*The query returns 1.600000E-1.*/
:TRIGger:PULSe
Pulse trigger sets the oscilloscope to trigger on the positive or negative pulse of a specified width. In this mode, the oscilloscope will trigger when the pulse width of the input signal satisfies the specified pulse width condition.
In this oscilloscope, positive pulse width is defined as the time difference between the two crossing points of the trigger level and positive pulse; negative pulse width is defined as the time difference between the two crossing points of the trigger level and negative pulse, as shown in the figure below.
A
B
Trigger Level
+Width
-Width
A
B
Trigger Level
3.27.9.1
:TRIGger:PULSe:SOURce Syntax :TRIGger:PULSe:SOURce <source> :TRIGger:PULSe:SOURce? Description Sets or queries the trigger source of Pulse trigger.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
307
Command System
3.27.9.2
Parameter Name
Type
<source>
Discrete
Range
Default
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8| D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15|
CHANnel1 CHANnel1|CHANnel2|CHANnel3| CHANnel4}
Remarks Digital channels (D0 to D15) are only supported by the DHO900 series. Return Format The query returns D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D10, D11, D12, D13, D14, D15, CHAN1, CHAN2, CHAN3, or CHAN4. Example :TRIGger:PULSe:SOURce CHANnel1 /*Sets the trigger source of Pulse trigger to CHANnel1.*/ :TRIGger:PULSe:SOURce? /*The query returns CHAN1.*/
:TRIGger:PULSe:POLarity
Syntax :TRIGger:PULSe:POLarity <polarity> :TRIGger:PULSe:POLarity?
Description
Sets or queries the polarity of Pulse trigger.
Parameter
Name <polarity>
Type Discrete
Range {POSitive|NEGative}
Default POSitive
Remarks
N/A
Return Format
The query returns POS or NEG.
Example
:TRIGger:PULSe:POLarity NEGative /*Sets the polarity of Pulse
trigger to NEGative.*/
:TRIGger:PULSe:POLarity?
/*The query returns NEG.*/
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
308
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
3.27.9.3 3.27.9.4
:TRIGger:PULSe:WHEN
Syntax :TRIGger:PULSe:WHEN <when> :TRIGger:PULSe:WHEN?
Description
Sets or queries the trigger condition of Pulse trigger.
Parameter
Name <when>
Type Discrete
Range {GREater|LESS|GLESs}
Default GREater
Remarks
· GREater: triggers when the positive/negative pulse width of the input signal is greater than the specified pulse width.
· LESS: triggers when the positive/negative pulse width of the input signal is smaller than the specified pulse width.
· GLESs: triggers when the positive/negative pulse is greater than than the specified lower limit of pulse width and smaller than the specified upper limit of pulse width.
Return Format
The query returns GRE, LESS, or GLES.
Example :TRIGger:PULSe:WHEN LESS :TRIGger:PULSe:WHEN?
/*Sets the trigger condition to LESS.*/ /*The query returns LESS.*/
:TRIGger:PULSe:UWIDth Syntax :TRIGger:PULSe:UWIDth <width> :TRIGger:PULSe:UWIDth? Description Sets or queries the pulse upper limit of the Pulse trigger. The default unit is s.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
309
Command System
3.27.9.5
Parameter Name <width>
Type Real
Range Pulse lower limit to 10 s
Default 2 s
Remarks
This command is only available when the trigger condition is set to LESS or GLESs. To set or query the trigger condition of the Pulse trigger, send the :TRIGger:PULSe:WHEN command.
When the trigger condition is set to GLESs, if the set pulse upper limit value is smaller than the lower limit, the lower limit will be automatically changed. You can send the :TRIGger:PULSe:LWIDth command to set or query the pulse lower limit value of the Pulse trigger.
Return Format
The query returns the pulse upper limit in scientific notation.
Example
:TRIGger:PULSe:UWIDth 0.000003 s.*/ :TRIGger:PULSe:UWIDth?
/*Sets the pulse upper limit to 3 /*The query returns 3.000000E-6.*/
:TRIGger:PULSe:LWIDth
Syntax :TRIGger:PULSe:LWIDth <width> :TRIGger:PULSe:LWIDth?
Description
Sets or queries the pulse lower limit of the Pulse trigger. The default unit is s.
Parameter
Name <width>
Type Real
Range 1 ns to upper limit
Default 1 µs
Remarks
This command is only available when the trigger condition is set to GREater or GLESs. To set or query the trigger condition of the Pulse trigger, send the :TRIGger:PULSe:WHEN command.
When the trigger condition is set to GLESs, if the set pulse lower limit value is greater than the upper limit, the upper limit will be automatically changed. You can send the :TRIGger:PULSe:UWIDth command to set or query the pulse upper limit value of the Pulse trigger.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
310
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
3.27.9.6
Return Format
The query returns the pulse lower limit in scientific notation.
Example :TRIGger:PULSe:LWIDth 0.000003 the Pulse trigger to 3 s.*/ :TRIGger:PULSe:LWIDth?
/*Sets the pulse lower limit of /*The query returns 3.000000E-6.*/
:TRIGger:PULSe:LEVel
Syntax :TRIGger:PULSe:LEVel <level> :TRIGger:PULSe:LEVel?
Description
Sets or queries the trigger level of Pulse trigger. The unit is the same as that of the current amplitude.
Parameter
Name <level>
Type Real
Range
Analog channel: (-4.5 x VerticalScale - Offset) to (4.5 x VerticalScale - Offset)
Digital channel: -20 V to 20 V
Default 0 V
Remarks
For VerticalScale, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:SCALe command. For OFFSet, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:OFFSet command.
Return Format
The query returns the trigger level in scientific notation.
Example :TRIGger:PULSe:LEVel 0.16 :TRIGger:PULSe:LEVel?
/*Sets the trigger level to 160 mV.*/ /*The query returns 1.600000E-1.*/
3.27.10 :TRIGger:SLOPe
Slope trigger sets the oscilloscope to trigger on the positive or negative slope of the specified time. This trigger mode is applicable to ramp and triangle waveforms.
In this oscilloscope, positive slope time is defined as the time difference between the two crossing points of trigger level line A and B with the rising edge; negative slope time is defined as the time difference between the two crossing points of trigger level line A and B with the falling edge. See the figure below.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
311
Command System
A B
Upper Limit of Trigger Level (Up Level) Lower Limit of Trigger Level (Low Level)
Positive Slope Time Negative Slope Time
3.27.10.1
:TRIGger:SLOPe:SOURce
Syntax :TRIGger:SLOPe:SOURce <channel> :TRIGger:SLOPe:SOURce?
Description
Sets or queries the trigger source of Slope trigger.
Parameter
Name <channel>
Type Discrete
Range
{CHANnel1|CHANnel2| CHANnel3|CHANnel4}
Default CHANnel1
Remarks
N/A
Return Format
The query returns CHAN1, CHAN2, CHAN3, or CHAN4.
Example :TRIGger:SLOPe:SOURce CHANnel2 CHANnel2.*/ :TRIGger:SLOPe:SOURce?
/*Sets the trigger source to /*The query returns CHAN2.*/
3.27.10.2
:TRIGger:SLOPe:POLarity Syntax :TRIGger:SLOPe:POLarity <polarity> :TRIGger:SLOPe:POLarity? Description Sets or queries the edge type of Slope trigger.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
312
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Parameter Name <polarity>
Type Discrete
Range {POSitive|NEGative}
Default POSitive
Remarks
· POSitive: triggers on the rising edge. · NEGative: triggers on the falling edge.
Return Format The query returns POS or NEG. Example :TRIGger:SLOPe:POLarity POSitive trigger to POSitive.*/ :TRIGger:SLOPe:POLarity?
/*Sets the polarity of Slope /*The query returns POS.*/
3.27.10.3
:TRIGger:SLOPe:WHEN
Syntax :TRIGger:SLOPe:WHEN <when> :TRIGger:SLOPe:WHEN?
Description
Sets or queries the trigger condition of Slope trigger.
Parameter
Name <when>
Type Discrete
Range {GREater|LESS|GLESs}
Default GREater
Remarks
· GREater: the positive slope time of the input signal is greater than the specified time.
· LESS: the positive slope time of the input signal is smaller than the specified time.
· GLESs: the positive slope time of the input signal is greater than the specified lower time limit and smaller than the specified upper time limit.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
313
Command System
Return Format
The query returns GRE, LESS, or GLES.
Example :TRIGger:SLOPe:WHEN LESS :TRIGger:SLOPe:WHEN?
/*Sets the trigger condition to LESS.*/ /*The query returns LESS.*/
3.27.10.4
:TRIGger:SLOPe:TUPPer
Syntax :TRIGger:SLOPe:TUPPer <time> :TRIGger:SLOPe:TUPPer?
Description
Sets or queries the upper time limit value of the Slope trigger. The default unit s.
Parameter
Name <time>
Type Real
Range Lower limit to 10 s
Default 2 s
Remarks
This command is only available when the trigger condition is set to LESS or GLES. To set or query the trigger condition of the Slope trigger, send the :TRIGger:SLOPe:WHEN command.
When the trigger condition is set to GLESs, if the set upper time limit value is smaller than the lower limit, the lower limit will be automatically changed. You can use the :TRIGger:SLOPe:TLOWer command to set or query the lower time limit value of the Slope trigger.
Return Format
The query returns the upper time limit in scientific notation.
Example :TRIGger:SLOPe:TUPPer 0.000003 s.*/ :TRIGger:SLOPe:TUPPer?
/*Sets the upper time limit to 3 /*The query returns 3.000000E-6.*/
3.27.10.5
:TRIGger:SLOPe:TLOWer Syntax :TRIGger:SLOPe:TLOWer <time> :TRIGger:SLOPe:TLOWer?
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
314
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Description
Sets or queries the lower time limit value of the Slope trigger. The default unit s.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
Default
<time>
Real
1 ns to upper limit
1 s
Remarks
This command is only available when the trigger condition is set to GREater or GLESs. To set or query the trigger condition of the Slope trigger, send the :TRIGger:SLOPe:WHEN command.
When the trigger condition is set to GLESs, if the set lower time limit value is greater than the upper limit, the upper limit will be automatically changed. You can send the :TRIGger:SLOPe:TUPPer command to set or query the upper time limit value of the Slope trigger.
Return Format
The query returns the lower time limit in scientific notation.
Example
:TRIGger:SLOPe:TLOWer 0.000000020 /*Sets the lower time limit
to 20 ns.*/
:TRIGger:SLOPe:TLOWer?
/*The query returns 2.000000E-8.*/
3.27.10.6
:TRIGger:SLOPe:WINDow
Syntax :TRIGger:SLOPe:WINDow <window> :TRIGger:SLOPe:WINDow?
Description
Sets or queries the vertical window type of Slope trigger.
Parameter
Name <window>
Type Discrete
Range {TA|TB|TAB}
Default TA
Remarks
· TA: only adjusts the upper limit of the trigger level. · TB: only adjust the lower limit of the trigger level.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
315
Command System
· TAB: adjusts the upper and lower limits of the trigger level at the same time.
Return Format
The query returns TA, TB, or TAB.
Example :TRIGger:SLOPe:WINDow TB TB.*/ :TRIGger:SLOPe:WINDow?
/*Sets the vertical window type to /*The query returns TB.*/
3.27.10.7
:TRIGger:SLOPe:ALEVel
Syntax :TRIGger:SLOPe:ALEVel <level> :TRIGger:SLOPe:ALEVel?
Description
Sets or queries the upper limit of the trigger level of Slope trigger. The unit is the same as that of the current amplitude.
Parameter
Name <level>
Type Real
Range
Default
Trigger level lower limit to (4.5 x 0 V
VerticalScale - OFFSet)
Remarks
For VerticalScale, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:SCALe command. For OFFSet, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:OFFSet command.
Return Format
The query returns the upper limit of the trigger level in scientific notation.
Example
:TRIGger:SLOPe:ALEVel 0.16 /*Sets the upper limit of the trigger
level to 160 mV.*/
:TRIGger:SLOPe:ALEVel?
/*The query returns 1.600000E-1.*/
3.27.10.8
:TRIGger:SLOPe:BLEVel Syntax :TRIGger:SLOPe:BLEVel <level> :TRIGger:SLOPe:BLEVel?
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
316
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Description
Sets or queries the lower limit of the trigger level of Slope trigger. The unit is the same as that of the current amplitude.
Parameter
Name <level>
Type Real
Range
Default
(-4.5 x VerticalScale - OFFSet) to 0 V
trigger level upper limit
Remarks
For VerticalScale, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:SCALe command. For OFFSet, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:OFFSet command.
Return Format
The query returns the lower limit of the trigger level in scientific notation.
Example
:TRIGger:SLOPe:BLEVel 0.16 /*Sets the lower limit of the trigger
level to 160 mV.*/
:TRIGger:SLOPe:BLEVel?
/*The query returns 1.600000E-1.*/
3.27.11 :TRIGger:VIDeo
The video signal can include image information and timing information, which adopts different standards and formats. This series can trigger on the standard video signal field or line of NTSC (National Television Standards Committee), PAL (Phase Alternating Line), or SECAM (Sequential Couleur A Memoire).
3.27.11.1
:TRIGger:VIDeo:SOURce
Syntax :TRIGger:VIDeo:SOURce <source> :TRIGger:VIDeo:SOURce?
Description
Sets or queries the trigger source of Video trigger.
Parameter
Name <source>
Type Discrete
Range
{CHANnel1|CHANnel2| CHANnel3|CHANnel4}
Default CHANnel1
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
317
Command System
Remarks
N/A
Return Format
The query returns CHAN1, CHAN2, CHAN3, or CHAN4.
Example :TRIGger:VIDeo:SOURce CHANnel2 CHANnel2.*/ :TRIGger:VIDeo:SOURce?
/*Sets the trigger source to /*The query returns CHAN2.*/
3.27.11.2
:TRIGger:VIDeo:POLarity
Syntax :TRIGger:VIDeo:POLarity <polarity> :TRIGger:VIDeo:POLarity?
Description
Sets or queries the video polarity of Video trigger.
Parameter
Name <polarity>
Type Discrete
Range {POSitive|NEGative}
Default POSitive
Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns POS or NEG. Example :TRIGger:VIDeo:POLarity NEGative NEGative.*/ :TRIGger:VIDeo:POLarity?
/*Sets the video polarity to /*The query returns NEG.*/
3.27.11.3
:TRIGger:VIDeo:MODE Syntax :TRIGger:VIDeo:MODE <mode> :TRIGger:VIDeo:MODE? Description Sets or queries the sync type of Video trigger.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
318
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Parameter Name <mode>
Type Discrete
Range
{ODDField|EVENfield|LINE| ALINes}
Default ALINes
Remarks
· ODDField: indicates the odd field. The oscilloscope triggers on the rising edge of the first ramp waveform in the odd field. It is available when the video standard is NTSC, PAL/SECAM, or 1080i.
· EVENfield: indicates the even field. The oscilloscope triggers on the rising edge of the first ramp waveform in the even field. It is available when the video standard is NTSC, PAL/SECAM, or 1080i.
· LINE: for NTSC and PAL/SECAM video standards, the oscilloscope triggers on the specified line in the odd or even field. For 480p, 576p, 720p, 480p and 1080i video standards, the oscilloscope triggers on the specified line.
· ALINes: triggers on all the horizontal sync pulses.
Return Format
The query returns ODDF, EVEN, LINE, or ALIN.
Example
:TRIGger:VIDeo:MODE ODDField :TRIGger:VIDeo:MODE?
/*Sets the sync type to ODDField.*/ /*The query returns ODDF.*/
3.27.11.4
:TRIGger:VIDeo:LINE
Syntax :TRIGger:VIDeo:LINE <line> :TRIGger:VIDeo:LINE?
Description
Sets or queries the line number when the sync type of Video trigger is set to Line.
Parameter
Name <line>
Type Integer
Range Refer to Remarks
Default 1
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
319
Command System
Remarks
· PAL/SECAM: 1 to 625 · NTSC: 1 to 525 · 480P: 1 to 525 · 576P: 1 to 625 · 720P60: 1 to 750 · 720P50: 1 to 750 · 720P30: 1 to 750 · 720P25: 1 to 750 · 720P24: 1 to 750 · 1080P60: 1 to 1125 · 1080P50: 1 to 1125 · 1080P30: 1 to 1125 · 1080P25: 1 to 1125 · 1080P24: 1 to 1125 · 1080I60: 1 to 1125 · 1080I50: 1 to 1125
Return Format The query returns an integer. Example :TRIGger:VIDeo:LINE 100 :TRIGger:VIDeo:LINE?
/*Sets the line number to 100.*/ /*The query returns 100.*/
3.27.11.5
:TRIGger:VIDeo:STANdard Syntax :TRIGger:VIDeo:STANdard <standard> :TRIGger:VIDeo:STANdard? Description Sets or queries the video standard of Video trigger.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
320
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Parameter Name
Type
<standard>
Discrete
Range
Default
{PALSecam|NTSC|480P|576P| 720P60|720P50|720P30|720P25| 720P24|1080P60|1080P50| 1080P30|1080P25|1080P24| 1080I60|1080I50}
NTSC
Remarks
Video Standard
PALSecam NTSC 480P 576P 720P60 720P50 720P30 720P25 720P24 1080P60 1080P50 1080P30 1080P25 1080P24 1080I60 1080I50
Frame Frequency (Frame) 25 30 60 50 60 50 30 25 24 60 50 30 25 24 60 50
Sweep Function
Interlaced Scan Interlaced Scan Progressive Scan Progressive Scan Progressive Scan Progressive Scan Progressive Scan Progressive Scan Progressive Scan Progressive Scan Progressive Scan Progressive Scan Progressive Scan Progressive Scan Interlaced Scan Interlaced Scan
TV Scan Line
625 525 525 625 750 750 750 750 750 1125 1125 1125 1125 1125 1125 1125
Return Format
The query returns PALS, NTSC, 480P, 576P, 720P60, 720P50, 720P30, 720P25, 720P24, 1080P60, 1080P50, 1080P30, 1080P25, 1080P24, 1080I60, or 1080I50.
Example :TRIGger:VIDeo:STANdard NTSC NTSC.*/ :TRIGger:VIDeo:STANdard?
/*Sets the video standard to /*The query returns NTSC.*/
3.27.11.6
:TRIGger:VIDeo:LEVel Syntax :TRIGger:VIDeo:LEVel <level> :TRIGger:VIDeo:LEVel?
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
321
Command System
Description
Sets or queries the trigger level of Video trigger. The unit is the same as that of the current amplitude.
Parameter
Name <level>
Type Real
Range
(-4.5 x VerticalScale - Offset) to (4.5 x VerticalScale - Offset)
Default 0 V
Remarks
For VerticalScale, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:SCALe command. For OFFSet, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:OFFSet command.
Return Format
The query returns the trigger level in scientific notation.
Example :TRIGger:VIDeo:LEVel 0.16 :TRIGger:VIDeo:LEVel?
/*Sets the trigger level to 160 mV.*/ /*The query returns 1.600000E-1.*/
3.27.12 :TRIGger:PATTern
The pattern trigger identifies a trigger condition by looking for a specified pattern. This pattern is a logical "AND" combination of channels. Each channel can be set to H (high), L (low), or X (don't care). A rising or falling edge (you can only specify a single edge) can be specified for one channel included in the pattern. When an edge is specified, the oscilloscope will trigger at the edge specified if the pattern set for the other channels are true (namely the actual pattern of the channel is the same as the preset pattern). If no edge is specified, the oscilloscope will trigger on the last edge that makes the pattern true. If all the channels in the pattern are set to "X", the oscilloscope will not trigger.
3.27.12.1
:TRIGger:PATTern:PATTern Syntax :TRIGger:PATTern:PATTern <pch1>[,<pch2>[,<pch3>[,<pch4>]]]
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
322
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
:TRIGger:PATTern:PATTern?
Description
Sets or queries the channel pattern of Pattern trigger.
Parameter
Name <pch1>
Type Discrete
Range {H|L|X|R|F}
<pch2>
Discrete
{H|L|X|R|F}
<pch3>
Discrete
{H|L|X|R|F}
<pch4>
Discrete
{H|L|X|R|F}
Default X X X X
Remarks
· The parameter "<pch1> to <pch4>" sets the patterns of the analog channels "CHANnel1 to CHANnel4".
· In the parameter range, H indicates high level (higher than the threshold level of the channel), L indicates low level (lower than the threshold level of the channel), and X indicates omitting the channel (This channel is not used as a part of the pattern. When all the channels are set to X, the oscilloscope will not trigger.) R indicates rising edge, and F indicates falling edge.
· In the pattern, you can only specify one edge (rising edge or falling edge). If one edge item is currently defined and then another edge item is defined in another channel in the pattern, then a prompt message "Invalid input" is displayed. Then, the latter defined edge item will be replaced by X.
Return Format The query returns the currently set pattern of all the channels. The channels are separated by commas. Example :TRIGger:PATTern:PATTern H,R,L,X /*Sets the patterns of "CHANnel1 to CHANnel4" to H,R,L,X.*/ :TRIGger:PATTern:PATTern? /*The query returns H,R,L,X.*/
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
323
Command System
3.27.12.2
:TRIGger:PATTern:SOURce
Syntax :TRIGger:PATTern:SOURce <source> :TRIGger:PATTern:SOURce?
Description
Sets or queries the trigger source of Pattern trigger.
Parameter
Name
Type
<source>
Discrete
Range
Default
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8| D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15|
CHANnel1 CHANnel1|CHANnel2|CHANnel3| CHANnel4}
Remarks
Digital channels (D0 to D15) are only supported by the DHO900 series.
Return Format
The query returns D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D10, D11, D12, D13, D14, D15, CHAN1, CHAN2, CHAN3, or CHAN4.
Example :TRIGger:PATTern:SOURce CHANnel2 CHANnel2.*/ :TRIGger:PATTern:SOURce?
/*Sets the trigger source to /*The query returns CHAN2.*/
3.27.12.3
:TRIGger:PATTern:LEVel
Syntax :TRIGger:PATTern:LEVel <source>,<level> :TRIGger:PATTern:LEVel? <source>
Description
Sets or queries the trigger level of the specified channel in Pattern trigger. The unit is the same as that of the current amplitude.
Parameter
Name <source>
Type Discrete
Range
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8| D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15|
Default CHANnel1
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
324
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Name
Type
Range
Default
CHANnel1|CHANnel2|CHANnel3| CHANnel4}
<level>
Real
Analog channel: (-4.5 x
VerticalScale - Offset) to (4.5 x
VerticalScale - Offset)
0 V
Digital channel: -20 V to 20 V
Remarks
For VerticalScale, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:SCALe command. For OFFSet, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:OFFSet command.
Return Format
The query returns the trigger level in scientific notation.
Example
:TRIGger:PATTern:LEVel CHANnel2,0.16 /*Sets the trigger level of
CHANnel2 to 160 mV.*/
:TRIGger:PATTern:LEVel? CHANnel2
/*The query returns
1.600000E-1.*/
3.27.13 :TRIGger:DURation
In Duration trigger, the oscilloscope identifies a trigger condition by searching for the duration of a specified pattern. This pattern is a logical "AND" combination of the channels. Each channel can be set to 1 (high), 0 (low), or X (don't care). The instrument triggers when the duration (T) of this pattern meets the preset time, as shown in the figure below.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
325
Command System
CH1
T
T
Pattern:HLHL
CH2
CH3
CH4
3.27.13.1
:TRIGger:DURation:SOURce
Syntax :TRIGger:DURation:SOURce <source> :TRIGger:DURation:SOURce?
Description
Sets or queries the trigger source of Duration trigger.
Parameter
Name
Type
<source>
Discrete
Range
Default
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8| D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15|
CHANnel1 CHANnel1|CHANnel2|CHANnel3| CHANnel4}
Remarks Digital channels (D0 to D15) are only supported by the DHO900 series. Return Format The query returns D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D10, D11, D12, D13, D14, D15, CHAN1, CHAN2, CHAN3, or CHAN4.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
326
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Example :TRIGger:DURation:SOURce CHANnel2 CHANnel2.*/ :TRIGger:DURation:SOURce?
/*Sets the trigger source to /*The query returns CHAN2.*/
3.27.13.2
:TRIGger:DURation:TYPE
Syntax :TRIGger:DURation:TYPE <pch1>[,<pch2>[,<pch3>[,<pch4>]]] :TRIGger:DURation:TYPE?
Description
Sets or queries the channel pattern of Duration trigger.
Parameter
Name <pch1>
Type Discrete
Range {H|L|X}
Default X
<pch2>
Discrete
{H|L|X}
X
<pch3>
Discrete
{H|L|X}
X
<pch4>
Discrete
{H|L|X}
X
Remarks
· The parameter "<pch1> to <pch4>" sets the patterns of the analog channels "CHANnel1 to CHANnel4".
· In the parameter range, H indicates high level (higher than the threshold level of the channel), L indicates low level (lower than the threshold level of the channel), and X indicates omitting the channel (This channel is not used as a part of the pattern. When all the channels are set to X, the oscilloscope will not trigger.)
Return Format The query returns the currently set pattern of all the channels. The channels are separated by commas. Example :TRIGger:DURation:TYPE L,X,H,L /*Sets the patterns of "CHANnel1 to CHANnel4" to L,X,H,L.*/ :TRIGger:DURation:TYPE? /*The query returns L,X,H,L.*/
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
327
Command System
3.27.13.3
:TRIGger:DURation:WHEN
Syntax :TRIGger:DURation:WHEN <when> :TRIGger:DURation:WHEN?
Description
Sets or queries the trigger condition of Duration trigger.
Parameter
Name <when>
Type Discrete
Range {GREater|LESS|GLESs|UNGLess}
Default GREater
Remarks
· GREater: triggers when the set duration time of the pattern is greater than the preset time.
· LESS: triggers when the set duration time of the pattern is smaller than the preset time.
· GLESs: triggers when the set duration time of the pattern is smaller than the preset upper time limit and greater than the preset lower time limit.
· UNGLess: triggers when the set duration time of the pattern is greater than the preset upper time limit or smaller than the preset lower time limit.
Return Format
The query returns GRE, LESS, GLES, or UNGL.
Example :TRIGger:DURation:WHEN LESS LESS.*/ :TRIGger:DURation:WHEN?
/*Sets the trigger condition to /*The query returns LESS.*/
3.27.13.4
:TRIGger:DURation:TUPPer Syntax :TRIGger:DURation:TUPPer <time> :TRIGger:DURation:TUPPer?
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
328
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Description
Sets or queries the upper limit of the duration time of Duration trigger. The default unit is s.
Parameter
Name <time>
Type Real
Range 1.01 ns to 10 s
Default 1 s
Remarks
This command is only available when the trigger condition is set to LESS, GLESs, or UNGLess. To set or query the trigger condition of the Duration trigger, send the :TRIGger:DURation:WHEN command.
When the trigger condition is set to GLESs or UNGLess, if the set upper limit of the duration time value is smaller than the lower limit, the lower limit will be automatically changed. You can send the :TRIGger:DURation:TLOWer command to set or query the lower limit of the duration time value of the Duration trigger.
Return Format
The query returns the upper limit of the duration time in scientific notation.
Example :TRIGger:DURation:TUPPer 0.000003 duration time to 3 s.*/ :TRIGger:DURation:TUPPer? 3.000000E-6.*/
/*Sets the upper limit of the /*The query returns
3.27.13.5
:TRIGger:DURation:TLOWer
Syntax :TRIGger:DURation:TLOWer <time> :TRIGger:DURation:TLOWer?
Description
Sets or queries the lower limit of the duration time of Duration trigger. The default unit is s.
Parameter
Name <time>
Type Real
Range 1 ns to 9.9 s
Default 1 s
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
329
Command System
Remarks
This command is only available when the trigger condition is set to GREater, GLESs, or UNGLess. To set or query the trigger condition of the Duration trigger, send the :TRIGger:DURation:WHEN command.
When the trigger condition is set to GLESs or UNGLess, if the set lower limit of the duration time value is greater than the upper limit, the upper limit will be automatically changed. You can send the :TRIGger:DURation:TUPPer command to set or query the upper limit of the duration time value of the Duration trigger.
Return Format
The query returns the lower limit of the duration time in scientific notation.
Example
:TRIGger:DURation:TLOWer 0.000003 duration time to 3 s.*/ :TRIGger:DURation:TLOWer? 3.000000E-6.*/
/*Sets the lower limit of the /*The query returns
3.27.13.6
:TRIGger:DURation:LEVel
Syntax :TRIGger:DURation:LEVel <source>,<level> :TRIGger:DURation:LEVel?<source>
Description
Sets or queries the trigger level of the specified channel in Duration trigger. The unit is the same as that of the current amplitude.
Parameter
Name
Type
<source>
Discrete
Range
Default
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8| D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15|
CHANnel1 CHANnel1|CHANnel2|CHANnel3| CHANnel4}
<level>
Real
Analog channel: (-4.5 x
VerticalScale - Offset) to (4.5 x
VerticalScale - Offset)
0 V
Digital channel: -20 V to 20 V
Remarks
For VerticalScale, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:SCALe command. For OFFSet, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:OFFSet command.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
330
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Digital channels (D0 to D15) are only supported by the DHO900 series.
Return Format
The query returns the trigger level in scientific notation.
Example
:TRIGger:DURation:LEVel CHANnel2,0.16 /*Sets the trigger level of
CHANnel2 to 160 mV.*/
:TRIGger:DURation:LEVel? CHANnel2
/*The query returns
1.600000E-1.*/
3.27.14 :TRIGger:TIMeout
In Timeout trigger, the oscilloscope triggers when the time interval (T) (the time from when the rising edge (or falling edge) of the input signal passes through the trigger level to the time from when the neighboring falling edge (or rising edge) passes through the trigger level) is greater than the preset timeout value, as shown in the figure below.
T
Time Out < T
Time Out
3.27.14.1
:TRIGger:TIMeout:SOURce
Syntax :TRIGger:TIMeout:SOURce <source> :TRIGger:TIMeout:SOURce?
Description
Sets or queries the trigger source of Timeout trigger.
Parameter
Name
Type
<source>
Discrete
Range
Default
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8| D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15|
CHANnel1 CHANnel1|CHANnel2|CHANnel3| CHANnel4}
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
331
Command System
Remarks
Digital channels (D0 to D15) are only supported by the DHO900 series.
Return Format
The query returns D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D10, D11, D12, D13, D14, D15, CHAN1, CHAN2, CHAN3, or CHAN4.
Example :TRIGger:TIMeout:SOURce CHANnel2 CHANnel2.*/ :TRIGger:TIMeout:SOURce?
/*Sets the trigger source to /*The query returns CHAN2.*/
3.27.14.2
:TRIGger:TIMeout:SLOPe
Syntax :TRIGger:TIMeout:SLOPe <slope> :TRIGger:TIMeout:SLOPe?
Description
Sets or queries the edge type of Timeout trigger.
Parameter
Name <slope>
Type Discrete
Range {POSitive|NEGative|RFALl}
Default POSitive
Remarks
· POSitive: starts timing when the rising edge of the input signal passes through the trigger level.
· NEGative: starts timing when the falling edge of the input signal passes through the trigger level.
· RFALl: starts timing when any edge of the input signal passes through the trigger level.
Return Format The query returns POS, NEG, or RFAL. Example :TRIGger:TIMeout:SLOPe NEGative NEGative.*/ :TRIGger:TIMeout:SLOPe?
/*Sets the edge type to /*The query returns NEG.*/
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
332
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
3.27.14.3
:TRIGger:TIMeout:TIME
Syntax :TRIGger:TIMeout:TIME <time> :TRIGger:TIMeout:TIME?
Description
Sets or queries the timeout value of Timeout trigger. The default unit is s.
Parameter
Name <time>
Type Real
Range 1 ns to 10 s
Default 1 s
Remarks
N/A
Return Format
The query returns the timeout value in scientific notation.
Example :TRIGger:TIMeout:TIME 0.002 :TRIGger:TIMeout:TIME? 2.000000E-3.*/
/*Sets the timeout value to 2 ms.*/ /*The query returns
3.27.14.4
:TRIGger:TIMeout:LEVel
Syntax :TRIGger:TIMeout:LEVel <level> :TRIGger:TIMeout:LEVel?
Description
Sets or queries the trigger level of Timeout trigger. The unit is the same as that of the current amplitude.
Parameter
Name <level>
Type Real
Range
Analog channel: (-4.5 x VerticalScale - Offset) to (4.5 x VerticalScale - Offset)
Digital channel: -20 V to 20 V
Default 0 V
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
333
Command System
Remarks
For VerticalScale, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:SCALe command. For OFFSet, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:OFFSet command.
Return Format
The query returns the trigger level in scientific notation.
Example
:TRIGger:TIMeout:LEVel 0.16 mV.*/ :TRIGger:TIMeout:LEVel?
/*Sets the trigger level to 160 /*The query returns 1.600000E-1.*/
3.27.15 :TRIGger:RUNT
The runt trigger sets the oscilloscope to trigger pulses that cross one trigger level but not another, as shown in the figure below.
Positive Runt Pulse
Upper Limit of the Trigger Level
Lower Limit of the Trigger Level
Negative Runt Pulse
3.27.15.1
:TRIGger:RUNT:SOURce
Syntax :TRIGger:RUNT:SOURce <source> :TRIGger:RUNT:SOURce?
Description
Sets or queries the trigger source of Runt trigger.
Parameter
Name <source>
Type Discrete
Range
{CHANnel1|CHANnel2| CHANnel3|CHANnel4}
Remarks N/A
Default CHANnel1
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
334
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Return Format
The query returns CHAN1, CHAN2, CHAN3, or CHAN4.
Example :TRIGger:RUNT:SOURce CHANnel2 CHANnel2.*/ :TRIGger:RUNT:SOURce?
/*Sets the trigger source to /*The query returns CHAN2.*/
3.27.15.2
:TRIGger:RUNT:POLarity
Syntax :TRIGger:RUNT:POLarity <polarity> :TRIGger:RUNT:POLarity?
Description
Sets or queries the polarity of Runt trigger.
Parameter
Name <polarity>
Type Discrete
Range {POSitive|NEGative}
Default POSitive
Remarks
· POSitive: indicates the positive polarity. The oscilloscope triggers on the positive polarity of Runt trigger.
· NEGative: indicates the negative polarity. The oscilloscope triggers on the negative polarity of Runt trigger.
Return Format The query returns POS or NEG. Example :TRIGger:RUNT:POLarity NEGative trigger to NEGative.*/ :TRIGger:RUNT:POLarity?
/*Sets the polarity of Runt /*The query returns NEG.*/
3.27.15.3
:TRIGger:RUNT:WHEN Syntax :TRIGger:RUNT:WHEN <when> :TRIGger:RUNT:WHEN?
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
335
Command System
Description
Sets or queries the trigger conditions of Runt trigger.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
<when>
Discrete
{NONE|GREater|LESS|GLESs}
Default NONE
Remarks
· NONE: indicates not setting the trigger condition of Runt trigger.
· GREater: triggers when the runt pulse width is greater than the lower limit of
pulse width.
· LESS: triggers when the runt pulse width is smaller than the upper limit of pulse
width.
· GLESs: triggers when the runt pulse width is greater than the lower limit and
smaller than the upper limit of pulse width.
The lower limit of the pulse width must be smaller than the upper limit. Return Format
The query returns NONE, GRE, LESS, or GLES.
Example
:TRIGger:RUNT:WHEN LESS trigger to LESS.*/ :TRIGger:RUNT:WHEN?
/*Sets the trigger condition of Runt /*The query returns LESS.*/
3.27.15.4
:TRIGger:RUNT:WUPPer
Syntax :TRIGger:RUNT:WUPPer <width> :TRIGger:RUNT:WUPPer?
Description
Sets or queries the upper limit of the pulse width of Runt trigger. The default unit is s.
Parameter
Name <width>
Type Real
Range 1.01 ns to 10 s
Default 2 s
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
336
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Remarks
This command is only available when the trigger condition is set to LESS or GLESs. To set or query the trigger condition of the Runt trigger, send the :TRIGger:RUNT:WHEN command.
When the trigger condition is set to GLESs, if the set upper limit of the pulse width is smaller than the lower limit, the lower limit will be automatically changed. You can send the :TRIGger:RUNT:WLOWer command to set or query the lower limit of the pulse width of Runt trigger.
Return Format
The query returns the pulse upper limit in scientific notation.
Example
:TRIGger:RUNT:WUPPer 0.02 width to 20 ms.*/ :TRIGger:RUNT:WUPPer?
/*Sets the upper limit of the pulse /*The query returns 2.000000E-2.*/
3.27.15.5
:TRIGger:RUNT:WLOWer
Syntax :TRIGger:RUNT:WLOWer <width> :TRIGger:RUNT:WLOWer?
Description
Sets or queries the lower limit of the pulse width of Runt trigger. The default unit is s.
Parameter
Name <width>
Type Real
Range 1 ns to 9.9 s
Default 1 s
Remarks
This command is only available when the trigger condition is set to GREater or GLESs. To set or query the trigger condition of the Runt trigger, send the :TRIGger:RUNT:WHEN command.
When the trigger condition is set to GLESs, if the set lower limit of the pulse width is greater than the lower limit, the upper limit will be automatically changed. You can send the :TRIGger:RUNT:WUPPer command to set or query the upper limit of the pulse width of Runt trigger.
Return Format
The query returns the pulse lower limit in scientific notation.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
337
Command System
Example :TRIGger:RUNT:WLOWer 0.01 width to 10 ms.*/ :TRIGger:RUNT:WLOWer?
/*Sets the lower limit of the pulse /*The query returns 1.000000E-2.*/
3.27.15.6
:TRIGger:RUNT:ALEVel
Syntax :TRIGger:RUNT:ALEVel <level> :TRIGger:RUNT:ALEVel?
Description
Sets or queries the upper limit of the trigger level of Runt trigger. The unit is the same as that of the current amplitude.
Parameter
Name <level>
Type Real
Range
Default
Lower limit to (4.5 x VerticalScale 0 V
- OFFSet)
Remarks
For VerticalScale, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:SCALe command. For OFFSet, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:OFFSet command.
Return Format
The query returns the upper limit of the trigger level in scientific notation.
Example
:TRIGger:RUNT:ALEVel 0.16 /*Sets the upper limit of the trigger
level to 160 mV.*/
:TRIGger:RUNT:ALEVel?
/*The query returns 1.600000E-1.*/
3.27.15.7
:TRIGger:RUNT:BLEVel
Syntax :TRIGger:RUNT:BLEVel <level> :TRIGger:RUNT:BLEVel? Description Sets or queries the lower limit of the trigger level of Runt trigger. The unit is the same as that of the current amplitude.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
338
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Parameter Name <level>
Type Real
Range
Default
(-4.5 x VerticalScale - OFFSet) to 0 V
upper limit
Remarks
For VerticalScale, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:SCALe command. For OFFSet, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:OFFSet command.
Return Format
The query returns the lower limit of the trigger level in scientific notation.
Example
:TRIGger:RUNT:BLEVel 0.16 /*Sets the lower limit of the trigger
level to 160 mV.*/
:TRIGger:RUNT:BLEVel?
/*The query returns 1.600000E-1.*/
3.27.16 :TRIGger:WINDows
Window trigger provides a high trigger level and a low trigger level. The instrument triggers when the input signal passes through the high trigger level or the low trigger level.
3.27.16.1
:TRIGger:WINDows:SOURce
Syntax :TRIGger:WINDows:SOURce <source> :TRIGger:WINDows:SOURce?
Description
Sets or queries the trigger source of Window trigger.
Parameter
Name <source>
Type Discrete
Range
{CHANnel1|CHANnel2| CHANnel3|CHANnel4}
Default CHANnel1
Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns CHAN1, CHAN2, CHAN3, or CHAN4.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
339
Command System
Example :TRIGger:WINDows:SOURce CHANnel2 CHANnel2.*/ :TRIGger:WINDows:SOURce?
/*Sets the trigger source to /*The query returns CHAN2.*/
3.27.16.2
:TRIGger:WINDows:SLOPe
Syntax :TRIGger:WINDows:SLOPe <type> :TRIGger:WINDows:SLOPe?
Description
Sets or queries the edge type of Windows trigger.
Parameter
Name <type>
Type Discrete
Range {POSitive|NEGative|RFALI}
Default POSitive
Remarks
· POSitive: triggers on the rising edge of the input signal when the voltage level is greater than the preset high trigger level.
· NEGative: triggers on the falling edge of the input signal when the voltage level is smaller than the preset low trigger level.
· RFALl: triggers on either the rising or falling edge of the input signal when the voltage level meets the preset trigger level.
Return Format The query returns POS, NEG, or RFAL. Example :TRIGger:WINDows:SLOPe NEGative trigger to NEGative.*/ :TRIGger:WINDows:SLOPe?
/*Sets the edge type of Windows /*The query returns NEG.*/
3.27.16.3
:TRIGger:WINDows:POSition Syntax :TRIGger:WINDows:POSition <pos> :TRIGger:WINDows:POSition?
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
340
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Description
Sets or queries the trigger position of Window trigger.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
<pos>
Discrete
{EXIT|ENTer|TIME}
Default ENTer
Remarks
· EXIT: triggers when the input signal exits the specified trigger level range. · ENTer: triggers when the input signal enters the specified trigger level range. · TIME: triggers when the accumulated hold time after the trigger signal enters
the specified trigger level range is equal to the window time.
Return Format The query returns EXIT, ENT, or TIME. Example :TRIGger:WINDows:POSition ENTer ENT.*/ :TRIGger:WINDows:POSition?
/*Sets the trigger position to /*The query returns ENT.*/
3.27.16.4
:TRIGger:WINDows:TIME
Syntax :TRIGger:WINDows:TIME <time> :TRIGger:WINDows:TIME?
Description
Sets or queries the window time of Window trigger.
Parameter
Name <time>
Type Real
Range 1 ns to 10 s
Default 1s
Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns the window time in scientific notation.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
341
Command System
Example :TRIGger:WINDows:TIME 0.002 :TRIGger:WINDows:TIME? 2.000000E-3.*/
/*Sets the window time to 2 ms.*/ /*The query returns
3.27.16.5
:TRIGger:WINDows:ALEVel
Syntax :TRIGger:WINDows:ALEVel <level> :TRIGger:WINDows:ALEVel?
Description
Sets or queries the upper limit of the trigger level of Window trigger. The unit is the same as that of the current amplitude.
Parameter
Name <level>
Type Real
Range
Default
Lower limit to (4.5 x VerticalScale 0 V
- OFFSet)
Remarks
For VerticalScale, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:SCALe command. For OFFSet, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:OFFSet command.
Return Format
The query returns the upper limit of the trigger level in scientific notation.
Example
:TRIGger:WINDows:ALEVel 0.16 /*Sets the upper limit of the
trigger level to 160 mV.*/
:TRIGger:WINDows:ALEVel?
/*The query returns 1.600000E-1.*/
3.27.16.6
:TRIGger:WINDows:BLEVel
Syntax :TRIGger:WINDows:BLEVel <level> :TRIGger:WINDows:BLEVel? Description Sets or queries the lower limit of the trigger level of Window trigger. The unit is the same as that of the current amplitude.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
342
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Parameter Name <level>
Type Real
Range
Default
(-4.5 x VerticalScale - OFFSet) to 0 V
upper limit
Remarks
For VerticalScale, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:SCALe command. For OFFSet, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:OFFSet command.
Return Format
The query returns the lower limit of the trigger level in scientific notation.
Example
:TRIGger:WINDows:BLEVel 0.05 /*Sets the lower limit of the
trigger level to 50 mV.*/
:TRIGger:WINDows:BLEVel?
/*The query returns 5.000000E-2.*/
3.27.17 :TRIGger:DELay
In Delay trigger, you need to set Source A and Source B. The oscilloscope triggers when the time difference (T) between the specified edges (Edge A and Edge B) of Source A and Source B meets the preset time limit, as shown in the figure below. Edge A and Edge B must be two neighboring edges. See the figure below.
Source A
Edge A
Source B
Edge B
T
3.27.17.1
:TRIGger:DELay:SA Syntax :TRIGger:DELay:SA <source> :TRIGger:DELay:SA? Description Sets or queries the trigger source of Source A in Delay trigger.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
343
Command System
Parameter Name
Type
<source>
Discrete
Range
Default
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8| D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15|
CHANnel1 CHANnel1|CHANnel2|CHANnel3| CHANnel4}
Remarks
Digital channels (D0 to D15) are only supported by the DHO900 series.
Return Format
The query returns D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D10, D11, D12, D13, D14, D15, CHAN1, CHAN2, CHAN3, or CHAN4.
Example
:TRIGger:DELay:SA CHANnel2 /*Sets the trigger source A to
CHANnel2.*/
:TRIGger:DELay:SA?
/*The query returns CHAN2.*/
3.27.17.2
:TRIGger:DELay:ASLop
Syntax :TRIGger:DELay:ASLop <slope> :TRIGger:DELay:ASLop?
Description
Sets or queries the edge type of Edge A in Delay trigger.
Parameter
Name <slope>
Type Discrete
Range {POSitive|NEGative}
Default POSitive
Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns POS or NEG. Example :TRIGger:DELay:ASLop NEGative NEGative.*/ :TRIGger:DELay:ASLop?
/*Sets the edge type of Edge A to /*The query returns NEG.*/
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
344
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
3.27.17.3
:TRIGger:DELay:SB Syntax :TRIGger:DELay:SB <source> :TRIGger:DELay:SB? Description
Sets or queries the trigger source of Source B in Delay trigger.
Parameter Name
Type
<source>
Discrete
Range
Default
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8| D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15|
CHANnel2 CHANnel1|CHANnel2|CHANnel3| CHANnel4}
Remarks Digital channels (D0 to D15) are only supported by the DHO900 series. Return Format The query returns D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D10, D11, D12, D13, D14, D15, CHAN1, CHAN2, CHAN3, or CHAN4. Example :TRIGger:DELay:SB CHANnel4 /*Sets the trigger source B to CHANnel4.*/ :TRIGger:DELay:SB? /*The query returns CHAN4.*/
3.27.17.4
:TRIGger:DELay:BSLop
Syntax :TRIGger:DELay:BSLop <slope> :TRIGger:DELay:BSLop?
Description
Sets or queries the edge type of Edge B in Delay trigger.
Parameter
Name <slope>
Type Discrete
Range {POSitive|NEGative}
Default POSitive
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
345
Command System
Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns POS or NEG. Example :TRIGger:DELay:BSLop NEGative NEGative.*/ :TRIGger:DELay:BSLop?
3.27.17.5
:TRIGger:DELay:TYPE Syntax :TRIGger:DELay:TYPE <type> :TRIGger:DELay:TYPE? Description
/*Sets the edge type of Edge B to /*The query returns NEG.*/
Sets or queries the trigger condition of the Delay trigger.
Parameter Name <type>
Type Discrete
Range {GREater|LESS|GLESs|GOUT}
Default GREater
Remarks · GREater: triggers when the time difference (T) between the specified edges of
Source A and Source B is greater than the preset time limit. · LESS: triggers when the time difference (T) between the specified edges of
Source A and Source B is smaller than the preset time limit. · GLESs: triggers when the time difference (T) between the specified edges of
Source A and Source B is greater than the lower limit of the preset time and smaller than the upper limit of the preset time. · GOUT: triggers when the time difference (T) between the specified edges of Source A and Source B is smaller than the lower limit of the preset time or greater than the upper limit of the preset time.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
346
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Return Format
The query returns GRE, LESS, GLES, or GOUT.
Example :TRIGger:DELay:TYPe GOUT :TRIGger:DELay:TYPe?
/*Sets the trigger condition to GOUT.*/ /*The query returns GOUT.*/
3.27.17.6
:TRIGger:DELay:TUPPer
Syntax :TRIGger:DELay:TUPPer <time> :TRIGger:DELay:TUPPer?
Description
Sets or queries the upper limit of delay time of the Delay trigger. The default unit is s.
Parameter
Name <time>
Type Real
Range 1.01 ns to 10 s
Default 2 s
Remarks
This command is only available when the trigger condition is set to LESS, GLESs, or GOUT. To set or query the trigger condition of the Delay trigger, send the :TRIGger:DELay:TYPE command.
When the trigger condition is set to GLESs or GOUT, if the set upper limit of the delay time is smaller than the lower limit, the lower limit will be automatically changed. You can send the :TRIGger:DELay:TLOWer command to set or query the lower limit of the delay time of the Delay trigger.
Return Format
The query returns the upper limit of delay time in scientific notation.
Example
:TRIGger:DELay:TUPPer 0.002 to 2 ms.*/ :TRIGger:DELay:TUPPer?
/*Sets the upper limit of delay time /*The query returns 2.000000E-3.*/
3.27.17.7
:TRIGger:DELay:TLOWer Syntax :TRIGger:DELay:TLOWer <time> :TRIGger:DELay:TLOWer?
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
347
Command System
Description
Sets or queries the lower limit of delay time of the Delay trigger. The default unit is s.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
Default
<time>
Real
1 ns to 9.9 s
1s
Remarks
This command is only available when the trigger condition is set to GREater, GLESs, or GOUT. To set or query the trigger condition of the Delay trigger, send the :TRIGger:DELay:TYPE command.
When the trigger condition is set to GLESs or GOUT, if the set lower limit of the delay time is greater than the upper limit, the upper limit will be automatically changed. You can send the :TRIGger:DELay:TUPPer command to set or query the upper limit of the delay time of the Delay trigger.
Return Format
The query returns the lower limit of delay time in scientific notation.
Example :TRIGger:DELay:TLOWer 0.002 to 2 ms.*/ :TRIGger:DELay:TLOWer?
/*Sets the lower limit of delay time /*The query returns 2.000000E-3.*/
3.27.17.8
:TRIGger:DELay:ALEVel
Syntax :TRIGger:DELay:ALEVel <level> :TRIGger:DELay:ALEVel?
Description
Sets or queries the threshold level of Source A of Delay trigger. The unit is the same as that of the current amplitude.
Parameter
Name <level>
Type Real
Range
(-4.5 x VerticalScale - Offset) to (4.5 x VerticalScale - Offset)
Default 0 V
Remarks
For VerticalScale, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:SCALe command. For OFFSet, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:OFFSet command.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
348
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Return Format
The query returns the threshold level of Source A in scientific notation.
Example
:TRIGger:DELay:ALEVel 0.16 /*Sets the threshold level of Source
A to 160 mV.*/
:TRIGger:DELay:ALEVel?
/*The query returns 1.600000E-1.*/
3.27.17.9
:TRIGger:DELay:BLEVel
Syntax :TRIGger:DELay:BLEVel <level> :TRIGger:DELay:BLEVel?
Description
Sets or queries the threshold level of Source B of Delay trigger. The unit is the same as that of the current amplitude.
Parameter
Name <level>
Type Real
Range
Default
(-4.5 x VerticalScale - Offset) to 0 V
(4.5 x VerticalScale - Offset)
Remarks
For VerticalScale, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:SCALe command. For OFFSet, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:OFFSet command.
Return Format
The query returns the threshold level of Source B in scientific notation.
Example
:TRIGger:DELay BLEVel 0.05 /*Sets the threshold level of Source
B to 50 mV.*/
:TRIGger:DELay:BLEVel?
/*The query returns 5.000000E-2.*/
3.27.18 :TRIGger:SHOLd
In setup&hold trigger, you need to set the clock source and data source. The setup time starts when the data signal passes the trigger level and ends at the coming of the specified clock edge; the hold time starts at the coming of the specified clock edge and ends when the data signal crosses the trigger level again, as shown in the figure below. The oscilloscope triggers when the setup time or hold time is smaller than the preset time.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
349
Command System
T1
T2
T1 is the setup time T2 is the hold time
Data Source
Edge
Clock Source
The data type is H
3.27.18.1
:TRIGger:SHOLd:DSRC
Syntax :TRIGger:SHOLd:DSRC <source> :TRIGger:SHOLd:DSRC?
Description
Sets or queries the data source of Setup&Hold trigger.
Parameter
Name
Type
<source>
Discrete
Range
Default
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8| D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15|
CHANnel2 CHANnel1|CHANnel2|CHANnel3| CHANnel4}
Remarks
Digital channels (D0 to D15) are only supported by the DHO900 series.
Return Format
The query returns D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D10, D11, D12, D13, D14, D15, CHAN1, CHAN2, CHAN3, or CHAN4.
Example :TRIGger:SHOLd:DSRC CHANnel1 CHANnel1.*/ :TRIGger:SHOLd:DSRC?
/*Sets the data source to /*The query returns CHAN1.*/
3.27.18.2
:TRIGger:SHOLd:CSRC Syntax :TRIGger:SHOLd:CSRC <source>
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
350
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
:TRIGger:SHOLd:CSRC?
Description
Sets or queries the clock source of Setup&Hold trigger.
Parameter
Name
Type
<source>
Discrete
Range
Default
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8| D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15|
CHANnel1 CHANnel1|CHANnel2|CHANnel3| CHANnel4}
Remarks
Digital channels (D0 to D15) are only supported by the DHO900 series.
Return Format
The query returns D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D10, D11, D12, D13, D14, D15, CHAN1, CHAN2, CHAN3, or CHAN4.
Example :TRIGger:SHOLd:CSRC CHANnel2 CHANnel2.*/ :TRIGger:SHOLd:CSRC?
/*Sets the clock source to /*The query returns CHAN2.*/
3.27.18.3
:TRIGger:SHOLd:SLOPe
Syntax :TRIGger:SHOLd:SLOPe <slope> :TRIGger:SHOLd:SLOPe?
Description
Sets or queries the edge type of Setup&Hold trigger.
Parameter
Name <slope>
Type Discrete
Range {POSitive|NEGative}
Default POSitive
Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns POS or NEG.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
351
Command System
Example :TRIGger:SHOLd:SLOPe NEGative NEGative.*/ :TRIGger:SHOLd:SLOPe?
/*Sets the edge type to /*The query returns NEG.*/
3.27.18.4
:TRIGger:SHOLd:PATTern
Syntax :TRIGger:SHOLd:PATTern <pattern> :TRIGger:SHOLd:PATTern?
Description
Sets or queries the data type of Setup&Hold trigger.
Parameter
Name <pattern>
Type Discrete
Range {H|L}
Default H
Remarks
· H: indicates high level. · L: indicates low level.
Return Format The query returns H or L. Example :TRIGger:SHOLd:PATTern L :TRIGger:SHOLd:PATTern?
/*Sets data type to L.*/ /*The query returns L.*/
3.27.18.5
:TRIGger:SHOLd:TYPE
Syntax :TRIGger:SHOLd:TYPE <type> :TRIGger:SHOLd:TYPE?
Description
Sets or queries the trigger condition of Setup/Hold trigger.
Parameter
Name <type>
Type Discrete
Range {SETup|HOLD|SETHold}
Default SETup
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
352
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Remarks
· SETup: the oscilloscope triggers when the setup time is smaller than the specified setup time.
· HOLD: the oscilloscope triggers when the hold time is smaller than the specified hold time.
· SETHold: the oscilloscope triggers when the setup time or hold time is smaller than the specified time value.
Return Format
The query returns SET, HOLD, or SETH.
Example :TRIGger:SHOLd:TYPE SETHold SETHold.*/ :TRIGger:SHOLd:TYPE?
/*Sets the trigger condition to /*The query returns SETH.*/
3.27.18.6
:TRIGger:SHOLd:STIMe
Syntax :TRIGger:SHOLd:STIMe <time> :TRIGger:SHOLd:STIMe?
Description
Sets or queries the setup time of Setup&Hold trigger. The default unit is s.
Parameter
Name <time>
Type Real
Range 1 ns to 10 s
Default 2 s
Remarks · Setup time indicates the time that the data remain stable and unchanged
before the specified clock edge arrives. · This command is only available when the hold type is SETup or SETHOLd. Return Format The query returns the setup time value in scientific notation.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
353
Command System
Example :TRIGger:SHOLd:STIMe 0.002 :TRIGger:SHOLd:STIMe?
/*Sets the setup time to 2 ms.*/ /*The query returns 2.000000E-3.*/
3.27.18.7
:TRIGger:SHOLd:HTIMe
Syntax :TRIGger:SHOLd:HTIMe <time> :TRIGger:SHOLd:HTIMe?
Description
Sets or queries the hold time of Setup&Hold trigger. The default unit is s.
Parameter
Name <time>
Type Real
Range 1 ns to 10 s
Default 1 s
Remarks
· Hold time indicates the time that the data remain stable and unchanged after the specified clock edge arrives.
· This command is only available when the hold type is HOLD or SETHOLd.
Return Format
The query returns the hold time value in scientific notation.
Example :TRIGger:SHOLd:HTIMe 0.002 :TRIGger:SHOLd:HTIMe?
/*Sets the hold time to 2 ms.*/ /*The query returns 2.000000E-3.*/
3.27.18.8
:TRIGger:SHOLd:DLEVel
Syntax :TRIGger:SHOLd:DLEVel <level> :TRIGger:SHOLd:DLEVel? Description Sets or queries the trigger level of the data source. The unit is the same as that of the current amplitude.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
354
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Parameter Name
Type
<level>
Real
Range
Analog channel: (-4.5 x VerticalScale - Offset) to (4.5 x VerticalScale - Offset)
Digital channel: -20 V to 20 V
Default 0 V
Remarks
For VerticalScale, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:SCALe command. For OFFSet, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:OFFSet command.
Return Format
The query returns the trigger level of the data source in scientific notation.
Example :TRIGger:SHOLd:DLEVel 0.16 source to 160 mV.*/ :TRIGger:SHOLd:DLEVel?
/*Sets the trigger level of the data /*The query returns 1.600000E-1.*/
3.27.18.9
:TRIGger:SHOLd:CLEVel
Syntax :TRIGger:SHOLd:CLEVel<level> :TRIGger:SHOLd:CLEVel?
Description
Sets or queries the trigger level of the clock source. The unit is the same as that of the current amplitude.
Parameter
Name <level>
Type Real
Range
Analog channel: (-4.5 x VerticalScale - Offset) to (4.5 x VerticalScale - Offset)
Digital channel: -20 V to 20 V
Default 0 V
Remarks For VerticalScale, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:SCALe command. For OFFSet, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:OFFSet command. Return Format The query returns the trigger level of the clock source in scientific notation.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
355
Command System
Example :TRIGger:SHOLd:CLEVel 0.05 clock source to 50 mV.*/ :TRIGger:SHOLd:CLEVel?
/*Sets the trigger level of the /*The query returns 5.000000E-2.*/
3.27.19 :TRIGger:NEDGe
The Nth edge trigger lets you to trigger on the Nth edge that occurs after a specified idle time. For example, in the waveform as shown in the figure below, the instrument should trigger on the second rising edge after the specified idle time (the time between two neighboring rising edges), and the idle time should be within the range between P and M (P < Idle Time < M). Wherein, M is the time between the first rising edge and its previous rising edge; P is the maximum time between the rising edges that participate in counting.
Edge Type= Edge Num=2
M
P
P<Idle Time<M
3.27.19.1
:TRIGger:NEDGe:SOURce
Syntax :TRIGger:NEDGe:SOURce <source> :TRIGger:NEDGe:SOURce?
Description
Sets or queries the trigger source of Edge trigger.
Parameter
Name
Type
<source>
Discrete
Range
Default
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8| D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15|
CHANnel1 CHANnel1|CHANnel2|CHANnel3| CHANnel4}
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
356
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Remarks Digital channels (D0 to D15) are only supported by the DHO900 series. Return Format The query returns D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D10, D11, D12, D13, D14, D15, CHAN1, CHAN2, CHAN3, or CHAN4. Example :TRIGger:NEDGe:SOURce CHANnel2 /*Sets the trigger source to CHANnel2.*/ :TRIGger:NEDGe:SOURce? /*The query returns CHAN2.*/
3.27.19.2
:TRIGger:NEDGe:SLOPe
Syntax :TRIGger:NEDGe:SLOPe <slope> :TRIGger:NEDGe:SLOPe?
Description
Sets or queries the edge type of the Nth Edge trigger.
Parameter
Name <slope>
Type Discrete
Range {POSitive|NEGative}
Default POSitive
Remarks
· POSitive: indicates that the oscilloscope triggers on the rising edge of the input signal when the voltage level meets the preset trigger level.
· NEGative: indicates that the oscilloscope triggers on the falling edge of the input signal when the voltage level meets the preset trigger level.
Return Format The query returns POS or NEG. Example :TRIGger:NEDGe:SLOPe NEGative NEGative .*/ :TRIGger:NEDGe:SLOPe?
/*Sets the edge type to /*The query returns NEG.*/
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
357
Command System
3.27.19.3
:TRIGger:NEDGe:IDLE
Syntax :TRIGger:NEDGe:IDLE <time> :TRIGger:NEDGe:IDLE?
Description
Sets or queries the idle time of the Nth Edge trigger. The default unit is s.
Parameter
Name <time>
Type Real
Range 16 ns to 10 s
Default 1s
Remarks
N/A
Return Format
The query returns the idle time in scientific notation.
Example :TRIGger:NEDGe:IDLE 0.002 :TRIGger:NEDGe:IDLE?
/*Sets the idle time to 2 ms.*/ /*The query returns 2.000000E-3.*/
3.27.19.4
:TRIGger:NEDGe:EDGE
Syntax :TRIGger:NEDGe:EDGE <edge> :TRIGger:NEDGe:EDGE?
Description
Sets or queries the number of edges of the Nth Edge trigger.
Parameter
Name <edge>
Type Integer
Range 1 to 65535
Default 1
Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns an integer ranging from 1 to 65535.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
358
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Example :TRIGger:NEDGe:EDGE 20 :TRIGger:NEDGe:EDGE?
/*Sets the number of edges to 20.*/ /*The query returns 20.*/
3.27.19.5
:TRIGger:NEDGe:LEVel
Syntax :TRIGger:NEDGe:LEVel <level> :TRIGger:NEDGe:LEVel?
Description
Sets or queries the trigger level of the Nth Edge trigger. The unit is the same as that of current amplitude.
Parameter
Name <level>
Type Real
Range
Analog channel: (-4.5 x VerticalScale - Offset) to (4.5 x VerticalScale - Offset)
Digital channel: -20 V to 20 V
Default 0 V
Remarks
For VerticalScale, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:SCALe command. For OFFSet, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:OFFSet command.
Return Format
The query returns the trigger level in scientific notation.
Example :TRIGger:NEDGe:LEVel 0.16 :TRIGger:NEDGe:LEVel?
/*Sets the trigger level to 160 mV.*/ /*The query returns 1.600000E-1.*/
3.27.20 :TRIGger:RS232
RS232 bus is a serial communication mode used in data transmission between PCs or between a PC and a terminal. In RS232 serial protocol, a character is transmitted as a frame of data. The frame consists of 1 start bit, 5-8 data bits, 1 check bit, and 1-2 stop bits. Its format is as shown in the figure below. This series oscilloscope triggers when the start frame, error frame, check error, or the specified data of the RS232 signal is detected.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
359
Command System
1 bit Start Bit
5~8 bits Data Bit
1 bit Check Bit
1~2 bits Stop Bit
Figure 3.7 Schematic Diagram of RS232 Frame Format
3.27.20.1
:TRIGger:RS232:SOURce
Syntax :TRIGger:RS232:SOURce <source> :TRIGger:RS232:SOURce?
Description
Sets or queries the trigger source of RS232 trigger.
Parameter
Name
Type
<source>
Discrete
Range
Default
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8| D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15|
CHANnel1 CHANnel1|CHANnel2|CHANnel3| CHANnel4}
Remarks
Digital channels (D0 to D15) are only supported by the DHO900 series.
Return Format
The query returns D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D10, D11, D12, D13, D14, D15, CHAN1, CHAN2, CHAN3, or CHAN4.
Example :TRIGger:RS232:SOURce CHANnel2 CHANnel2.*/ :TRIGger:RS232:SOURce?
/*Sets the trigger source to /*The query returns CHAN2.*/
3.27.20.2
:TRIGger:RS232:LEVel Syntax :TRIGger:RS232:LEVel <level> :TRIGger:RS232:LEVel?
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
360
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Description
Sets or queries the trigger level of RS232 trigger. The unit is the same as that of the current amplitude.
Parameter
Name <level>
Type Real
Range
Analog channel: (-4.5 x VerticalScale - Offset) to (4.5 x VerticalScale - Offset)
Digital channel: -20 V to 20 V
Default 0 V
Remarks
For VerticalScale, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:SCALe command. For OFFSet, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:OFFSet command.
Return Format
The query returns the trigger level in scientific notation.
Example
:TRIGger:RS232:LEVel 0.16 :TRIGger:RS232:LEVel?
/*Sets the trigger level to 160 mV.*/ /*The query returns 1.600000E-1.*/
3.27.20.3
:TRIGger:RS232:POLarity
Syntax :TRIGger:RS232:POLarity <polarity> :TRIGger:RS232:POLarity?
Description
Sets or queries the pulse polarity of RS232 trigger.
Parameter
Name <polarity>
Type Discrete
Range {POSitive|NEGative}
Default POSitive
Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns POS or NEG.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
361
Command System
Example :TRIGger:RS232:POLarity POSitive RS232 trigger to POSitive.*/ :TRIGger:RS232:POLarity?
/*Sets the pulse polarity of /*The query returns POS.*/
3.27.20.4
:TRIGger:RS232:WHEN
Syntax :TRIGger:RS232:WHEN <when> :TRIGger:RS232:WHEN?
Description
Sets or queries the trigger condition of RS232 trigger.
Parameter
Name <when>
Type Discrete
Range {STARt|ERRor|CERRor|DATA}
Default STARt
Remarks
· STARt: triggers at the start of a frame. · ERRor: triggers when an error frame is found. · CERRor: triggers when a check error is found. · DATA: triggers on the last bit of the preset data bits.
Return Format
The query returns STAR, ERR, CERR, or DATA.
Example :TRIGger:RS232:WHEN ERRor ERRor.*/ :TRIGger:RS232:WHEN?
/*Sets the trigger condition to /*The query returns ERR.*/
3.27.20.5
:TRIGger:RS232:DATA Syntax :TRIGger:RS232:DATA <data> :TRIGger:RS232:DATA? Description Sets or queries the data value of RS232 trigger when the trigger condition is "Data".
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
362
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Parameter Name <data>
Type Integer
Range 0 to 2n-1
Default 0
Remarks
In the expression 2n-1, n indicates the current data width, and its available value can be 5, 6, 7, and 8. You can send the :TRIGger:RS232:WIDTh command to set or query the data width.
Return Format
The query returns an integer.
Example :TRIGger:RS232:DATA 10 :TRIGger:RS232:DATA?
/*Sets the data value to 10.*/ /*The query returns 10.*/
3.27.20.6
:TRIGger:RS232:BAUD
Syntax :TRIGger:RS232:BAUD <baud> :TRIGger:RS232:BAUD?
Description
Sets or queries the baud rate of RS232 trigger. The default unit is bps.
Parameter
Name <baud>
Type Integer
Range 1 bps to 20 Mbps
Default 9600 bps
Remarks
If the baud rate is set to a value with "M", then "A" should be added at the end of the value. For example, if you send 5M, you need to send 5MA.
Return Format
The query returns an integer ranging from 1 bps to 20 Mbps.
Example :TRIGger:RS232:BAUD 4800 :TRIGger:RS232:BAUD?
/*Sets the baud rate to 4800 bps.*/ /*The query returns 4800.*/
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
363
Command System
3.27.20.7
:TRIGger:RS232:WIDTh
Syntax :TRIGger:RS232:WIDTh <width> :TRIGger:RS232:WIDTh?
Description
Sets or queries the data width of RS232 trigger when the trigger condition is "Data".
Parameter
Name <width>
Type Discrete
Range {5|6|7|8}
Default 8
Remarks
N/A
Return Format
The query returns 5, 6, 7, or 8.
Example :TRIGger:RS232:WIDTh 6 :TRIGger:RS232:WIDTh?
/*Sets the data width to 6.*/ /*The query returns 6.*/
3.27.20.8
:TRIGger:RS232:STOP
Syntax :TRIGger:RS232:STOP <bit> :TRIGger:RS232:STOP?
Description
Sets or queries the stop bits of RS232 trigger.
Parameter
Name <bit>
Type Discrete
Range {1|1.5|2}
Default 1
Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns 1, 1.5, or 2.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
364
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Example :TRIGger:RS232:STOP 2 :TRIGger:RS232:STOP?
/*Sets the stop bits to 2.*/ /*The query returns 2.*/
3.27.20.9
:TRIGger:RS232:PARity
Syntax :TRIGger:RS232:PARity <parity> :TRIGger:RS232:PARity?
Description
Sets or queries the check mode of RS232 trigger.
Parameter
Name <parity>
Type Discrete
Range {EVEN|ODD|NONE}
Default NONE
Remarks
N/A
Return Format
The query returns EVEN, ODD, or NONE.
Example :TRIGger:RS232:PARity EVEN :TRIGger:RS232:PARity?
/*Sets the check mode to EVEN.*/ /*The query returns EVEN.*/
3.27.21 :TRIGger:IIC
I2C is a 2-wire serial bus used to connect the microcontroller and its peripheral device. It is a bus standard widely used in the microelectronic communication control field.
The I2C serial bus consists of SCL and SDA. Its transmission rate is determined by SCL, and its transmission data is determined by SDA, as shown in the figure below. The instrument series triggers on the start condition, restart, stop, missing acknowledgment, specific device address, or data value. Besides, it can also trigger on the specific device address and data values at the same time.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
365
Command System
Figure 3.8 Schematic Diagram of I2C Frame Format
3.27.21.1
:TRIGger:IIC:SCL
Syntax :TRIGger:IIC:SCL <source> :TRIGger:IIC:SCL?
Description
Sets or queries the source channel of the clock line of I2C trigger.
Parameter
Name
Type
<source>
Discrete
Range
Default
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8| D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15|
CHANnel1 CHANnel1|CHANnel2|CHANnel3| CHANnel4}
Remarks
Digital channels (D0 to D15) are only supported by the DHO900 series.
Return Format
The query returns D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D10, D11, D12, D13, D14, D15, CHAN1, CHAN2, CHAN3, or CHAN4.
Example :TRIGger:IIC:SCL CHANnel2 :TRIGger:IIC:SCL?
/*Sets the clock source to CHANnel2.*/ /*The query returns CHAN2.*/
3.27.21.2
:TRIGger:IIC:CLEVel Syntax :TRIGger:IIC:CLEVel <level>
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
366
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
:TRIGger:IIC:CLEVel?
Description
Sets or queries the trigger level of the clock line in I2C trigger. The unit is the same as that of the current amplitude.
Parameter
Name <level>
Type Real
Range
Analog channel: (-4.5 x VerticalScale - Offset) to (4.5 x VerticalScale - Offset)
Digital channel: -20 V to 20 V
Default 0 V
Remarks
For VerticalScale, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:SCALe command. For OFFSet, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:OFFSet command.
Return Format
The query returns the trigger level in scientific notation.
Example :TRIGger:IIC:CLEVel 0.16 :TRIGger:IIC:CLEVel?
/*Sets the trigger level to 160 mV.*/ /*The query returns 1.600000E-1.*/
3.27.21.3
:TRIGger:IIC:SDA
Syntax :TRIGger:IIC:SDA <source> :TRIGger:IIC:SDA?
Description
Sets or queries the source channel of the data line of I2C trigger.
Parameter
Name
Type
<source>
Discrete
Range
Default
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8| D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15|
CHANnel2 CHANnel1|CHANnel2|CHANnel3| CHANnel4}
Remarks Digital channels (D0 to D15) are only supported by the DHO900 series.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
367
Command System
Return Format
The query returns D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D10, D11, D12, D13, D14, D15, CHAN1, CHAN2, CHAN3, or CHAN4.
Example :TRIGger:IIC:SDA CHANnel2 :TRIGger:IIC:SDA?
/*Sets the data source to CHANnel2.*/ /*The query returns CHAN2.*/
3.27.21.4
:TRIGger:IIC:DLEVel
Syntax :TRIGger:IIC:DLEVel <level> :TRIGger:IIC:DLEVel?
Description
Sets or queries the trigger level of the data line in I2C trigger. The unit is the same as that of the current amplitude.
Parameter
Name <level>
Type Real
Range
Analog channel: (-4.5 x VerticalScale - Offset) to (4.5 x VerticalScale - Offset)
Digital channel: -20 V to 20 V
Default 0 V
Remarks
For VerticalScale, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:SCALe command. For OFFSet, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:OFFSet command.
Return Format
The query returns the trigger level in scientific notation.
Example :TRIGger:IIC:DLEVel 0.16 :TRIGger:IIC:DLEVel?
/*Sets the trigger level to 160 mV.*/ /*The query returns 1.600000E-1.*/
3.27.21.5
:TRIGger:IIC:WHEN Syntax :TRIGger:IIC:WHEN <when> :TRIGger:IIC:WHEN?
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
368
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Description
Sets or queries the trigger condition of I2C trigger.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
Default
<when>
Discrete
{STARt|RESTart|STOP| NACKnowledge|ADDRess|DATA| ADATa}
STARt
Remarks
· STARt: indicates that the oscilloscope triggers when SCL is high level and SDA transitions from high level to low level.
· RESTart: indicates that the oscilloscope triggers when another start condition occurs before a stop condition.
· STOP: indicates that the oscilloscope triggers when SCL is high level and SDA transitions from low level to high level.
· NACKnowledge: indicates missing acknowledgment. The oscilloscope triggers when SDA is high level during the acknowledgment of the SCL bit.
· ADDRess: indicates that the oscilloscope searches for the specified address and triggers on the read/write bit.
· DATA: indicates that the oscilloscope searches for the specified data on the data line (SDA) and triggers on the clock line (SCL) of the jumping edge of the last bit of the data.
· ADATa: indicates that the oscilloscope searches for the specified address and data, and then triggers when both the address and data meet the conditions.
Return Format
The query returns STAR, REST, STOP, NACK, ADDR, DATA, or ADAT.
Example :TRIGger:IIC:WHEN RESTart RESTart.*/ :TRIGger:IIC:WHEN?
/*Sets the trigger condition to /*The query returns REST.*/
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
369
Command System
3.27.21.6
:TRIGger:IIC:AWIDth
Syntax :TRIGger:IIC:AWIDth <bits> :TRIGger:IIC:AWIDth?
Description
Sets or queries the address width of I2C trigger when the trigger condition is "ADDRess" or "ADATa".
Parameter
Name <bits>
Type Discrete
Range {7|8|10}
Default 7
Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns 7, 8, or 10. Example :TRIGger:IIC:AWIDth 10 :TRIGger:IIC:AWIDth?
/*Sets the address width to 10.*/ /*The query returns 10.*/
3.27.21.7
:TRIGger:IIC:ADDRess
Syntax :TRIGger:IIC:ADDRess <address> :TRIGger:IIC:ADDRess?
Description
Sets or queries the address of I2C trigger when the trigger condition is "ADDRess" or "ADATa".
Parameter
Name <address>
Type Integer
Range 0 to 2n-1
Default 0
Remarks
In the expression 2n-1, n indicates the current address width. Its range is from 0 to 127, 0 to 255, or 0 to 1,023.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
370
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Return Format
The query returns the address in integer.
Example :TRIGger:IIC:ADDRess 100 :TRIGger:IIC:ADDRess?
/*Sets the address to 100.*/ /*The query returns 100.*/
3.27.21.8
:TRIGger:IIC:DIRection
Syntax :TRIGger:IIC:DIRection <direction> :TRIGger:IIC:DIRection?
Description
Sets or queries the data direction of I2C trigger when the trigger condition is "ADDRess" or "ADATa".
Parameter
Name <dir>
Type Discrete
Range {READ|WRITe|RWRite}
Default WRITe
Remarks
This command is unavailable when the address width is set to 8.
Return Format
The query returns READ, WRIT, or RWR.
Example :TRIGger:IIC:DIRection RWRite RWRite.*/ :TRIGger:IIC:DIRection?
/*Sets the data direction to /*The query returns RWR.*/
3.27.21.9
:TRIGger:IIC:DBYTes
Syntax :TRIGger:IIC:DBYTes <bytes> :TRIGger:IIC:DBYTes? Description Sets or queries of the data bytes of I2C trigger when the trigger condition is "DATA" or "ADATa".
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
371
Command System
Parameter Name <bytes>
Type Real
Range 1 to 5
Default 1
Remarks
N/A
Return Format
The query returns the data bytes in scientific notation.
Example
:TRIGger:IIC:DBYTes 3 /*Sets the data bytes to 3 when the
trigger condition is "DATA" or "ADATa".*/
:TRIGger:IIC:DBYTes?
/*The query returns 3.*/
3.27.21.10 :TRIGger:IIC:DATA
Syntax :TRIGger:IIC:DATA <data> :TRIGger:IIC:DATA?
Description
Sets or queries the data value of I2C trigger when the trigger condition is "DATA" or "ADATa".
Parameter
Name <data>
Type Integer
Range 0 to 240-1
Default 0
Remarks
The settable range of <data> is affected by the data bytes. You can send the :TRIGger:IIC:DBYTes command to set the data bytes. The maximum byte length can be set to 5, that is, 40-bit binary data. Therefore, the range of <data> is from 0 to 240-1.
Return Format
The query returns an integer.
Example :TRIGger:IIC:DATA 64 :TRIGger:IIC:DATA?
/*Sets the data value to 64.*/ /*The query returns 64.*/
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
372
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
3.27.21.11 :TRIGger:IIC:CURRbit
Syntax :TRIGger:IIC:CURRbit <currbit> :TRIGger:IIC:CURRbit?
Description
Sets or queries the current bit of the I2C trigger data.
Parameter
Name <currbit>
Type Integer
Range 0 to 39
Default 0
Remarks
After configuring the settings for this command, you can send the :TRIGger:IIC:CODE command to set or modify the set bit data.
Return Format
The query returns an integer ranging from 0 to 39.
Example
:TRIGger:IIC:CURRbit 8 /*Sets the current bit of I2C trigger
data to 8. That is, the oscilloscope triggers on the 9th bit of
I2C trigger data.*/
:TRIGger:IIC:CURRbit?
/*The query returns 8.*/
3.27.21.12 :TRIGger:IIC:CODE
Syntax :TRIGger:IIC:CODE <code> :TRIGger:IIC:CODE?
Description
Sets or queries the data value of a certain bit of I2C trigger.
Parameter
Name <code>
Type Discrete
Range {0|1|255}
Default 255
Remarks When <code> is set to 255, it indicates the data value can be any value.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
373
Command System
After sending the :TRIGger:IIC:CURRbit command to set the specified bit, you can send this command to query or modify the value of the specified data bit.
Return Format
The query returns 0, 1, or 255.
Example
:TRIGger:IIC:CODE 0 :TRIGger:IIC:CODE?
/*Sets the data value to 0.*/ /*The query returns 0.*/
3.27.22 :TRIGger:SPI
In SPI trigger, after the CS or timeout condition is satisfied, the oscilloscope triggers when the specified data is found. When using SPI trigger, you need to specify the CLK clock sources and MISO data sources.
CS
SCL
SDA
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
Figure 3.9 Sequential Chart of SPI Bus
3.27.22.1
:TRIGger:SPI:CLK
Syntax :TRIGger:SPI:CLK <source> :TRIGger:SPI:CLK?
Description
Sets or queries the channel source of the clock line of SPI trigger.
Parameter
Name
Type
<source>
Discrete
Range
Default
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8| D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15|
CHANnel1 CHANnel1|CHANnel2|CHANnel3| CHANnel4}
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
374
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Remarks
Digital channels (D0 to D15) are only supported by the DHO900 series.
Return Format
The query returns D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D10, D11, D12, D13, D14, D15, CHAN1, CHAN2, CHAN3, or CHAN4.
Example
:TRIGger:SPI:CLK CHANnel3 /*Sets the channel source of the data
line of SPI trigger to CHANnel3.*/
:TRIGger:SPI:CLK?
/*The query returns CHAN3.*/
3.27.22.2
:TRIGger:SPI:SCL
Syntax :TRIGger:SPI:SCL <source> :TRIGger:SPI:SCL?
Description
Sets or queries the channel source of the clock line of SPI trigger.
Parameter
Name
Type
<source>
Discrete
Range
Default
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8| D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15|
CHANnel1 CHANnel1|CHANnel2|CHANnel3| CHANnel4}
Remarks
This command exists for backwards compatibility. Use the command :TRIGger:SPI:CLK.
Digital channels (D0 to D15) are only supported by the DHO900 series.
Return Format
The query returns D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D10, D11, D12, D13, D14, D15, CHAN1, CHAN2, CHAN3, or CHAN4.
Example :TRIGger:SPI:SCL CHANnel1 line to CHANnel1.*/ :TRIGger:SPI:SCL?
/*Sets the channel source of the clock /*The query returns CHAN1.*/
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
375
Command System
3.27.22.3
:TRIGger:SPI:CLEVel
Syntax :TRIGger:SPI:CLEVel <level> :TRIGger:SPI:CLEVel?
Description
Sets or queries the trigger level of the clock channel of SPI trigger. The unit is the same as that of the current amplitude.
Parameter
Name <level>
Type Real
Range
Default
Analog channel: (-4.5 x
VerticalScale - OFFSet) to (4.5 x
VerticalScale - OFFSet)
0 V
Digital channel: -20 V to 20 V
Remarks
For VerticalScale, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:SCALe command. For OFFSet, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:OFFSet command.
Return Format
The query returns the trigger level in scientific notation.
Example
:TRIGger:SPI:CLEVel 0.16 :TRIGger:SPI:CLEVel?
/*Sets the trigger level to 160 mV.*/ /*The query returns 1.600000E-1.*/
3.27.22.4
:TRIGger:SPI:SLOPe
Syntax :TRIGger:SPI:SLOPe <slope> :TRIGger:SPI:SLOPe?
Description
Sets or queries the type of the clock edge of SPI trigger.
Parameter
Name <slope>
Type Discrete
Range {POSitive|NEGative}
Default POSitive
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
376
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Remarks
· POSitive: samples the data on the rising edge of the clock. · NEGative: samples the data on the falling edge of the clock.
Return Format The query returns POS or NEG. Example :TRIGger:SPI:SLOPe POSitive :TRIGger:SPI:SLOPe?
/*Sets the clock edge to POSitive.*/ /*The query returns POS.*/
3.27.22.5
:TRIGger:SPI:MISO
Syntax :TRIGger:SPI:MISO <source> :TRIGger:SPI:MISO?
Description
Sets or queries the channel source of the data line of SPI trigger.
Parameter
Name
Type
<source>
Discrete
Range
Default
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8| D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15|
CHANnel2 CHANnel1|CHANnel2|CHANnel3| CHANnel4}
Remarks Digital channels (D0 to D15) are only supported by the DHO900 series. Return Format The query returns D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D10, D11, D12, D13, D14, D15, CHAN1, CHAN2, CHAN3, or CHAN4. Example :TRIGger:SPI:MISO CHANnel3 /*Sets the channel source of the data line of SPI trigger to CHANnel3.*/ :TRIGger:SPI:MISO? /*The query returns CHAN3.*/
3.27.22.6
:TRIGger:SPI:SDA Syntax :TRIGger:SPI:SDA <source>
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
377
Command System
:TRIGger:SPI:SDA?
Description
Sets or queries the channel source of the data line of SPI trigger.
Parameter
Name
Type
<source>
Discrete
Range
Default
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8| D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15|
CHANnel2 CHANnel1|CHANnel2|CHANnel3| CHANnel4}
Remarks Digital channels (D0 to D15) are only supported by the DHO900 series. Return Format The query returns D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D10, D11, D12, D13, D14, D15, CHAN1, CHAN2, CHAN3, or CHAN4. Example :TRIGger:SPI:SDA CHANnel2 /*Sets the channel source of the data line of SPI trigger to CHANnel2.*/ :TRIGger:SPI:SDA? /*The query returns CHAN2.*/
3.27.22.7
:TRIGger:SPI:DLEVel
Syntax :TRIGger:SPI:DLEVel <level> :TRIGger:SPI:DLEVel?
Description
Sets or queries the trigger level of the data channel of SPI trigger. The unit is the same as that of the current amplitude.
Parameter
Name <level>
Type Real
Range
Default
Analog channel: (-4.5 x
VerticalScale - OFFSet) to (4.5 x
VerticalScale - OFFSet)
0 V
Digital channel: -20 V to 20 V
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
378
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Remarks
For VerticalScale, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:SCALe command. For OFFSet, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:OFFSet command.
Return Format
The query returns the trigger level in scientific notation.
Example
:TRIGger:SPI:DLEVel 0.16 :TRIGger:SPI:DLEVel?
/*Sets the trigger level to 160 mV.*/ /*The query returns 1.600000E-1.*/
3.27.22.8
:TRIGger:SPI:WHEN
Syntax :TRIGger:SPI:WHEN <when> :TRIGger:SPI:WHEN?
Description
Sets or queries the trigger condition of SPI trigger.
Parameter
Name <when>
Type Discrete
Range {CS|TIMeout}
Default CS
Remarks
· CS: if the CS signal is valid, the oscilloscope will trigger when the data (SDA) satisfying the trigger conditions is found.
· TIMeout: the oscilloscope starts to search for the data (MISO) on which to trigger after the clock signal (CLK) stays in the idle state for a specified period of time.
For DHO800 series, only 4-channel models support the CS setting for SPI trigger condition. Return Format The query returns CS or TIM. Example :TRIGger:SPI:WHEN TIMeout /*Sets the trigger condition to TIMeout.*/ :TRIGger:SPI:WHEN? /*The query returns TIM.*/
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
379
Command System
3.27.22.9
:TRIGger:SPI:CS
Syntax :TRIGger:SPI:CS <source> :TRIGger:SPI:CS?
Description
Sets or queries the source channel of the CS line when the trigger condition of SPI is set to CS.
Parameter
Name
Type
<source>
Discrete
Range
Default
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8| D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15|
CHANnel3 CHANnel1|CHANnel2|CHANnel3| CHANnel4}
Remarks This command is valid only when the trigger condition of SPI is set to CS. You can send :TRIGger:SPI:WHEN to set or query the trigger condition of SPI trigger. Digital channels (D0 to D15) are only supported by the DHO900 series. For DHO800 series, only 4-channel models support this command. Return Format The query returns D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D10, D11, D12, D13, D14, D15, CHAN1, CHAN2, CHAN3, or CHAN4. Example :TRIGger:SPI:CS CHANnel2 /*Sets the source channel of the CS line to CHANnel2 when the trigger condition of SPI is set to CS.*/ :TRIGger:SPI:CS? /*The query returns CHAN2.*/
3.27.22.10 :TRIGger:SPI:SLEVel
Syntax :TRIGger:SPI:SLEVel <level> :TRIGger:SPI:SLEVel? Description Sets or queries the trigger level of the CS channel of SPI trigger. The unit is the same as that of the current amplitude.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
380
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Parameter Name
Type
<level>
Real
Range
Default
Analog channel: (-4.5 x
VerticalScale - OFFSet) to (4.5 x
VerticalScale - OFFSet)
0 V
Digital channel: -20 V to 20 V
Remarks
· This setting command is valid only when the trigger condition of SPI trigger is CS. You can run the :TRIGger:SPI:WHEN command to set or query the trigger condition of SPI trigger.
· For VerticalScale, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:SCALe command. For OFFSet, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:OFFSet command.
· For the DHO800 series, only the 4-channel model supports CS in SPI trigger.
Return Format
The query returns the trigger level in scientific notation.
Example :TRIGger:SPI:SLEVel 0.16 :TRIGger:SPI:SLEVel?
/*Sets the trigger level to 160 mV.*/ /*The query returns 1.600000E-1.*/
3.27.22.11 :TRIGger:SPI:MODE
Syntax :TRIGger:SPI:MODE <mode> :TRIGger:SPI:MODE?
Description
Sets or queries the CS mode of SPI trigger when the trigger condition is "CS".
Parameter
Name <mode>
Type Discrete
Range {HIGH|LOW}
Default LOW
Remarks
This setting command is only valid in CS mode. You can send :TRIGger:SPI:WHEN to set or query the trigger condition of SPI trigger.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
381
Command System
For DHO800 series, only 4-channel models support this command. Return Format The query returns HIGH or LOW. Example :TRIGger:SPI:MODE LOW /*Sets the CS mode to LOW.*/ :TRIGger:SPI:MODE? /*The query returns LOW.*/
3.27.22.12 :TRIGger:SPI:TIMeout
Syntax :TRIGger:SPI:TIMeout <time> :TRIGger:SPI:TIMeout?
Description
Sets or queries the timeout value when the trigger condition of SPI trigger is "Timeout". The default unit is s.
Parameter
Name <time>
Type Real
Range 16 ns to 1 s
Default 1 s
Remarks
This setting command is valid only when the trigger condition of SPI trigger is Timeout. You can run the :TRIGger:SPI:WHEN command to set or query the trigger condition of SPI trigger.
Return Format
The query returns the timeout value in scientific notation.
Example :TRIGger:SPI:TIMeout 0.001 :TRIGger:SPI:TIMeout?
/*Sets the timeout value to 1 ms.*/ /*The query returns 1.000000E-3.*/
3.27.22.13 :TRIGger:SPI:WIDTh Syntax :TRIGger:SPI:WIDTh <width> :TRIGger:SPI:WIDTh? Description Sets or queries the data width of data channel in SPI trigger.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
382
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Parameter Name <width>
Type Integer
Range 4 to 32
Default 8
Remarks
N/A
Return Format
The query returns an integer ranging from 4 to 32.
Example :TRIGger:SPI:WIDTh 10 :TRIGger:SPI:WIDTh?
/*Sets the data width to 10.*/ /*The query returns 10.*/
3.27.22.14 :TRIGger:SPI:DATA
Syntax :TRIGger:SPI:DATA <data> :TRIGger:SPI:DATA?
Description
Sets or queries the data value of SPI trigger.
Parameter
Name <data>
Type Integer
Range 0 to 232-1
Default 0
Remarks
The range of the parameter <data> is related to the current data width. You can send the :TRIGger:SPI:WIDTh command to set or query the data width. The available maximum data width is 32. Therefore, the range of <data> is from 0 to 232-1.
Return Format
The query returns an integer.
Example
:TRIGger:SPI:DATA 5 :TRIGger:SPI:DATA?
/*Sets the data value to 5.*/ /*The query returns 5.*/
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
383
Command System
3.27.22.15 :TRIGger:SPI:CURRbit
Syntax :TRIGger:SPI:CURRbit <currbit> :TRIGger:SPI:CURRbit?
Description
Sets or queries the current bit of the SPI trigger data.
Parameter
Name <currbit>
Type Integer
Range 0 to 39
Default 0
Remarks
After configuring the settings for this command, you can send the :TRIGger:SPI:CODE command to set or modify the set bit data.
Return Format
The query returns an integer ranging from 0 to 39.
Example
:TRIGger:SPI:CURRbit 8 /*Sets the current bit of SPI trigger
data to 8. That is, the oscilloscope triggers on the 9th bit of
SPI trigger data.*/
:TRIGger:SPI:CURRbit?
/*The query returns 8.*/
3.27.22.16 :TRIGger:SPI:CODE
Syntax :TRIGger:SPI:CODE <code> :TRIGger:SPI:CODE?
Description
Sets or queries the data value of a certain bit of SPI trigger.
Parameter
Name <code>
Type Discrete
Range {0|1|255}
Default 255
Remarks When <code> is set to 255, it indicates the data value can be any value.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
384
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
After sending the :TRIGger:SPI:CURRbit command to set the specified bit, you can send this command to query or modify the value of the specified data bit.
Return Format
The query returns 0, 1, or 255.
Example
:TRIGger:SPI:CODE 0 :TRIGger:SPI:CODE?
/*Sets the data value to 0.*/ /*The query returns 0.*/
3.27.23 :TRIGger:CAN
The :TRIGger:CAN commands are used to set relevant parameters for the CAN trigger.
This oscilloscope can trigger on the start of a frame, end of a frame, frame of the specified type (e.g. Remote, Overload, Data, etc.), or error frame of the specified type (e.g. Answer Error, Check Error, Format Error, etc.) of the CAN signal.
The data frame format of the CAN bus is as shown in the figure below.
Figure 3.10 Data Frame Format of the CAN Bus
3.27.23.1
:TRIGger:CAN:BAUD
Syntax :TRIGger:CAN:BAUD <baud> :TRIGger:CAN:BAUD?
Description
Sets or queries the signal rate of CAN trigger. The unit is bps.
Parameter
Name <baud>
Type Integer
Range 10 kbps to 5 Mbps
Default 1 Mbps
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
385
Command System
Remarks
If the baud rate is set to a value with "M", then "A" should be added at the end of the value. For example, if you send 5M, you need to send 5MA.
Return Format
The query returns an integer ranging from 10 kbps to 5 Mbps.
Example
:TRIGger:CAN:BAUD 125000 /*Sets the signal rate to 125000 bps.*/
:TRIGger:CAN:BAUD?
/*The query returns 125000.*/
3.27.23.2
:TRIGger:CAN:SOURce
Syntax :TRIGger:CAN:SOURce <source> :TRIGger:CAN:SOURce?
Description
Sets or queries the trigger source of CAN trigger.
Parameter
Name
Type
<source>
Discrete
Range
Default
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8| D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15|
CHANnel1 CHANnel1|CHANnel2|CHANnel3| CHANnel4}
Remarks Digital channels (D0 to D15) are only supported by the DHO900 series. Return Format The query returns D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D10, D11, D12, D13, D14, D15, CHAN1, CHAN2, CHAN3, or CHAN4. Example :TRIGger:CAN:SOURce CHANnel2 /*Sets the trigger source to CHANnel2.*/ :TRIGger:CAN:SOURce? /*The query returns CHAN2.*/
3.27.23.3
:TRIGger:CAN:STYPe Syntax :TRIGger:CAN:STYPe <stype> :TRIGger:CAN:STYPe?
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
386
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Description
Sets or queries the signal type of CAN trigger.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
<stype>
Discrete
{H|L|RXTX|DIFFerential}
Default H
Remarks
· H: indicates the actual CAN_H differential bus signal. · L: indicates the actual CAN_L differential bus signal. · RXTX: indicates the Receive or Transmit signal from the CAN bus transceiver. · DIFFerential: indicates the CAN differential bus signal connected to an analog
channel by using a differential probe. Connect the differential probe's positive lead to the CAN_H bus signal and connect the negative lead to the CAN_L bus signal.
Return Format
The query returns H, L, RXTX, or DIFF.
Example
:TRIGger:CAN:STYPe L
/*Sets the signal type to CAN_L
differential bus signal.*/
:TRIGger:CAN:STYPe?
/*The query returns L.*/
3.27.23.4
:TRIGger:CAN:WHEN
Syntax :TRIGger:CAN:WHEN <cond> :TRIGger:CAN:WHEN?
Description
Sets or queries the trigger condition of CAN trigger.
Parameter
Name <cond>
Type Discrete
Range
{SOF|EOF|IDRemote|OVERload| IDFRame|DATaframe|IDData| ERFRame|ERANswer|ERCHeck| ERFormat|ERRandom|ERBit}
Default SOF
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
387
Command System
Remarks · SOF: indicates start of frame. It indicates that the oscilloscope triggers at the
start of a data frame. · EOF: indicates end of frame. It indicates that the oscilloscope triggers at the
end of a data frame. Frame Type · IDRemote: indicates remote ID. It indicates that the oscilloscope triggers on the
remote frame with the specified ID. · OVERload: indicates overload frame. It indicates that the oscilloscope triggers
on the CAN overload frames. · IDFRame: indicates frame ID. It indicates that the oscilloscope triggers on the
data frames with the specified ID. · DATAframe: indicates frame data. It indicates that the oscilloscope triggers on
the data frames with specified data. · IDData: indicates Data & ID. It indicates that the oscilloscope triggers on the
data frames with the specified ID and data. Frame Error · ERFRame: indicates frame error. It indicates that the oscilloscope triggers on
the error frame. · ERANswer: indicates answer error. It indicates that the oscilloscope triggers on
the answer error frame. · ERCHeck: indicates check error. It indicates that the oscilloscope triggers on the
check error frame. · ERFormat: indicates format error. It indicates that the oscilloscope triggers on
the format error frame. · ERRandom: indicates random error. It indicates that the oscilloscope triggers
on the random error frame, such as the format error frame, answer error frame, etc.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
388
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
· ERBit: indicates bit fill. It indicates that the oscilloscope triggers on the error frame with the bit fill.
Return Format
The query returns SOF, EOF, IDR, OVER, IDFR, DAT, IDD, ERFR, ERAN, ERCH, ERF, ERR, or ERB.
Example :TRIGger:CAN:WHEN EOF :TRIGger:CAN:WHEN?
/*Sets the trigger condition to EOF.*/ /*The query returns EOF.*/
3.27.23.5
:TRIGger:CAN:SPOint
Syntax :TRIGger:CAN:SPOint <spoint> :TRIGger:CAN:SPOint?
Description
Sets or queries the sample point position of CAN trigger (expressed in %).
Parameter
Name <spoint>
Type Integer
Range 10 to 90
Default 50
Remarks
The sample point is within the range of the bit time. The oscilloscope samples the bit level at the sample point. The sample point position is expressed as the ratio of "time from the bit start to the sample point" to "bit time", in %.
Return Format
The query returns an integer ranging from 10 to 90.
Example :TRIGger:CAN:SPoint 60 CAN trigger to 60%.*/ :TRIGger:CAN:SPoint?
/*Sets the sample point position of /*The query returns 60.*/
3.27.23.6
:TRIGger:CAN:EXTended Syntax :TRIGger:CAN:EXTended <bool> :TRIGger:CAN:EXTended?
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
389
Command System
Description
Enables or disables the extended ID when the trigger condition of CAN trigger is "Remote ID" or "Frame ID"; queries whether the extended ID is enabled when the trigger condition of CAN trigger is "Remote ID" or "Frame ID".
Parameter
Name <bool>
Type Bool
Range {{1|ON}|{0|OFF}}
Default 0|OFF
Remarks
· 0|OFF: disables the extended ID. · 1|ON: enables the extended ID. To set or query the trigger condition of CAN trigger, send the :TRIGger:CAN:WHEN command. Return Format The query returns 0 or 1. Example :TRIGger:CAN:EXTended ON /*Enables the extended ID.*/ :TRIGger:CAN:EXTended /*The query returns 1.*/
3.27.23.7
:TRIGger:CAN:DEFine
Syntax :TRIGger:CAN:DEFine <type> :TRIGger:CAN:DEFine?
Description
Sets Define to ID or Data when the trigger condition of CAN trigger is set to Data or ID; queries Define to ID or Data when the trigger condition of CAN trigger is set to Data or ID.
Parameter
Name <type>
Type Discrete
Range {DATA|ID}
Default DATA
Remarks
· DATA: sets Define to Data. · ID: sets Define to ID.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
390
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
To set or query the trigger condition of CAN trigger, send the :TRIGger:CAN:WHEN command. Return Format The query returns DATA or ID. Example :TRIGger:CAN:DEFine ID /*Sets Define to ID.*/ :TRIGger:CAN:DEFine? /*The query returns ID.*/
3.27.23.8
:TRIGger:CAN:DWIDth
Syntax :TRIGger:CAN:DWIDth <data> :TRIGger:CAN:DWIDth?
Description
Sets or queries the data width of CAN trigger when the trigger condition is "DATaframe" or "IDData".
Parameter
Name <data>
Type Integer
Range 1 to 8
Default 1
Remarks
N/A
Return Format
The query returns an integer ranging from 1 to 8.
Example
:TRIGger:CAN:DWIDth 5 /*Sets the data width of CAN trigger to 5
when the trigger condition is "DATaframe" or "IDData".*/
:TRIGger:CAN:DWIDth?
/*The query returns 5.*/
3.27.23.9
:TRIGger:CAN:DATA Syntax :TRIGger:CAN:DATA <data> :TRIGger:CAN:DATA? Description Sets or queries the data value of CAN trigger.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
391
Command System
Parameter Name <data>
Type Integer
Range 0 to 240-1
Default 0
Remarks The settable range of <data> is affected by the data bytes. You can send the :TRIGger:IIC:DBYTes command to set the data bytes. The maximum byte length can be set to 5, i.g. 40-bit binary data. Therefore, the range of <data> is from 0 to 240-1. This command is valid when the trigger condition is set to "Frame Data" or "Data & ID" (send :TRIGger:CAN:WHEN command to set or query).
· When the trigger condition is "Frame Data", the setting command is used to set the data value.
· When the trigger condition is "Data & ID", the value to be set by sending the setting command is based on the :TRIGger:CAN:DEFine command.
- When Define is set to "ID", the setting command is used to set the ID value.
- When Define is set to "Data", the setting command is used to set the data value.
Return Format
The query returns an integer.
Example :TRIGger:CAN:DATA 100 100.*/ :TRIGger:CAN:DATA?
/*Sets the data value of CAN trigger to /*The query returns 100.*/
3.27.23.10 :TRIGger:CAN:CURRbit Syntax :TRIGger:CAN:CURRbit <currbit> :TRIGger:CAN:CURRbit? Description Sets or queries the current bit of the CAN trigger data.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
392
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Parameter Name <currbit>
Type Integer
Range 0 to 39
Default 0
Remarks
After configuring the settings for this command, you can send the :TRIGger:CAN:CODE command to set or modify the set bit data.
Return Format
The query returns an integer ranging from 0 to 39.
Example
:TRIGger:CAN:CURRbit 8 /*Sets the current bit of CAN trigger
data to 8. That is, the oscilloscope triggers on the 9th bit of
CAN trigger data.*/
:TRIGger:SPI:CURRbit?
/*The query returns 8.*/
3.27.23.11 :TRIGger:CAN:CODE
Syntax :TRIGger:CAN:CODE <code> :TRIGger:CAN:CODE?
Description
Sets or queries the data value of a certain bit of CAN trigger.
Parameter
Name <code>
Type Discrete
Range {0|1|255}
Default 255
Remarks
When <code> is set to 255, it indicates the data value can be any value.
After sending the :TRIGger:CAN:CURRbit command to set the specified bit, you can send this command to query or modify the value of the specified data bit.
Return Format
The query returns 0, 1, or 255.
Example
:TRIGger:CAN:CODE 0 :TRIGger:CAN:CODE?
/*Sets the data value to 0.*/ /*The query returns 0.*/
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
393
Command System
3.27.23.12 :TRIGger:CAN:LEVel
Syntax :TRIGger:CAN:LEVel <level> :TRIGger:CAN:LEVel?
Description
Sets or queries the trigger level of CAN trigger. Its unit is the same as that of the current amplitude.
Parameter
Name <level>
Type Real
Range
Analog channel: (-4.5 x VerticalScale - Offset) to (4.5 x VerticalScale - Offset)
Digital channel: -20 V to 20 V
Default 0 V
Remarks
For VerticalScale, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:SCALe command. For OFFSet, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:OFFSet command.
Return Format
The query returns the trigger level in scientific notation.
Example
:TRIGger:CAN:LEVel 0.16 :TRIGger:CAN:LEVel?
/*Sets the trigger level to 160 mV.*/ /*The query returns 1.600000E-1.*/
3.27.24 :TRIGger:LIN
The :TRIGger:LIN commands are used to set relevant parameters for the LIN trigger. NOTE Only the DHO900 series supports :TRIGger:LIN commands.
The oscilloscope can trigger on the sync field of LIN signal, and can also trigger on the specified identifier, data, or frame.
The data frame format of the LIN bus is as shown in the figure below.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
394
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Figure 3.11 Data Frame Format of the LIN Bus
3.27.24.1
:TRIGger:LIN:SOURce
Syntax :TRIGger:LIN:SOURce <source> :TRIGger:LIN:SOURce?
Description
Sets or queries the trigger source of LIN trigger.
Parameter
Name
Type
<source>
Discrete
Range
Default
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8| D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15|
CHANnel1 CHANnel1|CHANnel2|CHANnel3| CHANnel4}
Remarks
Digital channels (D0 to D15) are only supported by the DHO900 series.
Return Format
The query returns D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D10, D11, D12, D13, D14, D15, CHAN1, CHAN2, CHAN3, or CHAN4.
Example :TRIGger:LIN:SOURce CHANnel2 CHANnel2.*/ :TRIGger:LIN:SOURce?
/*Sets the trigger source to /*The query returns CHAN2.*/
3.27.24.2
:TRIGger:LIN:LEVel
Syntax :TRIGger:LIN:LEVel <level> :TRIGger:LIN:LEVel? Description Sets or queries the trigger level of LIN trigger. Its unit is the same as that of the current amplitude.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
395
Command System
Parameter Name
Type
<level>
Real
Range
Default
Analog channel: (-4.5 x
VerticalScale - OFFSet) to (4.5 x
VerticalScale - OFFSet)
0 V
Digital channel: -20 V to 20 V
Remarks
For VerticalScale, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:SCALe command. For OFFSet, refer to the :CHANnel<n>:OFFSet command.
Return Format
The query returns the trigger level in scientific notation.
Example :TRIGger:LIN:LEVel 0.16 :TRIGger:LIN:LEVel?
/*Sets the trigger level to 160 mV.*/ /*The query returns 1.600000E-1.*/
3.27.24.3
:TRIGger:LIN:STANdard
Syntax :TRIGger:LIN:STANdard <std> :TRIGger:LIN:STANdard?
Description
Sets or queries the protocol version of LIN trigger.
Parameter
Name <std>
Type Discrete
Range {1X|2X|BOTH}
Default BOTH
Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns 1X, 2X, or BOTH. Example :TRIGger:LIN:STANdard 2X LIN trigger to 2X.*/ :TRIGger:LIN:STANdard?
/*Sets the protocol version of /*The query returns 2X.*/
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
396
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
3.27.24.4
:TRIGger:LIN:BAUD
Syntax :TRIGger:LIN:BAUD <baud> :TRIGger:LIN:BAUD?
Description
Sets or queries the baud rate of LIN trigger. The default unit is bps.
Parameter
Name <baud>
Type Integer
Range 1 kbps to 20 Mbps
Default 9600 bps
Remarks
If the baud rate is set to a value with "M", then "A" should be added at the end of the value. For example, if you send 5M, you need to send 5MA.
Return Format
The query returns an integer ranging from 1 kbps to 20 Mbps.
Example :TRIGger:LIN:BAUD 19200 to 19.2 kbps.*/ :TRIGger:LIN:BAUD?
/*Sets the baud rate of LIN trigger /*The query returns 19200.*/
3.27.24.5
:TRIGger:LIN:SAMPlepoint
Syntax :TRIGger:LIN:SAMPlepoint <value> :TRIGger:LIN:SAMPlepoint?
Description
Sets or queries the sample position of LIN trigger.
Parameter
Name <value>
Type Integer
Range 10 to 90
Default 50
Remarks
The sample position is expressed as the ratio of "time from the bit start to the sample point" to "bit time", in %.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
397
Command System
Return Format
The query returns an integer ranging from 10 to 90.
Example
:TRIGger:LIN:SAMPlepoint 40
/*Sets the sample point
position of LIN trigger to 40%.*/
:TRIGger:LIN:SAMPlepoint?
/*The query returns 40.*/
3.27.24.6
:TRIGger:LIN:WHEN
Syntax :TRIGger:LIN:WHEN <when> :TRIGger:LIN:WHEN?
Description
Sets or queries the trigger condition of LIN trigger.
Parameter
Name <when>
Type Discrete
Range
{SYNCbreak|ID|DATA|IDData| SLEep|WAKeup|ERRor}
Default SYNCbreak
Remarks
· SYNCbreak: triggers on the last bit of the sync field. · ID: triggers when the frames with the specified ID are found. · DATA: triggers when the data that meet the preset conditions are found. · IDData: triggers when the frames with the specified ID and data that meet the
preset conditions are both found. · SLEep: triggers when the sleep frame is found. · WAKeup: triggers when the wakeup frame is found. · ERRor: triggers on the specified type of error frame.
Return Format
The query returns SYNC, ID, DATA, IDD, SLE, WAK, or ERR.
Example :TRIGger:LIN:WHEN SYNCbreak SYNCbreak.*/ :TRIGger:LIN:WHEN?
/*Sets the trigger condition to /*The query returns SYNC.*/
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
398
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
3.27.24.7
:TRIGger:LIN:ERRor
Syntax :TRIGger:LIN:ERRor <value> :TRIGger:LIN:ERRor?
Description
Sets or queries the error type of LIN trigger when the trigger condition is "Data".
Parameter
Name <value>
Type Discrete
Range {SYNC|ID|CHECk}
Default SYNC
Remarks
· SYNC: indicates Sync error. · ID: indicates Even Odd error. · CHECk: check sum error.
Return Format
The query returns SYNC, ID, or CHEC.
Example :TRIGger:LIN:ERRor ID ID.*/ :TRIGger:LIN:ERRor?
/*Sets the LIN trigger error type to /*The query returns ID.*/
3.27.24.8
:TRIGger:LIN:ID
Syntax :TRIGger:LIN:ID <id> :TRIGger:LIN:ID?
Description
Sets or queries the ID value of LIN trigger when the trigger condition is "Data & ID".
Parameter
Name <id>
Type Integer
Range 0 to 63
Default 0
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
399
Command System
Remarks
N/A
Return Format
The query returns an integer ranging from 0 to 63.
Example :TRIGger:LIN:ID 4 to 4.*/ :TRIGger:LIN:ID?
/*Sets the ID value of LIN trigger /*The query returns 4.*/
3.27.24.9
:TRIGger:LIN:DATA
Syntax :TRIGger:LIN:DATA <data> :TRIGger:LIN:DATA?
Description
Sets or queries the data value of LIN trigger when the trigger condition is "Data".
Parameter
Name <data>
Type Integer
Range Refer to Remarks
Default 0
Remarks
The range of the data value of LIN trigger is related to the value of data bytes. The maximum number of bytes can be set to 8, i.g. 64-bit binary data. Therefore, the range of <data> is from 0 to 264-1.
Return Format
The query returns an integer ranging from 0 to 264-1.
Example
:TRIGger:LIN:DATA 100 /*Sets the data value of LIN trigger to
100 when the trigger condition is "Data".*/
:TRIGger:LIN:DATA?
/*The query returns 100.*/
3.27.24.10 :TRIGger:LIN:CURRbit Syntax :TRIGger:LIN:CURRbit <currbit> :TRIGger:LIN:CURRbit?
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
400
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
Description
Sets or queries the current bit of the LIN trigger data.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
<currbit>
Integer
0 to 39
Default 0
Remarks
After configuring the settings for this command, you can send the :TRIGger:LIN:CODE command to set or modify the set bit data.
Return Format
The query returns an integer ranging from 0 to 39.
Example
:TRIGger:LIN:CURRbit 8 /*Sets the current bit of LIN trigger
data to 8. That is, the oscilloscope triggers on the 9th bit of
LIN trigger data.*/
:TRIGger:SPI:CURRbit?
/*The query returns 8.*/
3.27.24.11 :TRIGger:LIN:CODE
Syntax :TRIGger:LIN:CODE <code> :TRIGger:LIN:CODE?
Description
Sets or queries the data value of a certain bit of LIN trigger.
Parameter
Name <code>
Type Discrete
Range {0|1|255}
Default 255
Remarks When <code> is set to 255, it indicates the data value can be any value. After sending the :TRIGger:LIN:CURRbit command to set the specified bit, you can send this command to query or modify the value of the specified data bit. Return Format The query returns 0, 1, or 255.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
401
Command System
3.28
Example :TRIGger:LIN:CODE 0 :TRIGger:LIN:CODE?
/*Sets the data value to 0.*/ /*The query returns 0.*/
:WAVeform Commands
The :WAVeform commands are used to read waveform data and relevant settings. The :WAVeform:MODE command is used to set the reading mode of waveform data. In different modes, the definitions for the parameters are different, as shown in Figure 3.12 and Figure 3.13 .
XORigin
XINCrement=TimeScale/100
XREFerence
YORigin YREFerence
YINCrement=Verticalscale/25
Figure 3.12 Parameter Definitions in NORMAL Mode
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
402
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
XORigin XINCrement=TimeScale/100 XREFerence
YORigin YREFerence
YINCrement[1]
Figure 3.13 Parameter Definitions in RAW Mode
NOTE [1]: In RAW mode, YINCrement and Verticalscale of the memory waveforms are related to the currently selected Verticalscale.
Waveform data reading · WORD or BYTE format: The read data format is TMC header + waveform data
points + end identifier. The TMC header is in #NXXXXXX format; wherein, # is the TMC header identifier; N following # represents the length of the waveform data; the length of the waveform data points is expressed in ASCII strings,and the terminator represents the ending of communication. For example, the data read for one time is #9000001000XXXX. It indicates that 9 bytes are used to describe the data length. 000001000 indicates the length of waveform data, that is, 1,000 bytes. · ASCii format: The read data format is waveform data points + end identifier. The waveform data point query returns the actual voltage value of each waveform point in scientific notation; and the voltage values are separated by commas.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
403
Command System
· When the waveform data in the internal memory are read in batches, the waveform data returned each time might be the data in one area of the internal memory. In "WORD" or "BYTE" return format, each returned data in blocks contain the TMC data block header. Waveform data in two adjacent data blocks are consecutive.
· The figure below shows the waveform data that have been read (in BYTE format). First, select "View as hexadecimal only" from the drop-down list at the right side. Then, the waveform data that have been read are displayed in hexadecimal format. The first 11 bytes denote the "TMC data block header", and beginning from the 12th byte (8E) are the waveform data. You can convert the waveform data read to the voltage value of each point of the waveform by using the formula "(0x8E - YORigin - YREFerence) × YINCrement". For the definitions of the parameters in this formula, refer to Related Commands.
Related Commands :WAVeform:MODE :WAVeform:YINCrement? :WAVeform:YORigin?
3.28.1
:WAVeform:SOURce
Syntax :WAVeform:SOURce <source>
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
404
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
:WAVeform:SOURce?
Description
Sets or queries the source channel of waveform data reading.
Parameter
Name
Type
<source>
Discrete
Range
Default
{D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D6|D7|D8| D9|D10|D11|D12|D13|D14|D15| CHANnel1|CHANnel2| CHANnel3|CHANnel4|MATH1| MATH2|MATH3|MATH4}
CHANnel1
Remarks
When the channel source is set to MATH1~MATH4, :WAVeform:MODE can only select the NORMal mode.
Digital channels (D0 to D15) are only supported by the DHO900 series.
Return Format
The query returns D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8, D9, D10, D11, D12, D13, D14, D15, CHAN1, CHAN2, CHAN3, CHAN4, MATH1, MATH2, MATH3, or MATH4.
Example :WAVeform:SOURce CHANnel2 CHANnel2.*/ :WAVeform:SOURce?
/*Sets the channel source to /*The query returns CHAN2.*/
3.28.2
:WAVeform:MODE
Syntax
:WAVeform:MODE <mode> :WAVeform:MODE?
Description
Sets or queries the mode of the :WAVeform:DATA? command in reading data.
Parameter
Name
Type
Range
Default
<mode>
Discrete
{NORMal|MAXimum|RAW}
NORMal
Remarks
· NORMal: reads the waveform data currently displayed on the screen.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
405
Command System
· MAXimum: reads the waveform data displayed on the screen when the oscilloscope is in the Run state; reads the waveform data from the internal memory when the oscilloscope is in the Stop state.
· RAW: reads the waveform data from the internal memory. Note: The data in the internal memory can only be read when the oscilloscope is in the Stop state. You are not allowed to operate the instrument when it is reading data.
· When the channel source is set to MATH, only the NORMal mode is valid.
Return Format
The query returns NORM, MAX, or RAW.
Example
:WAVeform:MODE RAW /*Sets the reading mode of waveform data to
RAW.*/
:WAVeform:MODE?
/*The query returns RAW.*/
3.28.3
:WAVeform:FORMat
Syntax
:WAVeform:FORMat <format> :WAVeform:FORMat?
Description
Sets or queries the return format of the waveform data.
Parameter
Name <format>
Type Discrete
Range {WORD|BYTE|ASCii}
Default BYTE
Remarks
· WORD: Each waveform point occupies two bytes (16 bits). · BYTE: Each waveform point occupies one byte (8 bits). · ASCii: The query returns the actual voltage value of each waveform point in
scientific notation; and the voltage values are separated by commas.
Return Format
The query returns WORD, BYTE, or ASC.
Example :WAVeform:FORMat WORD to WORD.*/ :WAVeform:FORMat?
/*Sets the returned format of waveform data /*The query returns WORD.*/
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
406
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
3.28.4
:WAVeform:POINts
Syntax
:WAVeform:POINts <point> :WAVeform:POINts?
Description
Sets or queries the number of the waveform points to be read in the current mode.
Parameter
Name <point>
Type Integer
Range Refer to Remarks
Default -
3.28.5
Remarks The range of <point> is related to the current reading mode of the waveform data. You can send the :WAVeform:MODE command to set or query the reading mode of the waveform data. · NORMal: 1 to 1,000 · RAW: 1 to the current maximum memory depth · MAXimum: In RUN state: 1 to the number of effective points on the current
screen; In STOP state: 1 to the number of effective points in the current memory Return Format The query returns the number of waveform points in integer. Example :WAVeform:POINts 100 /*Sets the number of waveform points to be read to 100.*/ :WAVeform:POINts? /*The query returns 100.*/
:WAVeform:DATA?
Syntax :WAVeform:DATA? Description Reads the waveform data. Parameter N/A Remarks Procedures of reading the waveform data from the screen:
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
407
Command System
:WAV:SOUR CHAN1 /*Sets the channel source to CHANnel1.*/ :WAV:MODE NORMal /*Sets the waveform reading mode to NORMal.*/ :WAV:FORM BYTE /*Sets the return format of the waveform data to BYTE.*/ :WAV:DATA? /*Reads the waveform data on the screen.*/
Procedures of reading the waveform data from the internal memory:
:STOP /*Sets the instrument to STOP state (you can only read the
waveform data from the internal memory when the oscilloscope is in
STOP state).*/
:WAV:SOUR CHAN1 /*Sets the channel source to CHANnel1.*/
:WAV:MODE RAW /*Sets the waveform reading mode to RAW.*/
:WAV:FORM BYTE /*Sets the return format of the waveform data to
BYTE.*/
:WAV:STAR 1
/*Sets the start point of waveform data reading to
the first waveform point.*/
:WAVeform:STOP 120000 /*Sets the stop point of waveform data
reading to the 120,000th waveform point (last point).*/
Return Format
The return format is related to the return format of the currently selected waveform data (:WAVeform:FORMat). For detailed operations, refer to descriptions in Waveform data reading.
3.28.6
:WAVeform:XINCrement?
Syntax :WAVeform:XINCrement? Description Queries the time interval between two neighboring points of the currently selected channel source in the X direction. Parameter N/A Remarks The returned value is related to the current data reading mode: · In NORMal mode, XINCrement = TimeScale/100. · In RAW mode, XINCrement = 1/SampleRate. · In MAX mode, XINCrement = TimeScale/100 when the oscilloscope is in the Run
state; XINCrement = 1/SampleRate when the oscilloscope is in the Stop state. The unit is related to the current channel source: Return Format The query returns the time difference in scientific notation.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
408
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
3.28.7 3.28.8
Example N/A
:WAVeform:XORigin?
Syntax :WAVeform:XORigin? Description Queries the start time of the waveform data of the currently selected channel source in the X direction. Parameter N/A Remarks The returned value is related to the current data reading mode:
· In NORMal mode, the query returns the start time of the waveform data displayed on the screen.
· In RAW mode, the query returns the start time of the waveform data in the internal memory.
· In MAX mode, the query returns the start time of the waveform data displayed on the screen when the instrument is in the RUN state; the query returns the start time of the waveform data in the internal memory when the instrument is in the Stop state.
The unit is related to the current channel source. Return Format The query returns the time value in scientific notation. Example N/A
:WAVeform:XREFerence?
Syntax :WAVeform:XREFerence? Description Queries the reference time of the waveform points of the currently selected channel source in the X direction.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
409
Command System
3.28.9
Parameter N/A Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns 0 (namely the first waveform point on the screen or in the internal memory). Example N/A
:WAVeform:YINCrement?
Syntax :WAVeform:YINCrement? Description Queries the unit voltage value of the current source channel Y in the Y direction. Parameter N/A Remarks The returned value is related to the current data reading mode:
· In NORMal mode, YINCrement = VerticalScale/25. · In RAW mode, YINCrement and Verticalscale of the memory waveforms are
related to the currently selected Verticalscale. · In MAX mode, YINCrement = VerticalScale/25 when the instrument is in the RUN
state; YINCrement is related to the VerticalScale of the internal waveform and the currently selected VerticalScale when the instrument is in the Stop state. Return Format The query returns the unit voltage value in scientific notation. Example N/A
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
410
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
3.28.10 :WAVeform:YORigin?
Syntax :WAVeform:YORigin? Description Queries the vertical offset relative to the vertical reference position of the currently selected channel source in the Y direction. Parameter N/A Remarks The returned value is related to the current data reading mode: · In NORMal mode, YORigin = VerticalOffset/YINCrement. · In RAW mode, YORigin is related to the VerticalScale of the memory waveforms
and the currently selected VerticalScale. · In MAX mode, YORigin = VerticalOffset/YINCrement when the instrument is in
the RUN state; YORigin is related to the VerticalScale of the internal waveform and the currently selected VerticalScale when the instrument is in the Stop state. Return Format The query returns an integer. Example N/A
3.28.11 :WAVeform:YREFerence?
Syntax :WAVeform:YREFerence? Description Queries the vertical reference position of the currently selected channel source in the Y direction. Parameter N/A
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
411
Command System
Remarks The value of YREFerence is related to the configuration of the :WAVeform:FORMat command. The reference position is different for different return formats of waveform data. Return Format The query returns an integer. Example N/A
3.28.12 :WAVeform:STARt
Syntax
:WAVeform:STARt <sta> :WAVeform:STARt?
Description
Sets or queries the start position of waveform data reading.
Parameter
Name <sta>
Type Integer
Range Refer to Remarks
Default 1
Remarks
When reading the waveform data from the internal memory, the actual settable ranges of the start point and stop point of a reading operation are related to the memory depth of the oscilloscope and the return format of the waveform data currently selected. · In Normal mode, the range is from 1 to 1,000. · In Max mode, when the oscilloscope is in RUN state, its range is from 1 to 1,000;
when the oscilloscope is in STOP state, its range is from 1 to current maximum memory depth. · In Raw mode, the range is from 1 to the current maximum memory depth.
Return Format
The query returns an integer.
Example
:WAVeform:STARt 100 /*Sets the start point to 100.*/ :WAVeform:STARt? /*The query returns 100.*/
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
412
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Command System
3.28.13 :WAVeform:STOP
Syntax
:WAVeform:STOP <stop> :WAVeform:STOP?
Description
Sets or queries the stop position of waveform data reading.
Parameter
Name <stop>
Type Integer
Range Refer to Remarks
Default 1,000
Remarks When reading the waveform data in the internal memory, the actual settable ranges of the start point and stop point of a reading operation are related to the memory depth of the oscilloscope and the return format of the waveform data currently selected.
· In Normal mode, the range is from 1 to 1,000. · In Max mode, when the oscilloscope is in RUN state, its range is from 1 to 1,000;
when the oscilloscope is in STOP state, its range is from 1 to current maximum memory depth. · In Raw mode, the range is from 1 to the current maximum memory depth.
Return Format The query returns an integer. Example :WAVeform:STOP 500 /*Sets the stop point to 500.*/ :WAVeform:STOP? /*The query returns 500.*/
3.28.14 :WAVeform:PREamble?
Syntax :WAVeform:PREamble? Description Queries all the waveform parameters.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
413
Command System
Parameter N/A Remarks N/A Return Format The query returns 10 waveform parameters, separated by commas. <format>,<type>,<points>,<count>,<xincrement>,<xorigin>,<xreference>,<yincre ment>,<yorigin>,<yreference> Wherein, <format>: indicates 0 (BYTE), 1 (WORD), or 2 (ASC). <type>: indicates 0 (NORMal), 1 (MAXimum), or 2 (RAW). <points>: an integer ranging from 1 to 50,000,000. <count>: indicates the number of averages in the average sample mode. The value of <count> parameter is 1 in other modes. <xincrement>: indicates the time difference between two neighboring points in the X direction. <xorigin>: indicates the start time of the waveform data in the X direction. <xreference>: indicates the reference time of the waveform data in the X direction. <yincrement>: indicates the step value of the waveforms in the Y direction. <yorigin>: indicates the vertical offset relative to the "Vertical Reference Position" in the Y direction. <yreference>: indicates the vertical reference position in the Y direction. Example :WAVeform:PREamble?/*The query returns 0,0,1000,1,1.000000E-8,-5.000000E-6,0.000000E-12,4.000000E-03,0,128. */
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
414
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Application Examples
4
Application Examples
This chapter provides some application examples of the SCPI commands. The main functions of the instrument can be realized through a series of SCPI commands.
NOTE · The range of certain parameters for different models may be different. Therefore, you
need to adjust the parameter range for the model that you use if necessary. · Before using the examples in this chapter, please select the desired communication
interface (USB or LAN) and make correct connections. In addition, you have to install Ultra Sigma or other PC software that can be used to send commands. · In each example, every command is followed by contents enclosed by two slashes ("/*" and "*/"). They are the descriptions of the command and not part of the command, which help you understand the command better.
4.1
To Configure Basic Parameters
Set the Channel Parameters
Example description: enable CH1, set the vertical scale to 0.1 V/div, and set the coupling mode to AC.
Method
:CHANnel1:DISPlay ON :CHANnel1:SCALe 0.1 for CH1.*/ :CHANnel1:COUPling AC
/*Enables CHANnel1.*/ /*Sets the vertical scale to 0.1 V/div /*Sets the coupling mode to AC for CH1.*/
Set the Horizontal Parameters
Example description: set the memory depth to 1M and the horizontal time base to 200 s/div.
Method
:ACQuire:MDEPth 1M :TIMebase:MODE MAIN to MAIN.*/ :TIMebase:MAIN:SCALe 0.0002 div.*/
/*Sets the memory depth to 1M.*/ /*Sets the horizontal time base mode /*Sets the main time base to 200 s/
Set the Trigger Parameters
Example description: set the triggers on the rising edge with the specified voltage threshold (160 mV).
Method
:TRIGger:MODE EDGE
/*Selects the edge trigger.*/
:TRIGger:EDGE:SOURce CHANnel2 /*Sets the trigger source to
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
415
Application Examples
CHANnel2.*/ :TRIGger:EDGE:SLOPe POSitive edge.*/ :TRIGger:EDGE:LEVel 0.16 mV.*/ :TRIGger:STATus? status.*/
/*Sets the edge type to rising /*Sets the trigger level to 160 /*Queries the current trigger
4.2
To Set Measurements
Read the Statistical Peak-to Peak Value
Example description: reads the statistical peak-to-peak value for CH2. Method
:MEASure:THReshold:TYPE PERCent PERCent.*/ :MEASure:SETup:MAX 95 :MEASure:SETup:MID 89 :MEASure:SETup:MIN 53
/*Sets the threshold type to /*Sets the upper limit to 95%.*/ /*Sets the middle value to 89%.*/ /*Sets the lower limit to 53%.*/
:MEASure:ITEM VPP,CHANnel2
/*Adds the CH2 waveform peak-to-peak
value measurement item./
:MEASure:ITEM? VPP,CHANnel2 /*Queries the current measurement
results of the CH2 waveform peak-to-peak value.*/
:MEASure:STATistic:RESet
/*Clears the history
statistics data and makes statistics again.*/
:MEASure:STATistic:ITEM VPP,CHANnel2
/*Adds the CH2 waveform peak-to-peak value measurement
item.*/
:MEASure:STATistic:ITEM? CNT,VPP,CHANnel2
/*Queries the count value of the measurement item. */
:MEASure:STATistic:ITEM? MAXimum,VPP,CHANnel2
/*Queries the maximum value of the CH2 peak-to-peak
value.*/
:MEASure:STATistic:ITEM? MINimum,VPP,CHANnel2
/*Queries the minimum value of the CH2 peak-to-peak
value.*/
:MEASure:STATistic:ITEM? AVERages,VPP,CHANnel2
/*Queries the average value of the CH2 peak-to-peak
value.*/
:MEASure:STATistic:ITEM? DEViation,VPP,CHANnel2
/*Queries the deviation of the CH2 peak-to-peak value.*/
Read the Duty Cycle
Example description: read the duty cycle of the periodic pulse at a set percentage. Method
:MEASure:THReshold:TYPE PERCent PERCent.*/ :MEASure:SETup:MAX 95 :MEASure:SETup:MID 89 :MEASure:SETup:MIN 53
/*Sets the threshold type to /*Sets the upper limit to 95%.*/ /*Sets the middle value to 89%.*/ /*Sets the lower limit to 53%.*/
:MEASure:ITEM PDUTy,CHANnel2 /*Adds the CH2 periodic pulse duty cycle measurement item.*/
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
416
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Application Examples
4.3
:MEASure:ITEM? PDUTy,CHANnel2 /*Queries the current duty cycle value for CH2.*/ :MEASure:STATistic:RESet /*Clears the history statistics data and makes statistics again.*/ :MEASure:STATistic:ITEM PDUTy,CHANnel2
/*Adds the CH2 waveform duty cycle measurement item.*/ :MEASure:STATistic:ITEM? CNT,PDUTy,CHANnel2
/*Queries the count value of the measurement item. */ :MEASure:STATistic:ITEM? MAXimum,PDUTy,CHANnel2
/*Queries the maximum value of the CH2 duty cycle.*/ :MEASure:STATistic:ITEM? MINimum,PDUTy,CHANnel2
/*Queries the minimum value of the CH2 duty cycle.*/ :MEASure:STATistic:ITEM? AVERages,PDUTy,CHANnel2
/*Queries the average value of the CH2 duty cycle.*/ :MEASure:STATistic:ITEM? DEViation,PDUTy,CHANnel2
/*Queries the deviation of the CH2 duty cycle value.*/
Read the Rise Time
Example description: read the rise time using the set voltage threshold. Method
:MEASure:THReshold:TYPE ABSolute ABSolute.*/ :MEASure:SETup:MAX 0.15 limit to 0.15 V.*/ :MEASure:SETup:MID 0 value to 0 V.*/ :MEASure:SETup:MIN -0.15 limit to -0.15 V.*/
/*Sets the threshold type to /*Sets the threshold level upper /*Sets the threshold level middle /*Sets the threshold level lower
:MEASure:ITEM RTIMe,CHANnel2
/*Adds the CH2 rise time
measurement item.*/
:MEASure:STATistic:ITEM? CURRent,RTIMe /*Queries the current
measurement value of the CH2 rise time.*/
:MEASure:STATistic:RESet
/*Clears the history
statistics data and makes statistics again.*/
:MEASure:STATistic:ITEM RTIMe,CHANnel2 /*Enables the CH2 rise time
statistic function.*/
:MEASure:STATistic:ITEM? CURRent,RTIMe /*Queries the current value
of the CH2 rise time.*/
:MEASure:STATistic:ITEM? CNT,RTIMe,CHANnel2 /*Queries the count value of the measurement item. */
:MEASure:STATistic:ITEM? MAXimum,RTIMe,CHANnel2 /*Queries the maximum value of the CH2 rise time.*/
:MEASure:STATistic:ITEM? MINimum,RTIMe,CHANnel2 /*Queries the minimum value of the CH2 rise time.*/
:MEASure:STATistic:ITEM? AVERages,RTIMe,CHANnel2 /*Queries the average value of the CH2 rise time.*/
:MEASure:STATistic:ITEM? DEViation,RTIMe,CHANnel2 /*Queries the deviation of the CH2 rise time.*/
To Read the Waveform
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
417
Application Examples
Read ASCII Data
Example description: read ASCII data and transform the data to actual waveform data. Method
:ACQuire:MDEPth 100k
/*Sets the memory depth to 100k.*/
:RUN
/*Sets the oscilloscope to "RUN" state and wait for 5
s.*/
:STOP
/*Sets the oscilloscope to "STOP" state (the
oscilloscope can only read the waveform data in internal memory
when in "STOP" state).*/
:WAV:SOUR CHAN1 :WAV:MODE RAW :WAV:FORM ASCii to ASCii.*/
/*Sets the channel source to CHANnel1.*/ /*Sets the waveform reading mode to RAW.*/ /*Sets the return format of the waveform data
:WAV:STAR 1 point.*/ :WAV:STOP 100000 (the last point).*/ :WAV:DATA? :WAVeform:PREamble?
/*Sets the start point to read from to the 1st /*Sets the stop point to the 100,000th point /*Reads the waveform data.*/ /*The query returns all waveform parameters.*/
Read the Waveform Data in Internal Memory
Example description: reads the waveform data from the internal memory. Method
:ACQuire:MDEPth 100k /*Sets the memory depth to 100k.*/ :RUN /*Sets the oscilloscope to "RUN" state and wait for 5 s.*/ :STOP /*Set the oscilloscope to "STOP" state (the oscilloscope can only read the waveform data in internal memory when in "STOP" state).*/
:WAV:SOUR CHAN1
/*Sets the channel source to CHANnel1.*/
:WAV:MODE RAW
/*Sets the waveform reading mode to RAW.*/
:WAV:FORM BYTE
/*Sets the return format of the waveform
data to BYTE.*/
:WAV:STAR 1
/*Sets the start point to read from to the
1st waveform.*/
:WAVeform:STOP 100000 /*Sets the stop point to the 100,000th point
(the last point).*/
:WAV:DATA?
/*Reads the waveform data.*/
Read the Waveform Data on the Screen
Example description: reads the waveform data on the display. Method
:WAV:SOUR CHAN1 :WAV:MODE NORMal :WAV:FORM BYTE to BYTE.*/ :WAV:DATA?
/*Sets the channel source to CHANnel1.*/ /*Sets the waveform reading mode to NORMal.*/ /*Sets the return format of the waveform data /*Reads the waveform data on the screen.*/
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
418
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Programming Examples
5
5.1 5.2
Programming Examples
This chapter illustrates how to control the instrument by programming in LabVIEW, Visual Basic, and Visual C++. These examples are programmed based on Virtual Instrument Software Architecture (VISA) library. RIGOL official website (http://www.rigol.com) provides the programming examples based on LabVIEWk, Visual Basic, Visual C++, Matlab, and Python. You can go to the official website and click SUPPORT > Programming Demo to obtain the programming examples.
Programming Preparations
Before programming, you need to prepare the following tasks: You can log in to the RIGOL official website (http://www.rigol.com) to download the software. Then install the software according to the installation wizard. After Ultra Sigma is installed successfully, NI-VISA library will be completely installed automatically. In this manual, the default installation path is C:\Program Files\IVI Foundation\VISA. In the manual, the instrument communicates with the PC via the USB interface. Connect the USB Device interface on the rear panel of the instrument to the PC by using the USB cable. After the instrument is properly connected to the PC, power on the instrument to start it. The following parts will make a detailed introduction about the programming examples in LabVIEW, Visual Basic, and Visual C++.
LabVIEW Programming Example
Program used in this example: LabVIEW2010 Function realized in this example: reading the waveform data of CH1 on the screen.
1. Run LabVIEW, and then create a VI file named LabVIEW_Demo.
2. Add controls and create the front panel as shown in the figure below.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
419
Programming Examples
3. Open the Block Diagram panel. Click Instrument I/O > VISA. Add the following functions: VISA Open, VISA Read, VISA Write, and VISA Close.
4. Connect the VISA resource name with the VISA Open. Then, connect the VISA resource name outputs of all the functions with the VISA resource name and connect the error output with the error input, as shown in the figure below.
5. Add string constant in the write buffer areas of the VISA Write function and input the following instructions in the figure below. Waveform data is read through the
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
420
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Programming Examples
VISA Read function which requires users to input the total number of bytes to be read. In this example, the total number of bytes of waveform data to be read is less than 2048. Use the VISA Close function to close the VISA resource after the VISA operation is finished.
6. The data format is TMC data block header + waveform data + terminator. The TMC header is in #NXXXXXX format; wherein, # is the TMC header identifier; N following # represents the length of the waveform data; the length of the waveform data points is expressed in ASCII strings,and the terminator represents the ending of communication. For example, the data read for one time is #9000001000XXXX. It indicates that 9 bytes are used to describe the data length. 000001000 indicates the length of waveform data, that is, 1,000 bytes. Use the following block diagram to obtain the number of bytes that the TMC header occupies. Ignore the TMC header and delete the terminator at the end of the waveform data, and transfer the waveform data to the byte data and display it on the waveform diagram controls.
The available functions used in the above block diagram as as follows:
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
421
Programming Examples
Used to obtain the TMC header"#N". After obtaining the number of bytes that the TMC header occupies, ignore the data header to obtain the waveform data strings
Used to obtain the waveform data length bytes
Used to delete the terminator at the end of the waveform data Used to transfer waveform data strings to the byte group 7. The complete program block diagram is as shown in the figure below:
8. Select the device resource from the VISA Resource Name drop-down list and run the program.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
422
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Programming Examples
5.3
Visual Basic Programming Example
Program used in this example: Visual Basic 6.0 Function realized in this example: control the on/off state of any channel. Enter the Visual Basic 6.0 programming environment, and perform the following procedures.
1. Build a standard application program project (Standard EXE), and name it "Demo".
2. Click Project > Add Module to open the Add Module dialog box. In the dialog box, click the Existing tab to search for the visa32.bas file in the include folder under the NI-VISA installation path and add the file.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
423
Programming Examples
3. In the Demo dialog box, add four buttons to represent CH1 to CH4 respectively. Add four Labels (Label1(0), Label1(1),Label1(2),Label1(3)) to represent the statuses of CH1 to CH4 respectively (when the channel is enabled, it displays the color of the channel; when the channel is disabled, it displays gray), as shown in the figure below.
4. Click Project > Project1 Properties to open the Project1 Project Properties dialog box. In the dialog box, click on the General tab and select Form1 from the drop-down list under Startup Object.
5. Double-click CH1 to enter the programming environment. Add the following codes to control CH1-CH4. The codes of CH1 are as shown below; the codes of the other channels are similar.
Dim defrm As Long Dim vi As Long Dim strRes As String * 200 Dim list As Long Dim nmatches As Long Dim matches As String * 200 'Reserve the obtained device number Dim s32Disp As Integer ' Obtain the usb resource of visa Call viOpenDefaultRM(defrm) Call viFindRsrc(defrm, "USB?*", list, nmatches, matches) ' Turn on the instrument Call viOpen(defrm, matches, 0, 0, vi)
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
424
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Programming Examples
5.4
' Send a command to query the status of CH1 Call viVPrintf(vi, ":CHAN1:DISP?" + Chr$(10), 0) ' Obtain the status of CH1 Call viVScanf(vi, "%t", strRes) s32Disp = CInt(strRes) If (s32Disp = 1) Then ' Send the setting command Call viVPrintf(vi, ":CHAN1:DISP 0" + Chr$(10), 0) Label1(0).ForeColor = &H808080 ''Gray Else Call viVPrintf(vi, ":CHAN1:DISP 1" + Chr$(10), 0) Label1(0).ForeColor = &HFFFF& 'Yellow End If ' Close the resource Call viClose(vi) Call viClose(defrm) 6. Save and run the project to obtain a single exe program for demo. When the instrument is correctly connected to the PC, you can control the on/off status of any channel.
Visual C++ Programming Example
Program used in this example:Visual C++6.0 Function realized in this example:search for the instrument address, connect to the instrument, send commands, and read return values. Enter the Visual C++6.0 programming environment, and perform the following procedures.
1. Create a MFC project based on a dialog box.
2. Click Project > Settings to open the Project Setting dialog box. In the dialog box, click the C/C++ tab, select Code Generation from the drop-down list under Category. Choose Debug Multithreaded DLL from the drop-down list under Use run-time library. Click OK to close the dialog box.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
425
Programming Examples
3. Click Project > Settings to open the Project Setting dialog box. In the dialog box, click the Link tab, add "visa32.lib" under Object/library modules, then click OK to close the dialog box.
4. Click Tools > Options to open the Options dialog box. Then click the Directories tab. Select Include files from the drop-down list under Show directories for. Double click the empty space under Directories to enter the specified path of Include files: C:\Program Files\IVI Foundation\VISA\WinNT\include. Click OK to close the dialog box. Select Library files from the drop-down list under Show directories for. Double click the empty space under Directories to enter the specified path of Library files: C:\Program Files\IVI Foundation\VISA\WinNT\lib\msc. Click OK to close the dialog box.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
426
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Programming Examples
Note: By now, VISA library has been added. 5. Add the Text, Combo Box, Button, and Edit Box controls. The layout interface for
adding controls is as follows:
6. Modify the control attributes. a. Name Text as "Command". b. Open the Data item in the Combo Box attribute and input the following command *IDN? manually. c. Open the General item in the Edit Box attribute and select Disabled. d. Name Button as Send and Read.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
427
Programming Examples
7. Add the variables m_combox and m_receive to the Combo Box and Edit Box controls respectively.
8. Add codes.
Double-click Send and Read to enter the programming environment. Declare the #include <visa.h> of the VISA library in the header file and then add the following codes:
ViSession defaultRM, vi; char buf [256] = {0}; CString s,strTemp; char* stringTemp; ViChar buffer [VI_FIND_BUFLEN];
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
428
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
Programming Examples
ViRsrc matches=buffer; ViUInt32 nmatches; ViFindList list; viOpenDefaultRM (&defaultRM); //Acquire the USB resource of VISA viFindRsrc(defaultRM, "USB?*", &list,&nmatches, matches); viOpen (defaultRM,matches,VI_NULL,VI_NULL,&vi); //Send the command received m_combox.GetLBText(m_combox.GetCurSel(),strTemp); strTemp = strTemp + "\n"; stringTemp = (char *)(LPCTSTR)strTemp; viPrintf (vi,stringTemp); //Read the results viScanf (vi, "%t\n", &buf); //Display the results UpdateData (TRUE); m_receive = buf; UpdateData (FALSE); viClose (vi); viClose (defaultRM); 9. Save, compile, and run the project to obtain a single exe file. When the instrument is correctly connected to the PC, enter a command (for example, *IDN?) and click Send and Read to execute the command. Then, the reading results will be returned.
Copyright ©RIGOL TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
DHO800/DHO900 Programming Guide
429
AH XSL Formatter V6.6 MR11 for Windows (x64) : 6.6.13.42545 (2020-02-03T11:23 09) Antenna House PDF Output Library 6.6.1548 (Windows (x64))